Prostaglandin agonists useful for the treatment of bone disorders and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
Abstract
The present invention relates to a prostaglandin motivator, a method of using the prostaglandin motivator, a pharmaceutical composition containing the prostaglandin motivator, and a tool set containing the prostaglandin motivator. This prostaglandin agonist is used to treat bone disorders including osteoporosis.

Term
No projected expiry on record.
- Priority
- Filed
- Granted
- Today
10 claims: 10 independent, 0 dependent
- 1A compound represented by formula IOr a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein B is N;A is (C1-C6) Alkyl, or (C3-C7)Cycloalkyl (C1-C6) Alkyl, the A part can be optionally substituted with a hydroxyl group or a halogen group on the carbon to form a mono-, di- or tri-substituent;Q is -(C4-C8)Alkylene-or-(C1-C5) Alkylene-X-;X is thienyl or furyl;Z is carboxy;K is (C1-C8) Alkylene;M is -Ar where Ar is phenylbenzo[b]furanyl or 2,3-dihydrobenzo[1,4]diooctyl;the Ar part can be optionally on the carbon Is selected from R1Is substituted by the substituents, where R1Is halo or (C1-C6) Alkyl, the (C1-C6) The alkyl group can be optionally substituted with a hydroxyl group. 一種由式I代表之化合物 或其藥學可接受的鹽類,其中B是N;A是(C1-C6)烷醯基,或(C3-C7)環烷基(C1-C6)烷醯基,該A部份可選擇性的在碳上分別以羥基或鹵基取代成單-,二-或三-取代基;Q是-(C4-C8)伸烷基-或-(C1-C5)伸烷基-X-;X是噻吩基或呋喃基;Z是羧基;K是(C1-C8)伸烷基;M是-Ar其中Ar為苯基苯並[b]呋喃基、或2,3-二氫苯並[1,4]戴奧辛基;該Ar部份可選擇性的在碳上為選自R1之取代基所取代,其中R1為鹵基或(C1-C6)烷基,該(C1-C6)烷基可選擇性地為羥基所取代。
- 2For example, the compound of item 1 in the scope of patent application, where A is (C1-C6) Alkyl, the (C1-C6) Alkyl groups can be selectively substituted with halogen groups on carbon to mono-, di- or tri-substituents;Q is -(C4-C8)Alkylene-or-(C1-C5) Alkylene-X-;K is methylene or ethylene;R1Is a chloro group, a fluoro group, or (C1-C4) Alkyl, the (C1-C4) Alkyl groups can be optionally substituted by hydroxyl groups 如申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其中A是(C1-C6)烷醯基,該(C1-C6)烷醯基可在碳上各自以鹵基選擇性的取代成單-、二-或三-取代基;Q是-(C4-C8)伸烷基-或-(C1-C5)伸烷基-X-;K是亞甲基或亞乙基;R1為氯基、氟基、或(C1-C4)烷基,該(C1-C4)烷基可選擇性地為羥基所取代
- 3For example, the compound of item 1 in the scope of patent application, where A is (C1-C6) Alkyl, the (C1-C6) Alkyl groups can optionally be substituted with hydroxyl or halo groups to form mono-, di- or tri-substituents on carbon;K is methylene;Q is -(C4-C8)Alkylene-or-(C1-C5) Alkylene -X-;M is -Ar, and -Ar is phenyl, where -Ar is R1Replaced;R1As (C1-C6) An alkyl group, which can be optionally substituted by a hydroxyl group. 如申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其中A是(C1-C6)烷醯基,該(C1-C6)烷醯基可選擇性的在碳上各自以羥基或鹵基取代成單-、二-或三-取代基;K是亞甲基;Q是-(C4-C8)伸烷基-或-(C1-C5)伸烷基-X-;M是-Ar,且-Ar為苯基,其中-Ar為R1所取代;R1為(C1-C6)烷基,其可選擇性地為羥基所取代。
- 4For example, the compound of item 1 in the scope of patent application, where A is (C1-C6) Alkyl, the (C1-C6) Alkyl groups can be optionally substituted with halogen groups on carbon to mono-, di- or tri-substituents;K is (C1-C8) Alkylene;Q is -(C4-C8)Alkylene-or-(C1-C5) Alkylene -X-;M is -Ar, and -AT is phenyl, benzofuranyl, or 2,3-dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioctyl;and R1Is halo or (C1-C6)alkyl. 如申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其中A是(C1-C6)烷醯基,該(C1-C6)烷醯基可選擇性的在碳上各自以鹵基取代成單-、二-或三-取代基;K是(C1-C8)伸烷基;Q是 -(C4-C8)伸烷基-或 -(C1-C5)伸烷基-X-;M是-Ar,且-AT為苯基、苯並呋喃基、或2,3-二氫苯並[1,4]戴奧辛基;及R1為鹵基或(C1-C6)烷基。
- 5For example, the compound of item 1 in the scope of patent application, where A is (C3-C6) Alkyl, the (C3-C6) Alkyl can be optionally substituted with halo on carbon to become mono-, di- or tri-substituent;K is (C3-C8) Alkylene,;Q is -(C4-C8) Alkylene-, or-(C1-C5) Alkylene -X-;M is -Ar, and -Ar is phenyl;and R1Is halo or (C1-C6)alkyl. 如申請專利範圍第1項之化合物,其中A是(C3-C6)烷醯基,該(C3-C6)烷醯基可在碳上選擇性的以鹵基取代成為單-,雙-或三-取代基;K是(C3-C8)伸烷基,;Q是 -(C4-C8)伸烷基-,或-(C1-C5)伸烷基-X-;M是-Ar,且-Ar為苯基;而R1為鹵基或(C1-C6)烷基。
- 6Such as the compound of item 2 in the scope of the patent application, wherein A is propionyl;Q is n-hexylene;Z is carboxy;K is methylene;and M is 4-(n-1-hydroxyhexyl)phenyl. 如申請專利範圍第2項之化合物,其中A是丙醯基;Q是n-伸己基;Z是羧基;K是亞甲基;及M是4-(n-1-羥基己基)苯基。
- 7A medicinal composition for treating osteoporosis, fractures or low-bone disorders or for increasing bone mass, which comprises an effective amount of the compound of the first item in the scope of the patent application, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmacologically acceptable Accepted carrier. 一種用於治療骨質疏鬆症、骨折或低骨質病症或用於增加骨質之醫藥組成物,其包含有效量的申請專利範圍第1項之化合物、或其藥學可接受的鹽類,及一種藥學可接受的載體。
- 8For example, the pharmaceutical composition of item 7 of the scope of patent application is used for treating osteoporosis, wherein the effective amount is the amount for treating osteoporosis. 如申請專利範圍第7項之醫藥組成物,其係用於治療骨質疏鬆症,其中該有效量為治療骨質疏鬆症之量。
- 9For example, the pharmaceutical composition of item 7 of the scope of patent application is used to increase bone mass, wherein the effective amount is an amount that can increase bone mass. 如申請專利範圍第7項之醫藥組成物,其係用於增加骨質,其中該有效量為可增加骨質之量。
- 10For example, the pharmaceutical composition of item 7 of the scope of patent application is used for treating fractures, wherein the effective amount is the amount for treating fractures. 如申請專利範圍第7項之醫藥組成物,其係用於治療骨折,其中該有效量為治療骨折之量。
Independent claims10
1,432 paragraphs in 1 section, as filed
Prostaglandin agonist for treating bone disorders and medical composition containing it
The present invention relates to a prostaglandin activator, a pharmaceutical composition containing the prostaglandin activator, and the use of the prostaglandin activator to prevent bone loss or restore or increase bone quality, and to treat low bones in volcanic animals (including humans) Quality symptoms.
Osteoporosis is a disease of bones throughout the body. It is characterized by low bone quality and deterioration of bone tissue. As a result, bone fragility and easy fracture are increased. In the United States, more than 25 million people are affected by this symptom, causing more than 1.3 million fractures each year, including 500,000 spine fractures, 250,000 hip fractures, and 240,000 carpal fractures. Hip fractures caused by osteoporosis are the most serious. 5-20% of patients die within one year, and more than 50% of survivors are physically damaged.
The elderly are the most dangerous group for osteoporosis, and the importance of the problem increases with the aging of the group. Therefore, it is estimated that the number of fractures worldwide will triple in the next 60 years, and it is estimated that there will be 4.5 million hip fractures worldwide in 2050.
For women, the risk of suffering from osteoporosis is greater than for men. Within five years after menopause, bone loss increased dramatically. Other risk factors for osteoporosis include: smoking, alcohol abuse, a lack of physical activity, and low calcium intake.
There are currently two main types of therapeutic drugs for osteoporosis. The first type uses anti-wear compounds to reduce bone loss in bone tissue.
Estrus hormones are an example of anti-wasting agents. It is known that estrus hormones can reduce fractures. In addition, Black, et al. et al. reported in EP 0605193Al that estrogens (especially oral estrogens) can reduce the content of LDL in plasma and increase the content of beneficial high-density lipoprotein (HDL). However, estrus hormones cannot restore the bone content of osteoporosis to the level of youth. In addition, long-term use of estrogens can cause various complications, including increased risk of uterine cancer, endometrial cancer, and breast cancer. Therefore, many women avoid this treatment. Since the use of estrus hormone therapy has significant adverse side effects, it is necessary to develop an alternative method to treat osteoporosis. This alternative method retains the effect of lowering serum LDL but does not cause adverse side effects.
The second treatment for osteoporosis is the use of anabolic agents to promote bone formation and increase bone mass. Such agents can restore bones from osteoporotic bones.
US pat. no. 4,112,236 discloses that certain extension phenyl 8-diazo-9-dioxythiol-11,12-second prostaglandins treat patients with kidney disease.
Certain prostaglandin agonists disclosed in GB 1478281, GB1479156 and US pat. nos. 4,175,203, 4,055,596, 4,175,203, 3,987,091 and 3,991,106 can act as renal vasodilators.
US pat. no. 4,033,996 discloses that certain 8-diazo-9-oxy (and dioxy) thio-11,12-second prostaglandins can act as a vasodilator for the kidneys, prevent thrombosis, and induce growth Release of hormones and act as a regulator of immune response.
French patent no. 897,566 discloses that certain amino acid derivatives treat neurological, mental or cardiovascular diseases.
J. Org. Chem. 26; 1961; 1437 discloses N-acetyl-N-benzyl-p-aminophenylsulfhydryl acetic acid.
Nos. 5,607,978, 5,332,730 and 5,658,897 disclose cyclic prostaglandin-like compounds, and the compound of the present invention does not contain the core cyclopentane structure in this prostaglandin-like compound.
The compound disclosed in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry 20(10): 1299-1304, 1977, in the structure corresponding to the part M of the compound of the present invention is a linear alkyl group. The M part in the compound of the present invention is a ring structure. The compounds disclosed in this document but included in the formula I of the present invention have been excluded from the scope of patent application of the present invention (please refer to the description in the scope of patent application for details).
In addition to osteoporosis, there are approximately 20-25 million women and an increasing number of men in the United States that cause vertebral fractures due to reduced bone mass each year. There are also 250,000 cases of hip fractures reported. The mortality rate for hip fractures in the first two years is 12%, and 30% of patients must be admitted to a nursing home after the fracture. The above-mentioned problems are very significant, but because of the aging of the ethnic group, the slow recovery after bone fractures or imperfect healing, the economic and medical costs are constantly increasing. At present, there are many potential therapeutic agents (such as bisphosphonates, etc.) are being developed. Such agents can prevent bone loss with aging, thereby reducing the possibility of debilitating fractures, but this type of treatment does not include bone after fracture The restorative effect.
Estrus hormones have been shown (see Bolander et al., 38th Annual Meeting or thopedic Research Society, 1992) to improve the quality of limb fracture healing. Therefore, the replacement therapy of estrus hormone is obviously a method to treat and repair fractures. However, the complication and side effects of estrus hormone treatment in patients include: recovery of menstruation, breast pain, increased risk of uterine cancer, increased risk of breast cancer, and the need to use progesterone at the same time. In addition, men also reject the use of estrus hormone therapy. Therefore, it is obvious that a new treatment method is needed for patients suffering from debilitating bone fractures or hypoosteosis, and for patients with increased complications during treatment.
Although there are many methods to treat osteoporosis, it is still necessary to continue to research and develop alternative methods to treat osteoporosis. In addition, it is necessary to develop methods to treat bone fractures.
The present invention relates to compounds of formula I
<chemistry general="n"><img file="TWI242560B_D0001.tif" /></chemistry>
Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, which may be (i): B is N; A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylsulfonyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkylsulfonyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkylsulfonyl, the carbon on the A can be optionally mono-, di- or para-formed by hydroxyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Substituted by alkyl or halo; Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the-(C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-optionally substituted by up to four substituents, which can be selected from fluoro or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, -X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-X-, -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-WXW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, where the two W are not related to each other, -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-ethynylene-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-, or-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-ethynylene-X-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; W is an oxyethylene group, a thio group, a sulfinic acid group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfonamide group-, -mono-N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene Sulfonamide -, Sulfonamide, N(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene sulfonamide, carboxyamide, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene carboxylate, carboxylate carboxylate, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene Carboxamide Extylene Oxide, Carboxamide, -Single-N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene amine methionine, amine methionine, or -mono-N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene amine methyl oxirane, wherein the W alkyl carbon can be optionally substituted with one to three fluorine groups; X is a five-membered or six-membered aromatic ring, which can optionally have One or two heteroatoms, respectively selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur; the above can optionally be halogenated, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, hydroxyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy or aminomethyl substituted with mono- or di-substituent; Z is carboxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxycarbonyl, tetrazolyl, 1,2,4-<img file="TWI242560B_D0002.tif" />Diazolyl, 5-keto-1,2,4<img file="TWI242560B_D0003.tif" />Diazolyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylsulfonyl amide formyl or phenyl sulfonyl amide formyl; K is a bond, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene, thio (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene or oxyethylene (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) The alkylene group can be optionally mono-unsaturated, and wherein K is optionally substituted with a fluoro group, a methyl group or a chloro group into a mono-, di- or para-substituent; M is -Ar, -Ar<sup>1</sup>-V-Ar<sup>2</sup>, -Ar<sup>1</sup>-S-Ar<sup>2</sup>Or -Ar<sup>1</sup>-O-Ar<sup>2</sup>, Where Ar, Ar<sup>1</sup>And Ar<sup>2</sup>Each is a partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five- to eight-membered ring (optionally with one to four heteroatoms, each selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen), or a bicyclic ring, Containing two (partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated) five- or six-membered fused rings, optionally with one to four heteroatoms each, selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen; the Ar , Ar<sup>1</sup>And Ar<sup>2</sup>Part can be optionally substituted on carbon (if this part is monocyclic, it is substituted on one ring, if this part is bicyclic, there are substituents on both monocyclic or bicyclic rings) with up to three substituents , Each substituent is selected from R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>, Where R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R3 is hydroxyl, nitro, halo, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxy (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxycarbonyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl, formyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylamino, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxycarbonylamino group, sulfa group, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylsulfonamide, amino, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylamino, aminomethyl, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylamine methanoyl, cyano, hydrogensulfanyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylthio, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylsulfinyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylsulfonyl or mono-N- or di-N, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylaminosulfinyl; R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Optionally, there are mono-, di- or tri-substituents on the carbon, selected from halo or hydroxy; and V is a bond or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene groups can be optionally used as mono- or di-substituents with hydroxyl or fluorine groups, respectively, provided that when K is (C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene and M is Ar and Ar is cyclopentyl-1-yl, cyclohexyl-1-yl, cycloheptyl-1-yl or cyclooctyl-1-yl, then the (C<sub>5</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) The position of the cycloalkyl group will not be substituted by the hydroxyl group; or (ii): B is N; A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, or (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, the A part can be optionally substituted with a hydroxyl group or a halogen group on the carbon to form a mono-, di- or tri-substituent; Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, (C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the-(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene optionally has up to four substituents, each selected from fluoro or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, X-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-X-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-WXW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, where the two Ws are not related to each other, -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-ethynylene-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-, or-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-ethynylene-X-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; W is an oxyethylene group, a thio group, a sulfinic acid group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfonamide group, -mono-N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene Sulfonamide -, Sulfonamide, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene sulfonamide, carboxyamide, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene carboxylate, carboxylate carboxylate, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene Carboxamide Extylene Oxide, Carboxamide, -Single-N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene amine methionine, amine methionine, or -mono-N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene amine methyl oxirane, wherein the W alkyl group can optionally have one to three fluoro groups on the carbon; X is a five-membered or six-membered aromatic ring, which can optionally have one to two Heteroatoms are independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. The ring can optionally have mono- or di-substituents, which are selected from halo, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, hydroxyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy, or aminomethyl; Z is a carboxyl group, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxycarbonyl, tetrazolyl, 1,2,4-<img file="TWI242560B_D0004.tif" />Diazolyl, 5-keto-1,2,4-<img file="TWI242560B_D0005.tif" />Diazolyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylsulfonyl amide formyl or phenyl sulfonyl amide formyl; K is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene, thio (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene or oxyethylene (C<sub>l</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) The alkylene group optionally has an unsaturated bond, wherein K can optionally be substituted with a fluoro group, a methyl group or a chloro group into a mono-, di- or tri-substituent group; M is -Ar, -Ar<sup>1</sup>-V-Ar<sup>2</sup>, -Ar<sup>1</sup>-S-Ar<sup>2</sup>Or -Ar<sup>1</sup>-O-Ar<sup>2</sup>, Where Ar, Ar<sup>1</sup>And Ar<sup>2</sup>Each is a partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five- to eight-membered ring (optionally with one to four heteroatoms, each selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen), or a bicyclic ring, Containing two (partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated) five- or six-membered fused rings, optionally with one to four heteroatoms each, selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen; the Ar , Ar<sup>1</sup>And Ar<sup>2</sup>Part can be optionally substituted on carbon (if this part is monocyclic, it is substituted on one ring, if this part is bicyclic, there are substituents on both monocyclic or bicyclic rings) with up to three substituents , Each substituent is selected from R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>, Where R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>For hydrogen, hydroxyl, nitro, halo, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxy (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxycarbonyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl, formyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylamino, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxycarbonylamino group, sulfa group, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylsulfonamide, amino, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylamino, aminomethyl, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylamine methanoyl, cyano, hydrogensulfanyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylthio, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylsulfinyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylsulfonyl or mono-N- or di-N, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylaminosulfinyl; R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Optionally, there are mono-, di- or tri-substituents on the carbon, selected from halo or hydroxy; and V is a bond or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene groups can be optionally used as mono- or di-substituents with hydroxyl or fluorine groups, respectively, provided that when K is (C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene and M is Ar, and Ar is cyclopentyl-1-yl, cyclohexyl-1-yl, cycloheptyl-1-yl or cyclooctyl-1-yl, then the (C<sub>5</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) The position of the cycloalkyl group will not be substituted by the hydroxyl group; but does not include 6-[(3-phenyl-propyl)-(2-propyl-pentanyl)-amino]hexanoic acid and its acetate Within; or (iii): B is C(H); A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, or (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, the A part can optionally be substituted with a hydroxyl group or a halogen group on the carbon to form a mono-, di- or tri-substituent; Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the-(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene optionally has up to four substituents, each selected from fluoro or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, -X-(C<sub>5</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-X-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-WXW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, where the two Ws are not related to each other, -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-ethynylene-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-, or-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-ethynylene-X-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene -; W is an ethylene oxide, a thio group, a sulfinic acid group, a sulfonyl group, an aminosulfonyl group, -mono-N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene Amino Sulfonyl -, Sulfonyl Amino, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene sulfonamido, carboxyamido, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene carboxylate, carboxylate carboxylate, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene Carboxamide Extylene Oxide, Carboxamide, -Single-N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene amine methionine, amine methionine, or -mono-N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene amine methyl oxirane, wherein the W alkyl group can optionally have one to three fluoro groups on the carbon; X is a five-membered or six-membered aromatic ring, which can optionally have one to two The heteroatoms are independently selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. The ring can optionally have mono- or di-substituents, which are selected from halo, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, hydroxyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy, or carboxamide; Z is a carboxyl group, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxycarbonyl, tetrazolyl, 1,2,4-<img file="TWI242560B_D0006.tif" />Diazolyl, 5-keto-1,2,4-<img file="TWI242560B_D0007.tif" />Diazolyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylsulfonylamide formyl or phenylsulfonylamide formyl; K is a bond, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene, thio (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene, (C<sub>4</sub>-C,)cycloalkyl(C,C<sub>6</sub>) Alkylene or oxyethylene (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) The alkylene group can optionally have unsaturated bonds and K is optionally substituted with a fluoro group, a methyl group or a chloro group to form a mono-, di- or para-substituent group; M is -Ar, -Ar<sup>1</sup>-V-Ar<sup>2</sup>, -Ar<sup>1</sup>-S-Ar<sup>2</sup>Or -Ar<sup>1</sup>-O-Ar<sup>2</sup>, Where Ar, Ar<sup>1</sup>And Ar<sup>2</sup>Each is a partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five- to eight-membered ring (optionally with one to four heteroatoms, each selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen), or a bicyclic ring, Containing two (partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated) five- or six-membered fused rings, optionally with one to four heteroatoms each, selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, the Ar, Ar<sup>1</sup>And Ar<sup>2</sup>Part can be optionally substituted on carbon (if this part is monocyclic, it is substituted on one ring, if this part is bicyclic, there are substituents on both monocyclic or bicyclic rings) with up to three substituents , Each substituent is selected from R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>, Where R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>For hydrogen, hydroxyl, nitro, halo, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxy (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxycarbonyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl, formyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylamino, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxycarbonylamino group, sulfa group, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylsulfonamide, amino, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylamino, aminomethyl, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylamine methanoyl, cyano, hydrogensulfanyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylthio, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylsulfinyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylsulfonyl or mono-N- or di-N, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylaminosulfinyl; R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Optionally, there are mono-, di- or tri-substituents on the carbon, selected from halo or hydroxy; and V is a bond or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene groups can be optionally used as mono- or di-substituents with hydroxyl or fluorine groups, respectively, provided that when K is (C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene and M is Ar, and Ar is cyclopentyl-1-yl, cyclohexyl-1-yl, cycloheptyl-1-yl or cyclooctyl-1-yl, then the (C<sub>5</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) The position of the cycloalkyl group will not be substituted by a hydroxyl group.
The preferred group of compounds (referred to as Group A) includes the compounds represented by the above formula I, wherein B is N; A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylsulfonyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Cycloalkylsulfonyl or (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C, C<sub>6</sub>) Alkylsulfonyl, the A part can be optionally substituted with a fluoro group on carbon to form a mono-, di- or tri-substituent; X is phenyl, thienyl or thiazolyl, the phenyl, thienyl Or thiazolyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy or trifluoromethoxy to form a mono- or di-substituent; W is a Oxy, thio or sulfonyl; Z is carboxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxycarbonyl or tetrazolyl; K is methylene or ethylenediyl; Ar, Ar<sup>1</sup>And AR<sup>2</sup>Each is (C<sub>5</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Cycloalkyl, phenyl, thienyl, thiazole, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl,<img file="TWI242560B_D0008.tif" />Azolyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, iso<img file="TWI242560B_D0009.tif" />Azolyl, pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0010.tif" />base or pyrazolyl; R<sup>1</sup>Is halo, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Cycloalkyl, or (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl or (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>,-C<sub>4</sub>) An alkyl group, optionally substituted with a hydroxyl group, a fluoro group or a chloro group to form a mono-, di- or tri-substituent; and R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>It is chloro, fluoro, methyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy or trifluoromethyl.
A preferred group of compounds in group A (referred to as group B), in which A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylsulfonyl; Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the-(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-optionally with up to four substituents, each selected from fluoro or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, -X-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-X-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, or-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; M is -Ar<sup>1</sup>-V-AR<sup>2</sup>Or -Ar<sup>1</sup>-O-AR<sup>2</sup>, Where Ar<sup>1</sup>And AR<sup>2</sup>Each is phenyl, pyridyl or thienyl; V is a bond or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>) Alkylene; R<sup>1</sup>For chlorine, fluorine, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl and (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy groups can be optionally substituted with hydroxy or fluoro groups to form mono-, di- or tri-substituents; and R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Each is a chloro group or a fluoro group.
A particularly preferred compound among the Group B compounds is 7-[(2'-hydroxymethyl-biphenyl-4-yl-methyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid, 7-{[4- (3-Hydroxymethyl-thienyl-2-yl)-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino)heptanoic acid, and 7-[(2'-chloro-biphenyl-4-yl-methyl Yl)-methanesulfonyl-amino)-heptanoic acid. Among the particularly preferred compounds in group B compounds,
a. A is methylsulfonyl; Q is n-hexylene; Z is carboxy; K is methylene; and M is 4-(2-hydroxymethylphenyl)phenyl;
b. A is methylsulfonyl; Q is n-hexylene; Z is carboxy; K is methylene; and M is 4-(3-hydroxymethylthiophen-2-yl)phenyl; and
c. A is methylsulfonyl; Q is n-hexylene; Z is carboxy; K is methylene; and M is 4-(2-chlorophenyl)phenyl. The preferred group of compounds (referred to as C group) includes the compounds represented by the above formula I, wherein B is N; A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylsulfonyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Cycloalkylsulfonyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkylsulfonyl; X is phenyl, thienyl or thiazolyl, the phenyl, thienyl or thiazolyl can optionally be fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, difluoro Methoxy or trifluoromethoxy is substituted with mono- or di-substituent; W is ethyleneoxy, thio or sulfonyl; Z is carboxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxycarbonyl or tetrazolyl; K is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene or oxyethylene (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) The alkylene group may optionally have a single unsaturated bond, and wherein K is optionally a mono-, di- or tri-substituent, selected from methyl, fluoro or chloro; M is- Ar, the -Ar is phenyl, thienyl, pyridyl, thiazolyl,<img file="TWI242560B_D0011.tif" />Azolyl, iso<img file="TWI242560B_D0012.tif" />Azolyl, naphthyl, benzo[b]furanyl, benzo[b]thienyl, hydroindenyl, furanyl, benzo[1,3]diketone, benzimidazolyl, benziso<img file="TWI242560B_D0013.tif" />Azolyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxinyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzene and<img file="TWI242560B_D0014.tif" />Azolyl, benzothiazolyl, indolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, cyclobutyl, cycloheptyl or quinyl; R<sup>1</sup>Is halo, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl or (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl or (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) An alkyl group, optionally substituted with a hydroxyl group, a fluoro group or a chloro group to form a mono-, di- or tri-substituent; and R<sup>2</sup>With R<sup>3</sup>Each is hydroxy, halo, trifluoromethyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkyl, cyano, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl, methanoyl, difluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy or aminomethanoyl.
Particularly preferred among Group C compounds is when K is not selectively substituted with methyl, fluoro or chloro groups into mono-, di- or tri-substituents.
Among the preferred compounds of Group C compounds (referred to as Group D), K is methylene; A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylsulfonyl; M is -Ar and -Ar is phenyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, thienyl,<img file="TWI242560B_D0015.tif" />Azolyl, furanyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, where -Ar has at least R<sup>1</sup>;R<sup>1</sup>As (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Alkyl or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkoxy, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Alkyl or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkoxy groups can be optionally substituted with hydroxyl or fluoro groups to become mono-, di- or tri-substituents; and R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Each is chloro, fluoro, methyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
A particularly preferred compound among the D group compounds is 7{[4-(1-hydroxy-hexyl)benzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid, 7-[(4-butyl-benzyl)- Methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid, 7{[5-(1-hydroxy-hexyl)-thiophen-2-ylmethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino)-heptanoic acid and (3-{ [(4-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl)phenyl)-acetic acid.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the D group (referred to as the E group), Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; and W is an oxyalkylene group.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the D group (referred to as the F group), Q is (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the-(C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-optionally with one to four fluorine groups.
Among the particularly preferred compounds in the F group of compounds,
a. A is methylsulfonyl; Q is n-hexylene; Z is carboxy; K is methylene; and M is 4-(1-hydroxy-n-hexylene-1-yl)phenyl;
b. A is methylsulfonyl; Q is n-hexylene; Z is carboxy; K is methylene; and M is 4-(n-butyl-1-yl)-phenyl; and
c. A is methylsulfonyl; Q is n-hexylene; Z is carboxy; K is methylene; and M is 5-(1-hydroxy-n-hexylene-1-yl)-thiophene-2 -base. Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the D group (referred to as the G group), Q is -X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent .
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the D group (referred to as the H group), Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-X-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy to form mono- or di- Substituents.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of group D (referred to as group I), Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent .
Among the particularly preferred compounds of group I compounds, A is methylsulfonyl; Q is 3-methylenephenylmethyl; Z is carboxy; K is methylene; and M is 4-(n-butane -1-yl)-phenyl. Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the D group (referred to as the J group), Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent; And W is an oxyethylene group.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the D group (referred to as the K group), Q is -(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent; And W is an oxyethylene group.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the D group (referred to as the L group), Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WXW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; W is an oxyl group; and X is a thienyl group or a phenyl group; the phenyl group and the thienyl group can be optionally substituted with a fluoro group, a chloro group, a trifluoromethyl group or a methoxy group to form a single -Or di-substituent.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the D group (referred to as the M group), Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-; and M is -Ar and -Ar is phenyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl or thienyl. Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the D group (referred to as the N group), Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent .
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the D group (referred to as the O group), Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; W is an oxyl group; and X is a thienyl group or a phenyl group; the phenyl group and the thienyl group can be optionally substituted with a fluoro group, a chloro group, a trifluoromethyl group or a methoxy group to form a single -Or di-substituent.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the D group (referred to as the P group), Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-ethynylene-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-. Among the compounds included in the preferred compound of the D group compound (referred to as the Q group), Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-ethynylene-X-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent .
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the C group compound (referred to as the R group), A is (C<sub>l</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylsulfonyl; K is (C<sub>l</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene; -Ar is phenyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, thienyl, benzofuranyl, benzo[1,3]diketone, 2,3 dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxin, 2,3-Dihydrobenzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo[b]thienyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; and R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Each is hydroxy, halo, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)alkyl. The preferred compound in the R group is 7-{[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino)-heptanoic acid, 7-{[3-(3,5 -Dichloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid, and 5-(3-{[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methane Sulfonyl-amino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the R group (referred to as the S group), Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; and W is an oxyalkylene group.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the R group (referred to as the T group), Q is -(C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the-(C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-optionally with one to four fluorine groups.
The best compound in the T family is
a. A is methylsulfonyl; Q is n-hexylene; Z is carboxy; K is propylene; and M is 3-chlorophenyl; and
b. A is methanesulfonyl; Q is n-hexylene; Z is carboxy; K is propylene; and M is 3,5-dichlorophenyl. Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the R group (referred to as the U group), Q is -X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy to form mono- or di-substituents .
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the R group (referred to as the V group), Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-X-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy to form mono- or di- Substituents.
The best compounds in group V include A is methylsulfonyl; QZ is 3-(2-carboxythiophen-5-yl)-n-propylene; K is propylene; and M is 3-chlorobenzene base.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the R group (referred to as the W group), Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent .
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the R group (referred to as the X group), Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent; And W is an oxyethylene group.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the R group (referred to as the Y group), Q is -(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent; And W is an oxyethylene group.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the R group (referred to as the Z group), Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WXW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; W is an oxyl group; and X is a thienyl group or a phenyl group; the phenyl group and the thienyl group can be optionally substituted with a fluoro group, a chloro group, a trifluoromethyl group or a methoxy group to form a single -Or di-substituent.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the R group (referred to as the A1 group), Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-; and M is -Ar and -Ar is phenyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl or thienyl. Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the R group (referred to as the B1 group), Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene vinylene (C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent .
The better compound in the R group compound (referred to as C<sub>1</sub>In the compounds included in the group), Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; W is an oxyl group; and X is a thienyl group or a phenyl group; the phenyl group and the thienyl group can be optionally substituted with a fluoro group, a chloro group, a trifluoromethyl group or a methoxy group to form a single -Or di-substituent.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the R group (referred to as the D1 group), Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-ethynylene-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-. Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the R group (referred to as the E1 group), Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-ethynylene-X-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent .
Among the preferred compounds of group C compounds (referred to as group F1), A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylsulfonyl; K is an oxyethylene group (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene; -Ar is phenyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, benzo[1,3]diketone, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; and R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>With R<sup>3</sup>Each is hydroxy, halo, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)alkyl.
The particularly preferred compound in the F1 group is 7-{[2-(3,5-dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino)-heptanoic acid<sub>,</sub>5-(3-{[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino)propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid, and N-[ 2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl)-N-[6-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-hexyl]-methanesulfonamide.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the F1 group (referred to as the G1 group), Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; and W is an oxyalkylene group.
The preferred compounds in the F1 group (referred to as the H1 group) include compounds in which Q is -(C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the-(C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-optionally with one to four fluorine groups.
The best compound among the H1 group compounds is that A is methylsulfonyl; Q is n-hexylene; Z is carboxy; K is oxyethylenediyl; and M is 3,5-dichlorophenyl. The preferred compounds in the F1 group (referred to as the I1 group) include compounds where Q is -X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent .
The preferred compounds in the F1 group (referred to as the J1 group) include compounds in which Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-X-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy to form mono- or di- Substituents.
Particularly preferred compounds in the J1 group are that A is methylsulfonyl; qZ is 3-(2-carboxythiophen-5-yl)-n-propylene; K is oxyethylenediyl; and M is 3. ,5-Dichlorophenyl.
The preferred compounds in the F1 group (referred to as the K1 group) include compounds in which Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent .
The preferred compounds in the F1 group (referred to as the L1 group) include compounds in which Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent; And W is an oxyethylene group.
The preferred compounds in the F1 group (referred to as the M1 group) include compounds in which Q is -(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent; And W is an oxyethylene group.
The preferred compounds in the F1 group (referred to as the N1 group) include compounds in which Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WXW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; W is an oxyl group; and X is a thienyl group or a phenyl group; the phenyl group and the thienyl group can be optionally substituted with a fluoro group, a chloro group, a trifluoromethyl group or a methoxy group to form a single -Or di-substituent.
The preferred compounds in the F1 group of compounds (referred to as the O1 group) include compounds in which Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-; and M is -Ar and -Ar is phenyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl or thienyl. The preferred compounds in the F1 group of compounds (referred to as the P1 group) include compounds in which Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>0</sub>-C3<sub>)</sub>Alkylene-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with a fluoro group, a chloro group, a trifluoromethyl group or a methoxy group each with a mono- or di-substituent.
The preferred compounds in the F1 group of compounds (referred to as the Q1 group) include compounds in which Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; W is oxy; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy to form a single -Or di-substituent.
The preferred compound in the F1 group of compounds (referred to as R<sup>1</sup>Group) in the compounds included in Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-ethynylene-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-. The preferred compounds in the F1 group (referred to as the S1 group) include compounds in which Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-ethynylene-X-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent .
C<sub>1</sub>The preferred compounds in the group of compounds (referred to as the T1 group) include compounds in which A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylsulfonyl; K is (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene, the (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene has a single unsaturated bond; -Ar is phenyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; and R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Each is hydroxy, halo, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)alkyl. The particularly preferred compound in the T1 group is trans-(4-{[3-(3,5-dichloro-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-butoxy)-acetic acid , Trans-N-[3(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-allyl]-N-[6-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)-hexyl]-methanesulfonamide, trans-5 -(3-{[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino)-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid, and trans-[ 3({[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-allyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid.
Among the preferred compounds of the T1 group (referred to as the U1 group), the compounds included in Q are -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; and W is an oxyalkylene group.
The particularly preferred compound in the U1 group is that A is a methylsulfonyl group; Q is a methylethylene group-n-butylene group; Z is a carboxyl group; K is a trans-2-n-propylene group; and M is 3 ,5-Dichlorophenyl.
Among the preferred compounds of the T1 group (referred to as the V1 group), the compounds included in Q are -(C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the-(C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-optionally with one to four fluorine groups.
In the preferred compounds of Group V1, A is methylsulfonyl; Q is n-hexylene; Z is 5-(1H-tetrazolyl); K is trans-2-n-propylene; and M is 3,5-Dichlorophenyl.
Among the preferred compounds in the T1 group of compounds (referred to as the W1 group), the compounds included in Q are -X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent .
Among the preferred compounds of the T1 group of compounds (referred to as the X1 group), the compounds included in Q are -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-X-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy to form mono- or di- Substituents.
In the preferred compound of X1, A is methylsulfonyl; QZ is 3-(2-carboxythiophen-5-yl)-n-propylene; K is trans-2-n-propylene; and M is 3,5-Dichlorophenyl.
Among the preferred compounds of the T1 family of compounds (referred to as the Y1 family), the compounds included in Q are -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent .
Among the preferred compounds in the T1 group (referred to as the Z1 group), the compounds included in Q are -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent; And W is an oxyethylene group.
The preferred compounds in the T1 group (referred to as the A2 group) include compounds in which Q is -(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent; And W is an oxyethylene group.
Among the preferred compounds of the T1 group (referred to as the B2 group), the compounds included in Q are -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WXW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; W is an oxyl group; and X is a thienyl group or a phenyl group; the phenyl group and the thienyl group can be optionally substituted with a fluoro group, a chloro group, a trifluoromethyl group or a methoxy group to form a single -Or di-substituent.
The preferred compound in the T1 group of compounds (referred to as C<sub>2</sub>Group) in the compounds included in Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-; and M is -Ar and -Ar is phenyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl or thienyl. Among the preferred compounds in the T1 group (referred to as the D2 group), the compounds included in Q are -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent .
Among the preferred compounds of the T1 group (referred to as the E2 group), the compounds included in Q are -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; W is an oxyl group; and X is a thienyl group or a phenyl group; the phenyl group and the thienyl group can be optionally substituted with a fluoro group, a chloro group, a trifluoromethyl group or a methoxy group to form a single -Or di-substituent.
The preferred compounds in the T1 group (referred to as the F2 group) include compounds in which Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-ethynylene-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-. The preferred compounds in the T1 group (referred to as the G2 group) include compounds in which Q is -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-ethynylene-X-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; and X is thienyl or phenyl; the phenyl and thienyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl or methoxy each to form a mono- or di-substituent .
Preferred compounds (referred to as the H2 family) include the compounds represented by the above formula I, wherein B is N; A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, or (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, the A part can optionally be substituted with a hydroxyl group or a halogen group on the carbon to form a mono-, di- or tri-substituent group; X is a phenyl group, a thienyl group or a thiazolyl group, the phenyl group, Thienyl or thiazolyl can be optionally substituted with fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, difluoromethoxy or trifluoromethoxy, respectively, to form a mono- or di-substituent; W Is an oxyethylene group, a thio group or a sulfonyl group; Z is a carboxyl group, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxycarbonyl or tetrazolyl; K is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene or oxyethylene (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) The alkylene group can optionally have a single unsaturated bond, and K is optionally a mono-, di- or tri-substituent, selected from methyl, fluoro or chloro; Ar is ( C<sub>5</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Cycloalkyl, phenyl, thienyl, pyridyl, thiazolyl,<img file="TWI242560B_D0016.tif" />Azolyl, iso<img file="TWI242560B_D0017.tif" />Azolyl, naphthyl, benzo[b]furanyl, benzo[b]thienyl, hydroindenyl, furanyl, benzo[1,3]diketone, benzimidazolyl, benziso<img file="TWI242560B_D0018.tif" />Azolyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxinyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0019.tif" />Group, imidazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzo<img file="TWI242560B_D0020.tif" />Azolyl, benzothiazolyl, indolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, or quinyl; Ar<sup>1</sup>And AR<sup>2</sup>Each is (C<sub>5</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Cycloalkyl, phenyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl,<img file="TWI242560B_D0021.tif" />Azolyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, iso<img file="TWI242560B_D0022.tif" />Azolyl, pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0023.tif" />base or pyrazolyl; R<sup>1</sup>Is halo, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl or (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl or (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) An alkyl group, optionally substituted with a hydroxyl group, a fluoro group or a chloro group to form a mono-, di- or tri-substituent; and R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Each is hydroxyl, halo, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkyl, cyano, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl, methanoyl or carboxamide.
In the best H2 group compound, is K optionally a mono-, di-, or tri-substituent (selected from methyl, fluoro or chloro, respectively). Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the H2 group (referred to as the I2 group), A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl groups can be selectively substituted with halogen groups on carbon to mono-, di- or tri-substituents; Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the-(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-optionally with up to four substituents, each selected from fluoro or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, -X-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-X-, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, or-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-.
K is methylene or ethylenediyl; M is -Ar<sup>1</sup>-V-AR<sup>2</sup>Or -Ar<sup>1</sup>-O-AR<sup>2</sup>Where Ar<sup>1</sup>With AR<sup>2</sup>Each is phenyl, pyridyl or thienyl; V is a bond or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>) Alkylene; R<sup>1</sup>For chlorine, fluorine, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkoxy, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl and (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkoxy groups can be optionally substituted with a hydroxyl group or a fluoro group each to form a mono-, di- or tri-substituent; and R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Each is a chloro group or a fluoro group.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the H2 group (referred to as the J2 group), A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl groups can optionally be substituted with hydroxyl or halo groups to form mono-, di- or tri-substituents on carbon; K is methylene; Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the (C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene- may optionally have up to four substituents, each selected from fluoro or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, -X-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-X-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, or-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; M is -Ar, and -Ar is phenyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, thienyl,<img file="TWI242560B_D0024.tif" />Azolyl, furanyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, where -Ar has at least one R<sup>1</sup>;R<sup>1</sup>As (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Alkyl or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkoxy, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Alkyl or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkoxy groups can be optionally substituted with hydroxy or fluoro groups to form mono-, di- or tri-substituents; and R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Each is chloro, fluoro, methyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the H2 group (referred to as the R2 group), A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl groups can be optionally substituted with halogen groups on carbon to mono-, di- or tri-substituents; K is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene; Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the-(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-optionally with up to four substituents each selected from fluoro or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, -X-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-X-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, or-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; M is -Ar, and -Ar is phenyl, thienyl, benzofuranyl, benzo[1,3]diketone, 2,3-dihydrobenzo11,4]dioxin Group, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo[b]thienyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; and R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Each is hydroxy, halo, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)alkyl.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the H2 group (referred to as the L2 group), A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl can be optionally substituted with hydroxyl or halo on the carbon to form mono-, di- or tri-substituents; K is ethylene oxide (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene; Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the (C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene- may optionally have up to four substituents, each selected from fluoro or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, -X-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-X-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, or-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; M is -Ar, and -Ar is phenyl, thiazolyl, benzo[1,3]diketo, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; and R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Each is hydroxy, halo, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)alkyl.
The preferred compound in the H2 family (referred to as the M2 family compound), where A is (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, the (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl can be optionally substituted with halo on carbon to become mono-, di- or tri-substituent; K is (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene, the (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene has a single unsaturated bond; Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the-(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-optionally with up to four substituents, each selected from fluoro or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, -X-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-X-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene, -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, or-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; M is -Ar, and -Ar is phenyl, thienyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; and R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Each is hydroxy, halo, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)alkyl.
In the preferred compounds (referred to as the N2 family) containing the compound of the above formula I, B is C(H); A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, or (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, the A part can be optionally substituted with a hydroxy or halo group to form a mono-, di- or tri-substituent; X is phenyl, thienyl or thiazolyl, the phenyl, thienyl or The thiazolyl can be optionally substituted with a fluoro group, a chloro group, a trifluoromethyl group, a methoxy group, a difluoro group methoxy group or a trifluoro group methoxy group to form a mono- or di-substituent group; W is an oxygen extension Group, thio group or sulfonyl group; Z is carboxyl group, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxycarbonyl or tetrazolyl; K is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene or oxyethylene (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene optionally has an unsaturated bond and where K is optionally a mono-, di- or tri-substituent, selected from hydroxyl, fluoro or chloro; Ar is (C<sub>5</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Cycloalkyl, phenyl, thienyl, pyridyl, thiazolyl,<img file="TWI242560B_D0025.tif" />Azolyl, iso<img file="TWI242560B_D0026.tif" />Azolyl, naphthyl, benzo[b]furanyl, benzo[b]thienyl, hydroindenyl, furanyl, benzo[1,3]diketone, benzimidazolyl, benziso<img file="TWI242560B_D0027.tif" />Azolyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxinyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0028.tif" />Group, imidazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzo<img file="TWI242560B_D0029.tif" />Azolyl, benzothiazolyl, indolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, or quinyl; Ar<sup>1</sup>And AR<sup>2</sup>Each is (C<sub>5</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Cycloalkyl, phenyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl,<img file="TWI242560B_D0030.tif" />Azolyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, iso<img file="TWI242560B_D0031.tif" />Azolyl, pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0032.tif" />base or pyrazolyl; R<sup>1</sup>Is halo, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl or (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl or (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl groups can be optionally substituted with hydroxyl, fluoro or chloro groups to form mono-, di- or tri-substituents; and R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Each is hydroxy, halo, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkyl, cyano, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl, methanoyl or carboxamide.
Particularly preferred compounds in the N2 group are independently substituted with methyl, fluoro or chloro groups into mono-, di- or tri-substituents.
Among the preferred compounds in the N2 group (referred to as the O2 group), A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, the A can be optionally substituted with a halo group into a mono-, di- or tri-substituent; Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the (C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene- may optionally have up to four substituents, each selected from fluoro or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, -X-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-X-, -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, or-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; K is methylene or ethylenediyl; M is -Ar<sup>1</sup>-V-AR<sup>2</sup>Or -Ar-O-AR<sup>2</sup>Where Ar<sup>1</sup>With AR<sup>2</sup>Each is phenyl, pyridyl or thienyl; V is a bond or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>) Alkylene; R<sup>1</sup>For chlorine, fluorine, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl and (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy groups can be optionally substituted with hydroxy or fluoro groups to form mono-, di- or tri-substituents; and R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Each is a chloro group or a fluoro group.
Among the preferred compounds of the N2 family (referred to as the P2 family), the compounds included in A are (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, the A can be optionally substituted with a hydroxyl group or a halogen group to form a mono-, di- or tri-substituent; K is methylene; Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the (C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene- may optionally have up to four substituents, each selected from fluoro or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, -X-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-X-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, or-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; M is -Ar, and -Ar is phenyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, thienyl,<img file="TWI242560B_D0033.tif" />Azolyl, furanyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, where -Ar is with at least one R<sup>1</sup>Substituent; R<sup>1</sup>As (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Alkyl or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkoxy, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Alkyl or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkoxy, optionally substituted with a hydroxyl group or a fluoro group to form a mono-, di- or tri-substituent; and R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Each is chloro, fluoro, methyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
Among the preferred compounds in the N2 group (referred to as the Q2 group), A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, the A can be optionally substituted with a halogen group to form a mono-, di- or tri-substituent; K is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene; Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the (C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene- may optionally have up to four substituents, each selected from fluoro or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, -X-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-X-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, or-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; M is -Ar, and -Ar is phenyl, thienyl, benzofuranyl, benzo[1,3]diketone, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[1,4] Dioxinyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzo[b]thienyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; and R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Each is hydroxy, halo, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)alkyl.
Among the preferred compounds in the N2 group (referred to as the R2 group), A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, the A can be optionally substituted with a halo group to form a mono-, di- or tri-substituent group; K is an oxyethylene group (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene; Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the (C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene- may optionally have up to four substituents, each selected from fluoro or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, -X-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-X-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, (C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, or-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; M is -Ar, and -Ar is phenyl, thienyl, benzo[1,3]diketone, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; and R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Each is hydroxy, halo, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)alkyl.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the N2 group (referred to as the S2 group), A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, the A can be optionally substituted with a halogen group to form a mono-, di- or tri-substituent; K is (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene, the (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene has a single unsaturated bond; Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the (C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene- may optionally have up to four substituents, each selected from fluoro or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, -X-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-X-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, or-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; M is -Ar, and -Ar is phenyl, thienyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; and R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Each is hydroxy, halo, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)alkyl.
Among the particularly preferred compounds of the J2 group, A is a propionyl group; Q is an n-hexylene group; Z is a carboxyl group; K is a methylene group; and M is a 4-(n-1-hydroxyhexyl)phenyl group.
Among the particularly preferred compounds of the H1 group, A is methylsulfonyl; Q is n-hexylene; Z is 5-(1H-tetrazolyl); K is oxyethylene; and M is 3,5- Dichlorophenyl.
Among the particularly preferred compounds of the Y1 family, A is methylsulfonyl; Q is 3-methylenephenylmethyl; Z is carboxyl; K is trans-2-n-propenylene; and M is 3, 5-Dichlorophenyl.
The present invention also relates to a method for increasing and maintaining bone mass and preventing further bone loss in a mammal. The method comprises using an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a precursor thereof to treat the mammal.
The present invention also relates to a method for treating a low bone condition in a mammal. The method includes treating the mammal with an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a precursor thereof for the treatment of the low bone condition in the mammal. It is better to treat postmenopausal women and men over 60 years old. This method also includes the treatment of patients of various ages whose bone quality is significantly lower than that of normal young people (>1.5 sd).
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for treating osteoporosis, fractures, osteotomy, bone loss associated with periodontal disease, or inward growth of bone prostheses in mammals (including humans), and the method includes treating mammals Osteoporosis, fractures, osteotomy surgery, bone loss associated with periodontal disease, or bone prosthesis inward growth of an effective dose of the compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its prodrug for the treatment of osteoporosis in mammals , Fracture, bone resection, bone loss associated with periodontal disease, or bone prosthesis growing inward.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for treating osteoporosis in mammals (including humans), the method comprising an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a prodrug thereof for treating mammalian osteoporosis. Osteoporosis in animals.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for treating bone loss after osteotomy in mammals (including humans). The method includes treating a mammal with an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmacological agent for repairing bone integrity after osteotomy. The received salt or its prodrug is used to treat bone loss after osteotomy in mammals. Another feature of the compound of formula I is that it can be used in the local area of bone resection surgery.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for treating the loss of alveolar bone in mammals (including humans), the method comprising an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for treating the loss of alveolar bone in mammals Prodrugs treat alveolar bone loss in mammals.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for treating bone loss associated with periodontal disease in mammals (including humans), the method comprising an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a compound for treating bone loss associated with periodontal disease in mammals Pharmaceutically acceptable salts or their prodrugs treat bone loss associated with periodontal disease in mammals.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for treating primary bone loss in mammals (including humans) during childhood. The method includes an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable compound for treating primary bone loss in mammals during childhood. The received salt or its precursor agent treats primary bone loss in the early childhood of mammals.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a treatment of "secondary osteoporosis" in mammals (including humans) (including: glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis, hyperthyroidism-induced osteoporosis, immobility-induced osteoporosis, Heparin-induced osteoporosis or immunosuppression-induced osteoporosis) method, the method comprising treatment of mammalian "secondary osteoporosis" effective dose of formula I compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its prodrug treatment "Secondary Osteoporosis" in Mammals.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for treating glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis in mammals (including humans), the method comprising an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a compound for treating glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis in mammals Pharmaceutically acceptable salts or their prodrugs treat glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis in mammals.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for treating hyperthyroidism-induced osteoporosis in mammals (including humans). The method includes an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a compound for treating hyperthyroidism-induced osteoporosis in mammals Pharmaceutically acceptable salts or their prodrugs are used to treat hyperthyroidism-induced osteoporosis in mammals.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for treating immobility-induced osteoporosis in mammals (including humans), the method comprising an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable compound for treating immobility-induced osteoporosis in mammals Salts or their precursors treat immobility-induced osteoporosis in mammals.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for treating heparin-induced osteoporosis in mammals (including humans), the method comprising an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable compound for treating heparin-induced osteoporosis in mammals Salts or their prodrugs treat heparin-induced osteoporosis in mammals.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for treating mammals (including humans) for suppressing immunity-induced osteoporosis, the method comprising an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a compound of formula I for treating mammals (including humans) for suppressing immunity-induced osteoporosis Pharmaceutically acceptable salts or their prodrugs are used to treat mammalian immune-suppressive-induced osteoporosis.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for treating fractures in mammals (including humans). The method comprises an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a precursor thereof for treating fractures in mammals. fracture. One of the characteristics of the present invention is that the compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor agent for treating fractures can be locally applied to the fracture site. Another feature of the present invention is that the compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor can be used for systemic therapy.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for improving facial reconstruction or maxillary reconstruction or bone healing after jaw reconstruction in mammals (including humans). The method includes treating mammalian facial reconstruction or maxillary reconstruction or jaw reconstruction An effective dose of the compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor agent for post-skeletal healing is to treat bone healing in a mammal. One of the features of the present invention is that the compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor agent can be used locally on the bone reconstruction site.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for inducing the inward growth of a mammalian (including human) prosthesis, the method comprising an effective dose of the compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt for the inward growth of the prosthesis Or its precursor agents.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for initiating bony joints of the vertebrae of mammals (including humans), the method comprising the effective dose of the compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable Salts or their precursors.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for enhancing the elongation of the long bones of mammals (including humans), the method comprising an effective dose of the compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor to extend the long bones of the mammal Medicament.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for skeletal transplantation of mammals (including humans), the method comprising using an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a precursor thereof. One of the features of the method of the present invention is that the compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor agent can be locally applied to the site of bone transplantation. In addition, depending on the needs of bone transplantation, the compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor agent can be used in the site of bone transplantation to restore bone quality.
The preferred dose is about 0.001 to 100 mg/kg/day of the compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor. The optimal dosage is about 0.01 to 10 mg/kg/day of the compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition, which comprises a therapeutically effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for enhancing bone quality. The composition includes an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of hypoosteosis in mammals (including humans). The composition includes an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its prodrug and a pharmacological agent for the treatment of hypoosteosis. Accepted carrier.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of osteoporosis, bone fractures, osteotomy operations, bone loss associated with periodontal disease, bone transplantation replacement, or bone prosthesis inward growth in mammals (including humans). The composition It includes a therapeutically effective dose of the compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also relates to the treatment of "secondary osteoporosis" in mammals (including humans) (including: glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis, hyperthyroidism-induced osteoporosis, immobility-induced osteoporosis, heparin-induced osteoporosis Osteoporosis or immune suppression-induced osteoporosis) pharmaceutical composition, the composition includes a therapeutically effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its prodrug and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for treating osteoporosis in mammals (including humans). The composition includes an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its prodrug and a pharmaceutically acceptable dose for treating osteoporosis. Carrier.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for treating mammals (including humans) to enhance fracture healing. The composition includes an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor and a pharmaceutically acceptable Carrier.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for treating bone loss during osteotomy surgery in mammals (including humans). The composition includes an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor drug in treatment of bone loss during osteotomy surgery and A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of alveolar bone loss in mammals (including humans). The composition includes a therapeutically effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor and a pharmaceutically acceptable Carrier.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of primary bone loss during childhood. The composition includes a therapeutically effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for promoting facial reconstruction or maxillary reconstruction or bone healing after jaw reconstruction in mammals (including humans). The composition includes a therapeutically effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt Or its prodrug and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of bone loss associated with periodontal disease in mammals (including humans). The composition includes a therapeutically effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a precursor thereof and a A pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for treating the inward growth of the prosthesis in mammals (including humans). The composition includes an effective dose of the compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a precursor thereof for the inward growth of the prosthesis. Medicament and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for treating osseous joints of the spine of mammals (including humans). The composition includes a therapeutically effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor and a pharmaceutically acceptable Carrier.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for elongation of long bones in mammals (including humans). The composition includes a therapeutically effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also relates to the treatment of glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis in a mammal (including humans). The composition includes a therapeutically effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor and a pharmaceutically acceptable Carrier.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for hyperthyroidism-induced osteoporosis in mammals (including humans). The composition includes a therapeutically effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its prodrug and a pharmaceutical Acceptable carrier.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for treating immobility-induced osteoporosis in a mammal (including humans). The composition includes an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or The precursor drug and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of heparin-induced osteoporosis in mammals (including humans). The composition includes an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or Its precursor drug and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of immunosuppression-induced osteoporosis in mammals (including humans). The composition includes an effective dose of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable The salt or its precursor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Another feature of the present invention is the mixture of the compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor and other compounds described below.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable compound for treating (or preventing) hypoosteosis (including osteoporosis) in mammals (including humans, especially women) Salts or their precursors and anti-bone loss agents or use this composition to increase bone quality.
The combination of the present invention includes a therapeutically effective dose of the first compound, the first compound being a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a precursor thereof; and a therapeutically effective dose of the second compound, the The second compound is an anti-skeletal wasting agent, such as an estrous hormone agonist/antagonist or a bisphosphonate.
Preferred estrous hormone agonists/antagonists include: droloxifene, raloxifene, tamoxifen, 4-hydroxy-domaxifen, and more Toremifene, centchroman, levormeloxifene, idoxifene, 6-(4-hydroxy-phenyl-5-[4-(2-piperidine) -1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-naphthalene-2-ol, {4-[2-(2-diazo-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl)-ethoxy] -Phenyl}-[6-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl]-methane ketone, cis-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-5 -[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; (-)-cis-6-benzene -5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; cis-6-phenyl- 5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; cis-1-[6;-pyrrole Pyridinylethoxy-3-pyridyl]-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalene; 1-(4'-pyrrolidinylethoxyphenyl)- 2-(4'-fluorophenyl)-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline; cis-6-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-[4-(2- Piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; and 1-(4'-pyrrolidinyl alcohol ethoxyphenyl) )-2-Phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Particularly preferred estrous hormone agonists/antagonists include droloxifene; cis-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl- Ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; (-)cis-6-phenyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl) -Ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; cis-6-phenyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethyl Oxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; cis-1-[6'-pyrrolidinylethoxy-3'-pyridyl]-2-benzene 6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene; 1-(4'-pyrrolidine ethoxyphenyl)-2-(4"-fluorophenyl)-6-hydroxy-1 ,2,3,4-Tetrahydroisoquinoline; cis-6-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl] -5,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; 1-(4'-pyrrolidinyl alcohol ethoxyphenyl)-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinoline; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Preferred bisphosphonates include: tiludronic acid, alendronic acid, ibandronic acid, risedronic acid, etidronic acid ( etidronic acid), clodronic acid, pamidronic acid and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
Another feature of the present invention is a method for treating low bone mass in mammals, the method comprising a therapeutically effective dose of a first compound for treating low bone mass, and the first compound is a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt Or a precursor agent thereof; and a therapeutically effective dose of a second compound, the second compound is an anti-osteogenesis agent, such as an estrous hormone agonist/antagonist or a bisphosphonate.
The composition and method can also be used to strengthen bone.
The preferred estrous hormone agonists/antagonists in this method include: droloxifene, raloxifene, tamoxifen, and 4-hydroxy-domaxifen (tamoxifen) , Toremifene, centchroman, levormeloxifene, idoxifene, 6-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-5-[4-(2- Piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-naphthalene-2-ol, {4[2-(2-diazo-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)-ethoxy Yl]-phenyl}-[6-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl]-methane ketone, cis-6-(4-fluorophenyl) -5-[-4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; (-)cis-6 -Phenyl-5-[-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; cis-6- Phenyl-5-[-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; cis-1-[ 6'-pyrrolidine ethoxy-3'-pyridyl]-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalene; 1-(4'-pyrrolidine ethoxybenzene Yl)-2-(4"-fluorophenyl)-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline; cis-6-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-[4- (2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; 1-(4'-pyrrolidinol ethoxybenzene Yl)-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Particularly good estrous hormone agonists/antagonists include: dorosifen (droloxifene); cis-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[-4-(2-piperidin-1-yl) -Ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; (-)cis-6-phenyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidine-1- -Ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; cis-6-phenyl-5-[-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl -Ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; cis-1-[6'-pyrrolidineethoxy-3-pyridyl]-2-benzene 6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalene; 1-(4'-pyrrolidine ethoxyphenyl)-2-(4'-fluorophenyl)-6-hydroxy- 1,2,3,4-Tetrahydroisoquinoline; cis-6-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl] -5,6,7,8-Tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; 1-(4'-pyrrolidinol ethoxyphenyl)-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4 -Tetrahydroisoquinoline; and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
Preferred bisphosphonates include: tiludronic acid, alendronic acid, ibandronic acid, risedronic acid, etidronic acid ( etidronic acid), clodronic acid, pamidronic acid and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
The preferred feature of this method is the treatment of osteoporosis in hypobone disorders.
Another preferred feature of this method is that the first compound and the second compound are used in combination in actual treatment.
Another preferred feature of this method is the treatment with the first compound for about one week to about three years.
After treatment with the first compound, the second compound (wherein the second compound is an estrous hormone agonist/antagonist) can be optionally used for treatment for about three months to about three years, here about three months to about three years The first compound is not used during the second treatment period.
In addition, the first compound can be treated with a second compound (wherein the second compound is an estrus agonist/antagonist) for about more than three years, and the first compound is not used during the treatment period of about more than three years. .
Another feature of the present invention is a tool set including:
a. A therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor and the first unit dosage form of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier;
b. A therapeutically effective amount of an antidetrimental agent, such as a second unit dosage form of an estrous hormone agonist/antagonist or a bisphosphonate and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; and
c. A container containing the first and second dosage forms.
The best estrous hormone agonists/antagonists in this tool set include: droloxifene, raloxifene, tamoxifen, 4-hydroxy-domaxifen ( tamoxifen, toremifene, centchroman, levormeloxifene, idoxifene, 6-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-5-(4-( 2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl]-naphthalene-2-ol, {4[2-(2-diazo-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl)- Ethoxy]-phenyl}-[6-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-benzo[b]thiophen-3-yl]-methane ketone, cis-6-(4-fluorobenzene Yl)-5-[-4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; (-)cis -6-Phenyl-5-[-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; cis -6-Phenyl-5-[-4-(2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; cis- 1-[6'-pyrrolidine ethoxy-3'-pyridyl]-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalene; 1-(4'-pyrrolidine ethyl Oxyphenyl)-2-(4"-fluorophenyl)-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline; cis-6-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-5- [4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; 1-(4'-pyrrolidinol ethyl (Oxyphenyl)-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The best estrous hormone agonists/antagonists include: Droloxifene; cis-6-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-[-4-(2-piperidin-1-yl -Ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; (-)cis-6-phenyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidine-1- -Ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; cis-6-phenyl-5-[-4-(2-piperidine-1- -Ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; cis-1-16'-pyrrolidineethoxy-3'-pyridyl]-2- Phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalene; 1-(4'-pyrrolidine ethoxyphenyl)-2-(4"-fluorophenyl)-6-hydroxy -1,2,3,4-Tetrahydroisoquinoline; cis-6-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl ]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-naphthalene-2-ol; 1-(4'-pyrrolidinol ethoxyphenyl)-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3, 4-tetrahydroisoquinoline; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Preferred bisphosphonates include: tiludronic acid, alendronic acid, ibandronic acid, risedronic acid, etidronic acid ( etidronic acid), clodronic acid, pamidronic acid and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor and other bone anabolic agents (other bone anabolic agents may be different from the compound of formula I) and The composition is used to treat low-bone disorders (including osteoporosis) in mammals (such as humans, especially women) or to strengthen bone.
The pharmaceutical composition includes a therapeutically effective dose of the first compound, the first compound being a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor; and a therapeutically effective dose of the second compound , This second compound is another bone anabolic agent.
Preferred bone anabolic agents include IGF-1 (insulin-like growth factor 1), IGF-1 can selectively interact with protein 3, prostaglandins, prostaglandin agonists/antagonists, fluoride Sodium, parathyroid hormone (PTH), active fragments of parathyroid hormone, parathyroid hormone-related peptides and active fragments and analogs of parathyroid hormone-related peptides, growth hormones or growth hormone secretagogues and their pharmaceutical agents Accept the salt combination.
Another feature of the present invention is a method for treating low bone mass in mammals. The method for treating low bone mass in mammals includes:
a. A therapeutically effective dose of the first compound, the first compound being a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug; and
b. A therapeutically effective dose of a second compound that is a bone anabolic agent other than the compound of formula I.
The composition and method can also be used to strengthen bone.
Preferred bone anabolic agents include IGF-1, IGF-1 can selectively interact with protein 3, prostaglandins, prostaglandin agonists/antagonists, sodium fluoride, parathyroid hormone (PTH), and parathyroid hormone activity Fragments, parathyroid hormone-related peptides and active fragments and analogs of parathyroid hormone-related peptides, growth hormones or growth hormone secretagogues and combinations of pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The preferred feature of this method is the treatment of osteoporosis in hypobone disorders.
Another preferred feature of this method is that the first compound and the second compound are used in combination in actual treatment.
Another feature of the present invention is a tool set including:
a. A therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor and the first unit dosage form of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier;
b. A therapeutically effective amount of a second compound, which is a bone anabolic agent other than the compound of formula I; and
c. A container containing the first and second dosage forms.
Preferred bone anabolic agents include IGF-1, IGF-1 can selectively interact with protein 3, prostaglandins, prostaglandin agonists/antagonists, sodium fluoride, parathyroid hormone (PTH), and parathyroid hormone activity Fragments, parathyroid hormone-related peptides and active fragments and analogs of parathyroid hormone-related peptides, growth hormones or growth hormone secretagogues and combinations of pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
The preferred group of compounds (referred to as the T2 family) includes the compounds of the above formula I, wherein B is N; A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylsulfonyl; Q is -(C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene 4-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>5</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Alkylene-, the-(C<sub>5</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Alkylene-optionally with up to four substituents, each selected from fluoro or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-X-, -(CH<sub>2</sub>)-M-phenylene-O-(CH<sub>2</sub>)-, optionally with mono- or di-substituents, respectively selected from methoxy, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, chloro or fluoro or -(CH<sub>2</sub>)-M-phenylene-(CH2)- may optionally have mono- or di-substituents, selected from methoxy, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy Group, chloro group or fluoro group; M is -Ar<sup>1</sup>-V-AR<sup>2</sup>Or -Ar<sup>1</sup>-O-AR<sup>2</sup>;V is a bond or -CH<sub>2</sub>; Z is a carboxyl group, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxycarbonyl or tetrazolyl; X is thienyl, thiazolyl, or furyl; K is methylene; Ar<sup>1</sup>Is phenyl, (C<sub>5</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Cycloalkyl, furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, or pyridyl; AR<sup>2</sup>As (C<sub>5</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Cycloalkyl, phenyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl,<img file="TWI242560B_D0034.tif" />Azolyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, iso<img file="TWI242560B_D0035.tif" />Azolyl, pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0036.tif" />Group, triazolyl or pyrazolyl; R<sup>1</sup>For chlorine, fluorine, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl and (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy groups can be optionally substituted with hydroxy or fluoro groups to form mono-, di- or tri-substituents; and R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Each is methoxy, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, chloro or fluoro.
Among the preferred compounds in the T2 group (referred to as the U2 group), Q is -(CH<sub>2</sub>)-M-phenylene-(CH<sub>2</sub>), M is -Ar<sup>1</sup>-AR<sup>2</sup>,Ar<sup>1</sup>Is phenyl; AR<sup>2</sup>As (C<sub>5</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Cycloalkyl, phenyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl,<img file="TWI242560B_D0037.tif" />Azolyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, iso<img file="TWI242560B_D0038.tif" />Azolyl, pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0039.tif" />Or pyrazolyl, the AR<sup>2</sup>Optional R<sup>1</sup>Or R<sup>2</sup>Substituted into mono- or di-substituent; R<sup>1</sup>Is chloro, fluoro, methyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethoxy or trifluoromethoxy; and R<sup>2</sup>It is a methoxy group, a chloro group or a fluoro group.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the T2 group (referred to as the V2 group), Q is -(CH<sub>2</sub>)-M-phenylene-(CH<sub>2</sub>)-, M is -Ar<sup>1</sup>-AR<sup>2</sup>, Ar<sup>1</sup>Is phenyl; AR<sup>2</sup>As (C<sub>5</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Cycloalkyl, phenyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl,<img file="TWI242560B_D0040.tif" />Azolyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, iso<img file="TWI242560B_D0041.tif" />Azolyl, pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0042.tif" />Or pyrazolyl, the AR<sup>2</sup>Optional R<sup>1</sup>Or R<sup>2</sup>Substituted into mono- or di-substituent; R<sup>1</sup>Is chloro, fluoro, methyl, methoxy, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethoxy or trifluoromethoxy; and R<sup>2</sup>It is a methoxy group, a chloro group or a fluoro group.
Among the particularly preferred compounds in the U2 group, A is a methylsulfonyl group; Z is a carboxyl group; and M is a 4-(cyclohexyl)phenyl group.
Among the particularly preferred compounds in the U2 group, A is methylsulfonyl; Z is carboxy; and M is 4-(thiazol-2-yl)phenyl.
Among the particularly preferred compounds in the U2 family, A is methylsulfonyl; Z is carboxyl; and M is 4-(pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0043.tif" />-2-yl)phenyl.
The particularly preferred compounds in the U2 family are
a.(3-{[(4-cyclohexyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid;
b.(3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid; or
c.(3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0044.tif" />-2-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid.
The preferred group of compounds (referred to as the W2 family) includes the compounds of the above formula I, wherein B is N; A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylsulfonyl; 0 is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-X-; X is thiazolyl or furanyl; the thiazolyl or furanyl can optionally be methyl, methoxy, fluoro, chloro, trifluoromethyl, difluoro Methoxy or trifluoromethoxy; K is ethyleneoxy-ethylenediyl or propylene, the propylene may optionally have a single unsaturated bond; M is -Ar, the -Ar is Phenyl, thienyl, pyridyl, thiazolyl,<img file="TWI242560B_D0045.tif" />Azolyl, iso<img file="TWI242560B_D0046.tif" />Azolyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazolyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, cyclobutyl, or cycloheptyl; R<sup>1</sup>Is halo, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl or (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl or (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl group, optionally with mono-, di- or tri-substituent, selected from hydroxyl, fluoro or chloro; and R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Each is methoxy, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, chloro or fluoro.
Among the compounds included in the preferred compounds of the W2 group (referred to as the X2 group), A is a methylsulfonyl group; Z is a carboxyl group, or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxycarbonyl; Q is -propylene-X-; X is thiazolyl; K is ethyleneoxy-ethylenediyl or propylene; M is phenyl, optionally with mono- or di- Substituents are selected from fluoro, chloro, methoxy, methyl, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy or trifluoromethyl.
Particularly preferred compounds of the X2 group in which Z is a carboxyl group; K is a propylene group; and M is a 3-(chloro)phenyl group.
In the particularly preferred compound of the X2 group, Z is a carboxyl group; K is an oxyethylene-ethylenediyl group; and M is a 3,5 dichlorophenyl group.
Among the particularly preferred compounds of the X2 family, a.2-(3-{[2-(3,5-dichlorophenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiazole- 4-carboxylic acid; or b.2-(3-{[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid .
Another feature of the present invention relates to the compound of formula IA
<chemistry general="n"><img file="TWI242560B_D0047.tif" /></chemistry>
Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor agent wherein (i): B is N; A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylsulfonyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkylsulfonyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkylsulfonyl, the A part can optionally be a hydroxyl group, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl or halo is substituted with mono-, di- or tri-substituent; Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-optionally with up to four substituents, each selected from fluoro or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, -X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-X-, -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-WXW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, where the two W are not related to each other, -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-ethynylene-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-, or-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-ethynylene-X-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; W is an oxyethylene, thio, sulfinic acid, sulfonyl, aminosulfonyl-, -mono-N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene Sulfonamide -, Sulfonamide, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>Alkylene sulfonamido, carboxyamido, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene carboxylate, carboxylate carboxylate, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene Carboxamide Extylene Oxide, Carboxamide, -Single-N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene amine methionine, amine methionine, or -mono-N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene amine carboxylic acyl group extension, wherein the W alkyl group optionally on carbon with one to three fluoro groups; X is a five or six membered aromatic rings, optionally with one or Two heteroatoms, respectively selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur; the ring can optionally be each with a halogen group, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, hydroxyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy or aminomethyl substituted with mono- or di-substituent; Z is carboxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxycarbonyl, tetrazolyl, 1,2,4-<img file="TWI242560B_D0048.tif" />Diazolyl, 5-keto-1,2,4-<img file="TWI242560B_D0049.tif" />Diazolyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylsulfonyl amide formyl or phenyl sulfonyl amide formyl; K is a bond, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene, thio (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene or oxyethylene (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) The alkylene group can be optionally mono-unsaturated, and wherein K is optionally substituted with a fluoro group, a methyl group or a chloro group into a mono-, di- or para-substituent; M is -Ar, -Ar<sup>1</sup>-V-Ar<sup>2</sup>, -Ar<sup>1</sup>-S-Ar<sup>2</sup>, -Ar<sup>1</sup>-O-Ar<sup>2</sup>, -Ar<sup>1</sup>-S-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)-AR<sup>2</sup>-, -Ar<sup>1</sup>-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)-S-AR<sup>2</sup>-Or-Ar-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)-S-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)-AR<sup>2</sup>, Where Ar, Ar<sup>1</sup>And AR<sup>2</sup>Each is a partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five- to eight-membered ring (optionally with one to four heteroatoms, each selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen), or a bicyclic ring, Containing two (partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated) five- or six-membered fused rings, optionally with one to four heteroatoms each, selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen; the Ar , Ar<sup>1</sup>And Ar<sup>2</sup>Part can be optionally substituted on carbon (if this part is monocyclic, it is substituted on one ring, if this part is bicyclic, there are substituents on both monocyclic or bicyclic rings) with up to three substituents , Each substituent is selected from R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>, Where R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>For keto, hydroxyl, nitro, halo, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxy (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxycarbonyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl, formyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylamino, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxycarbonyl-amino, sulfa, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylsulfonamide, amino, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylamino, aminomethyl, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylamine methanoyl, cyano, thio, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylthio, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylsulfinate group, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylsulfonyl or mono-N- or di-N, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylaminosulfinyl; R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Optionally, there are mono-, di- or tri-substituents on the carbon, respectively selected from halo or hydroxyl; and V is a bond or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene can be selected as a mono- or di-substituent with hydroxyl or fluoro group respectively, provided that when K is (C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene and M is Ar, and Ar is cyclopentyl-1-yl, cyclohexyl-1-yl, cycloheptyl-1-yl or cyclooctyl-1-yl, then the (C<sub>5</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) The position of the cycloalkyl group will not be substituted by the hydroxyl group; or (ii): B is N; A is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, or (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl, the A part can optionally be substituted with a hydroxyl group or a halogen group on the carbon to form a mono-, di- or tri-substituent; Q is -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylene-W-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-, the-(C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene-optionally with up to four substituents, each selected from fluoro or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, -X-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>) Alkylene-X-, -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, -(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-WX-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-WXW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-, where the two Ws are not related to each other, -(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylene-X-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>5</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-ethylene vinylene-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylene-XW-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)Alkylene-,-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-ethynylene-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene-, or-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylene-ethynylene-X-(C<sub>0</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene-; W is an oxyethylene group, a thio group, a sulfinic acid group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfonamide group-, -mono-N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene Amino Sulfonyl -, Sulfonyl Amino, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene sulfonamide, carboxyamide, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene carboxylate, carboxylate carboxylate, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene Carboxamide Extylene Oxide, Carboxamide, -Single-N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene amine methionine, amine methionine, or -mono-N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene amine methyl oxirane, wherein the W alkyl group can optionally have one to three fluoro groups on the carbon; X is a five-membered or six-membered aromatic ring can optionally have one to two hetero Atoms are selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur; the ring can optionally have mono- or di-substituents, respectively selected from halo, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, hydroxyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkoxy, or aminomethyl; Z is a carboxyl group, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxycarbonyl-, tetrazolyl, 1,2,4-<img file="TWI242560B_D0050.tif" />Diazolyl, 5-keto-1,2,4-<img file="TWI242560B_D0051.tif" />Diazolyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylsulfonyl amide formyl or phenyl sulfonyl amide formyl; K is (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkylene, thio (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene or oxyethylene (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene, the (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) The alkylene group optionally has an unsaturated bond, wherein K can optionally be substituted with a fluoro group, a methyl group or a chloro group into a mono-, di- or tri-substituent group; M is -Ar, -Ar<sup>1</sup>-V-Ar<sup>2</sup>, -Ar<sup>1</sup>-S-Ar<sup>2</sup>, -Ar<sup>1</sup>-O-Ar<sup>2</sup>, -Ar<sup>1</sup>-S-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)-AR<sup>2</sup>-, -Ar<sup>1</sup>-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)-S-AR<sup>2</sup>-Or-Ar<sup>1</sup>-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)-S-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)-AR<sup>2</sup>, Where Ar, Ar<sup>1</sup>And AR<sup>2</sup>Each is a partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five- to eight-membered ring (optionally with one to four heteroatoms, each selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen), or a bicyclic ring, Containing two (partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated) five- or six-membered fused rings, optionally with one to four heteroatoms each, selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen; the Ar , Ar<sup>1</sup>And Ar<sup>2</sup>Part can be optionally substituted on carbon (if this part is monocyclic, it is substituted on one ring, if this part is bicyclic, there are substituents on both monocyclic or bicyclic rings) with up to three substituents , Each substituent is selected from R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>, Where R, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Is keto, H, hydroxyl, nitro, halo, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkoxy, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxy (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxycarbonyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>3</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>)Cycloalkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkyl, formyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) Alkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>) Alkyl (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylamino, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkoxycarbonylamino group, sulfa group, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylsulfonamide, amino, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkylamino, aminomethyl, mono-N- or di-N,N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylamine methanoyl, cyano, thio, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylthio, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>)Alkylsulfinyl, (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylsulfonyl or mono-N- or di-N, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylaminosulfinyl; R<sup>1</sup>, R<sup>2</sup>And R<sup>3</sup>Optionally, there are mono-, di- or tri-substituents on the carbon, selected from halo or hydroxy; and V is a bond or (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkylene groups can be optionally used as mono- or di-substituents with hydroxyl or fluorine groups, respectively, provided that when K is (C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>) Alkylene and M is Ar, and Ar is cyclopentyl-1-yl, cyclohexyl-1-yl, cycloheptyl-1-yl or cyclooctyl-1-yl, then the (C<sub>5</sub>-C<sub>8</sub>) The position of the cycloalkyl group will not be substituted by the hydroxy group but does not include 6-[(3-phenyl-propyl)-(2-propyl-propanyl)-amino]hexanoic acid and its acetate. Within; another feature of the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, the composition includes: a therapeutically effective dose of formula I compound A or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its prodrug and a therapeutically effective dose of 2 -(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenoxy]-benzo[b]thiophene-6- or one of its A pharmaceutically acceptable salt or 3-[4-(1,2-diphenyl-but-1-enyl)-phenyl]-acrylic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for treating a low bone mass disorder in a mammal, the method comprising treating the mammal with a therapeutically effective dose of a compound of formula IA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor and a therapeutic agent The effective dose of 2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenoxy]-benzo[b]thienyl- 6-alcohol or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or 3-[4-(1,2-diphenyl-but-1-enyl)-phenyl]-acrylic acid or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a kit comprising: a therapeutically effective dose of compound A of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its prodrug and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Unit dose form; a therapeutically effective dose of 2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-3-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenoxy]-benzene And [b]thiophen-6-ol or one of its pharmaceutically acceptable salts or 3-[4-(1,2-diphenyl-but-1-enyl)-phenyl]-acrylic acid or one of its pharmaceutically acceptable salts A second unit dose form of acceptable salts and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier; and a container containing the first and second unit dose forms.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for treating a mammal to restore renal function, the method comprising treating the mammal with a therapeutically effective dose of a compound of formula 1A or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a precursor thereof.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for treating a low bone mass disorder in a mammal, the method comprising treating the mammal with a therapeutically effective dose of a compound of formula IA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a precursor thereof.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition, which comprises a therapeutically effective dose of a compound of formula IA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or its precursor and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Another feature of the present invention relates to a method for reducing the pressure in the eye of a mammal. The method comprises an effective dose of a compound of formula IA or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a precursor thereof for treating the mammal.
The name "hypobone disorder" means that the bone content is lower than the normal level of the age. For the definition of the standard, please refer to the World Health Organization "Assessment of Fracture Risk and its Applicabon to Saeening for Postmenopausal Osboporosis (1994). Report of a World Health Organization Study Group. World Health Organization Technical Series 843". According to this, the low-bone disorders are divided into primary and secondary osteoporosis. Secondary osteoporosis includes glucocorticoid-induced osteoporosis, hyperthyroidism-induced osteoporosis, immobility-induced osteoporosis, heparin-induced osteoporosis and immune suppression-induced osteoporosis. Secondary osteoporosis also includes periodontal disease, loss of alveolar bone, osteotomy surgery, and primary bone loss in childhood. This "low bone disease" also includes complications caused by long-term osteoporosis, such as vertebral column curvature, height loss, and prosthetic surgery.
The name "low bone disease" also refers to mammals that have a significantly higher average chance of suffering from the aforementioned diseases, including osteoporosis (for example: postmenopausal women, men over 60 years of age).
Other forms of bone enhancement or enhancement include: increasing the rate of fracture healing, increasing the success rate of bone transplantation, facial reconstruction or maxillary reconstruction or bone healing after jaw reconstruction, prosthetic ingrowth, spine bone Sexual bonding or extension of long bones.
Professionals familiar with this art agree that bone mass actually refers to bone mass per unit area, and sometimes (though not strictly speaking) refers to the density of bone minerals.
"Treatment", "cure" or "treatment" includes prevention (for example, prevention of disease) and palliative treatment.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to a compound that is compatible with other ingredients in the formulation, such as carriers, diluents, excipients, and/or salts, and does not harm the user.
"Precursor drug" refers to the precursor compound of the drug, after some chemical or physiological preparation processing (for example: the precursor drug is placed in physiological pH or the enzyme is converted into the desired drug form), the drug is released in the living body. Examples of the free acid released after the precursor agent is divided, and the hydrolyzable ester type residues of the formula I compounds include (but are not limited to): wherein the Z part is not a carboxyl group substituent and a free hydrogen atom is substituted The substituents, the substituents include (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>4</sub>)Alkyl, (C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>7</sub>) Alkyloxymethyl, 1-(alkyloxy)ethyl containing 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkyloxy) containing 5 to 10 carbon atoms Ethyl group, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl group containing 3 to 6 carbon atoms, 1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy) ethyl group containing 4 to 7 carbon atoms, 1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy) ethyl group containing 5 to 8 carbon atoms Methyl-1 (alkoxycarbonyloxy) ethyl, N-(alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl containing 3 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-(N-(alkoxy) containing 4 to 10 carbon atoms (Carbonyl)-amino)-ethyl, 3-phthaloyl, 4-crotonolactone, γ-butyrolactone-4-yl, bis-N,N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylamino (C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>) Alkyl (for example: b-dimethylaminoethyl), aminomethyl-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkyl, N,N-bis(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>)Alkylamine methanoyl-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>2</sub>) Alkyl and piperidinyl-, pyrrolidinyl- or morpholinyl (C<sub>2</sub>-C<sub>3</sub>)alkyl.
Typical five-membered to six-membered aromatic rings with one or two heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur on the ring (ie X ring) are: phenyl, furanyl, and thienyl , Pyrrolyl,<img file="TWI242560B_D0052.tif" />Azolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, iso<img file="TWI242560B_D0053.tif" />Azolyl, isothiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0054.tif" />Pyrimidinyl, pyrimidinyl and pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0055.tif" />base.
Typical partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five to eight-membered ring, and the ring optionally has one or four heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur (that is, Ar, Ar<sup>1</sup>And AR<sup>2</sup>) Are: cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and phenyl. Other typical five-membered rings are: furyl, thienyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, 3H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolinyl, 3-pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-di<img file="TWI242560B_D0056.tif" />Alkylene,<img file="TWI242560B_D0057.tif" />Azolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, 2H-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolyl, 2-pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, iso<img file="TWI242560B_D0058.tif" />Azolyl, isothiazolyl, 1,2-disulfide, 1,3-disulfide, 3H-1,2-<img file="TWI242560B_D0059.tif" />Sulfur, 1,2,3-<img file="TWI242560B_D0060.tif" />Diazolyl, 1,2,4-<img file="TWI242560B_D0061.tif" />Diazolyl, 1,2,5-<img file="TWI242560B_D0062.tif" />Diazolyl, 1,3,4-<img file="TWI242560B_D0063.tif" />Diazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,3,4-<img file="TWI242560B_D0064.tif" />Triazolyl, 1,2,3,5-<img file="TWI242560B_D0065.tif" />Triazolyl, 3H-1,2,3-bis<img file="TWI242560B_D0066.tif" />Azolyl, 1,2,4-di<img file="TWI242560B_D0067.tif" />Azolyl, 1,3,2-di<img file="TWI242560B_D0068.tif" />Azolyl, 1,3,4-bis<img file="TWI242560B_D0069.tif" />Azolyl, 5H-1,2,5-<img file="TWI242560B_D0070.tif" />Thiazolyl and 1,3-<img file="TWI242560B_D0071.tif" />Sulfur-based.
Other typical six-membered rings are: 2H-piperanyl, 4H-piperanyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl, 1,2-diocyl, 1,3-diocyl, 1,4-di<img file="TWI242560B_D0072.tif" />Base, morpholinyl, 1,4-dithiol, thiomorpholinyl, pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0073.tif" />Base, pyrimidinyl, pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0074.tif" />Hexahydropyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0075.tif" />Base, 1,3,5-three<img file="TWI242560B_D0076.tif" />Base, 1,2,4-three<img file="TWI242560B_D0077.tif" />Base, 1,2,3-three<img file="TWI242560B_D0078.tif" />Base, 1,3,5-trithioyl, 4H-1,2-<img file="TWI242560B_D0079.tif" />Base, 2H-1,3-<img file="TWI242560B_D0080.tif" /><img file="TWI242560B_D0081.tif" />Base, 6H-1,3-<img file="TWI242560B_D0082.tif" />Base, 6H-1,2-<img file="TWI242560B_D0083.tif" />Base, 1,4-<img file="TWI242560B_D0084.tif" />Base, 2H-1,2-<img file="TWI242560B_D0085.tif" />Base, 4H-1,4-<img file="TWI242560B_D0086.tif" />Base, 1,2,5-<img file="TWI242560B_D0087.tif" />Thio<img file="TWI242560B_D0088.tif" />Base, 1,4-<img file="TWI242560B_D0089.tif" />Base, o-different<img file="TWI242560B_D0090.tif" />Base, p-iso<img file="TWI242560B_D0091.tif" />Base, 1,2,5-<img file="TWI242560B_D0092.tif" />Thio<img file="TWI242560B_D0093.tif" />Base, 1,2,6-<img file="TWI242560B_D0094.tif" />Thio<img file="TWI242560B_D0095.tif" />Base, 1,4,2-<img file="TWI242560B_D0096.tif" />two<img file="TWI242560B_D0097.tif" />Base and 1,3,5,2-<img file="TWI242560B_D0098.tif" />two<img file="TWI242560B_D0099.tif" />base. Other typical seven-membered rings are: aza<img file="TWI242560B_D0100.tif" />Base, oxa<img file="TWI242560B_D0101.tif" />Base, thia<img file="TWI242560B_D0102.tif" />Base and 1,2,4 diaza<img file="TWI242560B_D0103.tif" />base.
Other typical eight-membered rings are: cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl and cyclooctadienyl.
Typical bicyclic rings include: two partially saturated, fully saturated or fully unsaturated five-membered or six-membered fused rings, optionally with one to four heteroatoms each (selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen) Who is: ind<img file="TWI242560B_D0104.tif" />Group, indolyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, 1H-isoindolyl, indololinyl, cyclopentyl(b)pyridyl, piperanan(3,4-b)pyrrolyl, Benzofuranyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzo(b) thienyl, benzo(c) thienyl, 1H-indazolyl, indazole<img file="TWI242560B_D0105.tif" />Base, benzo<img file="TWI242560B_D0106.tif" />Azolyl, aminoanthracene methyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazole, purinyl, 4H-quinoline<img file="TWI242560B_D0107.tif" />Group, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, prinyl, phthalein<img file="TWI242560B_D0108.tif" />Group, quinazolinyl, quino<img file="TWI242560B_D0109.tif" />Linyl, 1,8-imidyl, pteridine, hydroindenyl, isohydroindenyl, naphthyl, tetralinyl, decainyl, 2H-1-benzopiperanyl, pyridine (3,4- b)-pyridyl, pyridine(3,2-b)-pyridyl, pyridine(4,3-b)-pyridyl, 2H-1,3-benzo<img file="TWI242560B_D0110.tif" />Base, 2H-1,4-benzo<img file="TWI242560B_D0111.tif" />Base, 1H-2,3-benzo<img file="TWI242560B_D0112.tif" />Base, 4H-3,1-benzo<img file="TWI242560B_D0113.tif" />Base, 2H-1,2-benzo<img file="TWI242560B_D0114.tif" />Base and 4H-1,4-benzo<img file="TWI242560B_D0115.tif" />base.
Alkylene means saturated hydrocarbons (straight-chain or branched) in which one hydrogen atom on each terminal carbon has been removed. Typical examples of this substituent are (in terms of the length specified in the specific embodiment): methylene, ethylenediyl, propylene, butylene, pentylene, octylene, heptylene.
The halo group is a chloro group, a bromo group, an iodo group, or a fluoro group.
Alkyl groups are straight-chain saturated hydrocarbons or side-chain saturated hydrocarbons. Typical examples of such alkyl groups are (in terms of the length specified in the specific embodiment): methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, 2-butyl, t-butyl, pentyl , Isopentyl, neopentyl, t-pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl and octyl.
The alkoxy group refers to a saturated straight-chain alkyl group or a saturated branched-chain alkyl group bonded via an oxyethylene group. Typical examples of such alkoxy groups are (in terms of the length specified in the specific embodiment): methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, t -Butoxy, pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, t-pentoxy, hexoxy, isohexoxy, heptoxy and octyloxy.
The single-N- or di-N, N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>X</sub>) Alkyl... etc., meaning in the two-N,N-(C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>X</sub>) Alkyl... (x represents an integer) (C<sub>1</sub>-C<sub>X</sub>) The alkyl part.
Unless otherwise stated, the "M" part defined above is an optionally substituted substituent (take the displayed substituent as an example, such as: R covered in the subgenus or subsidiary application item)<sup>1</sup>, Unless it has been stated that M is R<sup>1</sup>Partly replaced, M does not necessarily mean being replaced by R<sup>1</sup>Partially replaced).
If the carbocyclic or heterocyclic moiety can be bonded or attached to the specified substrate by carbon atoms (through different ring atoms without specifying a specific attachment point), then various possible attachment points can be used through the carbon atom, or (for example, :) Trivalent nitrogen atom. For example, "pyridyl" means 2-, 3-, or 4-pyridyl, "thienyl" means 2-, or 3-thienyl, and so on.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refers to non-toxic anionic salts combined with anions, such as (but not limited to) chloride, bromide, iodide, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acetate, Anhydrous malate, fumarate, oxalate, lactate, tartrate, citrate, gluconate, methanesulfonate and 4-toluene-sulfonate. The same is true for non-toxic cationic salts, such as (but not limited to) sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium or hydrogenated benzathine (N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine) , Choline, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglamine (meglamine, N-methylglucosylamine), benethamine (benethamine, N-benzyl phenethylamine), hexahydropyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0116.tif" />Or chamethamine (tromethamine, 2-amino-2-hydroxymethyl-1,3-propanediol).
Here, "inert reaction solvent" and "inert solvent" refer to a solvent that does not interact with the starting reactants, reagents, intermediates or products, and solids have no negative impact on the yield of the product.
Here, the positive or negative signs in parentheses represent the direction of rotation of the plane polarized aurora of the special stereoisomers in nomenclature.
Chemists with ordinary skills will recognize that certain compounds in the present invention contain one or more atoms, which have special stereochemistry or geometric configuration, and can form stereoisomers and configuration isomers. All such isomers and mixtures thereof are included in the present invention. Hydrates of the compounds of the present invention are also included.
Chemists with ordinary skills will recognize that certain compounds in the present invention can be substituted by a combination of heteroatoms, and such substitutions are relatively unstable under physiological conditions (for example, containing acetal or amine bonds). Therefore, this type of compound is less ideal.
DTT is dithioerythritol. DMSO is dimethyl sulfoxide. EDTA is ethylenediyldiaminetetraacetic acid.
The method and compound of the present invention can make bone formation and reduce the probability of fracture. A significant contribution of the present invention to the current state of the art is to provide compounds and methods to increase bone formation to avoid, retard, and/or delay osteoporosis and related bone disease.
Other features and advantages of the present invention will be described in the detailed description and the scope of the patent application.
Detailed description of the invention
In the detailed description of the present invention, "Formula I" refers to either Formula I or Formula IA so as to cover part of the subject matter of successive applications.
Generally speaking, the compounds of the present invention can be prepared using known chemical techniques, especially the methods described herein. The preparation of certain commercial compounds provided by the present invention is another feature of the present invention, and is illustrated by the following reaction diagram. Other preparations will be described in the experimental part.
Certain substituents (for example, carboxyl) are best obtained by conversion of other functional machines in the late stage of the synthesis step (for example, the carboxyl group is converted from a hydroxyl group or an aldehyde group).
Generally speaking, if B in the compound of formula I is nitrogen, it can be prepared by continuous alkylation reaction of sulfonamides or amides with two appropriate haloalkyl salts or alkyl sulfonates; or The amine of the necessary acid functional group (with appropriate protection) undergoes a reductive amination reaction with an aldehyde, and then reacts with an acylating agent or sulfonate chloride ion, and then undergoes hydrolysis.
Generally speaking, the method of FIGS. 1 and 2 can be used to prepare the compound of formula I (wherein B is nitrogen, and A, K, M and Q are as mentioned in the summary description). Generally speaking, the process is to carry out a sequential alkylation reaction between the appropriate sulfonamide or amide of formula 1 and two appropriate alkyl halides or alkylsulfonyl esters. The difference between the methods of Figures 1 and 2 is only that the order of adding the two alkylating agents is different. The order of the alkylation reaction is generally determined by the reactivity of its electrophilic branches. In order to reduce the amount of dialkylation in the first alkylation reaction, usually the less reactive electrophilic branch is used first. One of the alkylating agents usually contains a carboxylic acid or acid homoelectron array that has been suitably shielded with a protecting group. In Figures 1 and 2, the acid precursor of Formula 3 is a carboxylic acid ester, and R on it represents a linear lower alkyl group, preferably methyl or ethyl, or tri-butyl or phenyl. Professionals who are familiar with this technique can also use the known methods to use other kinds of acid and electron arrays to appropriately improve the method in the figure. (See Figure 6, which illustrates an example prepared with tetrazolyl). Typical alkylating agents are primary or secondary benzyl or allyl, and alkyl bromides or alkyl iodides are preferred.
Formula 1 Sulfonamide or amide is used in aprotic solvents (for example: tetramethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran (THF) or dimethylformamide/benzene) and the temperature is about -78°C~about 100°C. Alkali (for example: sodium hydride, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium tributoxide, etc.) convert it into anions . At a temperature of about 0 °C ~ about 100 °C, the generated anion and appropriate formula 2 or 3 haloalkanes or alkane sulfonate esters (where X'is a halide ion or sulfonate ester) for alkylation reaction to produce Corresponding alkylation compounds of formula 4 or 5. At this time, the amount of by-products produced by dialkylation of amide or sulfonamide is not determined, and can be removed by chromatography technology, using flash chromatography (WC Still, M. Kahn, A. Mitra, J. Org. Chem. 43, 2923, 1978) is better. The compound of formula 4 or 5 is used in an aprotic solvent (for example: dimethylformamide, THF, dimethylformamide/benzene, or acetone) at a temperature of about -78°C to about 100°C. Base (for example: sodium hydride, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, lithium diisopropylamide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium tri-butoxide, or potassium carbonate) again Converted into anions. The corresponding esters of formula 6 can be formed by the alkylation reaction (as described above) using the appropriate second haloalkanes or alkyl sulfonates (compounds of formula 3 or 2). At a temperature of about 0°C to about 80°C, the formula 6 ester is hydrolyzed in a diluted alkaline aqueous solution (sodium hydroxide or potassium in alcohol or alcohol aqueous solution is preferred), lithium hydroxide alcohol aqueous solution, tetrahydrofuran aqueous solution, or Utilize the method in "Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second Edition, TW Greene and PGM Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1991" to form the corresponding acid of formula I (when R represents methyl or ethyl).
<img file="TWI242560B_D0117.tif" />
<img file="TWI242560B_D0118.tif" />
Compounds of formula I (for example: compounds of formula 13 or 14, where B is N and A, K, M, Q and Z are as stated in the general description) can also be prepared with amines (see the examples in Figure 3-4) . Usually available commercially available suitable amine starting reactants (compounds of formula 9 and 10) or prepared by methods known to professionals skilled in the art (see "The Chemistry of amine, Nitroso and Nitro Compounds and their Derivatives," Ed. S. Pabi, J. Wiley, New York, 1982). For example, according to the methods of Figures 3 and 4, the amine starting reactant can be prepared from the corresponding formula 7 or 8 nitriles. Nitriles can be prepared by commercially available products or by professionals who are familiar with the art using known methods (see Rappaport, "The Chemistry of the Cyano Group, "Interscience, New York, 1970 or Patai and Rappaport, "The Chemistry of Functional Groups, "pt. 2, Wiley, New York, 1983). Nitriles of formula 7 or 8 are reduced with a reducing agent (for example: borane-tetrahydrofuran complex, borane-methylsulfide complex, lithium aluminum hydride), or in the presence of Thunder nickel or platinum or palladium catalysts The hydrogenation reaction is carried out in a protic solvent (for example: methanol or ethanol) at a temperature of about 0°C to about 50°C. Put the generated amine of formula 9 or 10 in an aprotic solvent (e.g., two Methyl chloride or ether) is converted into sulfonamide or amide of formula 11 or 12 with acid chloride ion or sulfonium chloride ion (adenification reaction). In addition, in the presence of an inert solvent (such as dichloromethane or N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF)) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (HOBT), the formula 9 or 10 Coupling reagents for amines and carboxylic acids (for example: 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethyldiimide hydrogen chloride (EDC) or 1,3-dicyclohexyldiimide (DCC) )) Perform a coupling reaction to produce a compound of formula 11 or 12. When the amine exists as a hydrogen chloride salt, it is advisable to add 1 equivalent of a suitable base (for example: triethylamine) to the reaction mixture. In addition, the coupling reaction can be performed with a coupling reagent (for example: hexfluorophosphate benzotriazol-1-yloxyeximide-ginseng (dimethylamino)-phosphoric ester (BOP)) in an inert solvent (for example: methanol). This coupling reaction is usually carried out at a temperature of about -30°C to about 80°C, preferably 0°C to about 25°C. For other experimental conditions of coupling peptides, please refer to HoubenWeyl, Vol. XV, part 11, E. Wunsch, Ed., George Theime Verlag, 1974, Stuttgart. The compounds of formula 11 or 12 in the above Figures 1 and 2 are subjected to an alkylation reaction (and, if necessary, a deprotection reaction) to generate the corresponding acid compounds of formula 13 and 14.
The amines of formula 9 and 10 can also be prepared by the reduction reaction of formula 15 and 16 amines. This reduction reaction can be used in aprotic solvents (such as tetrahydrofuran or ether) with reagents, such as borane tetrahydrofuran complex, borane-methylsulfur complex or diisobutylaluminum hydride at a temperature of about -78°C~about 60°C.
The amines of formula 9 and 10 are also made by hydrogenation of the corresponding nitro precursor in the presence of a nickel, palladium or platinum catalyst with a reducing agent (for example: zinc/HCl) to reduce the nitro group, such as PN Rylander in Described in "Hydrogenation Methods," Academic Press, New York, 1985.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0119.tif" />
<img file="TWI242560B_D0120.tif" />
In the section of preparation methods, the preparation methods and descriptions of other amines and alkylating agents that can be used in the above-mentioned synthesis are described.
Another method for preparing the compound of formula I (where B is N, and A, K, M, and Q are as stated in the general description) of the above-mentioned alkylation reaction chemistry includes adding necessary acidic functional groups (with appropriate protection) Amine and aldehyde undergo reductive amination reaction, as shown in Figure 5. In addition, aldehydes may also contain acidic functional groups to enable coupling with amines.
The reductive amination reaction is usually carried out together with a reducing agent, such as sodium cyanoborohydride or sodium triacetoxyborohydride, preferably between pH 6 and 8. This reaction is usually carried out in a protic solvent (for example: methanol or ethanol) at a temperature of about -78°C to about 40°C (see A. Abdel-Magid, C. Maryanoff, K. Carson, Tetrahedron Lett. X , 31,5595-5598, 1990). Other reaction conditions still use titanium isopropoxide and sodium cyanoborohydride (see RJ Mattson et al, J. Org. Chem. 1990, 55, 25524) or pre-generate imine in the dehydrated state and then carry out the reduction reaction. The resulting amine of formula 42, 42A is converted into the desired sulfonamide or amide by coupling reaction with the acid chloride ion, sulfonate chloride ion or carboxylic acid mentioned in Figures 3 and 4. Depending on the need, the corresponding acid can be formed by hydrolysis.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0121.tif" />
Figure 5 The utilization and description of aldehydes are described in the section on preparation methods.
In addition, FIG. 6 illustrates another method for preparing certain compounds of formula I (ie, tetrazole of formula 60, where B is N and A, K, M and Q are as described above). The starting reactant formula 4 sulfonamides or amides are reacted with appropriate haloalkanes or sulfonate esters (where X'is a halide ion or sulfonate) for alkylation reaction, preferably primary or secondary, benzyl or allyl Alkyl bromide, iodide ion, or sulfonate, which contains a nitrile group to form a compound of formula 59. The compound of formula 59 is treated with alkali (such as sodium hydride, bis(trimethylsilyl) Lithium amine, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium tributoxide, or potassium carbonate) can complete the alkylation reaction. The alkylation reaction can occur at a temperature of about -78°C to about 100°C. The preferred reaction conditions for converting the formed nitrile into a tetrazole compound of formula 60 are dibutyl titanium oxide and trimethylsilyl azide in toluene with reflux treatment (see SJ Wittenberger and BG Donner, J. Org . Chem. 1993, 58, 41394141, 1993). For other preparation methods of the above-mentioned tetrazole compounds, please refer to RN Butler, Tetrazoles, In Comprehensive Heterocydic Chemistry; Potts, KT Ed.; Pergamon Press: Oxford, 1984, Vol. 5, pp 791-838.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0122.tif" />
In addition, Figure 7 illustrates another method for preparing certain compounds of formula I (where B is N and A, Q and M are as stated in the summary description). The esters of formula 46 can be prepared using the previously described procedure (see Figures 1 and 2). This intermediate is subjected to successive Heck coupling reactions to form aromatic halide ions (preferably aromatic bromide or aromatic iodide), aromatic triflate, or a ring containing vinyl bromide, iodide or triflate Therefore, this reaction can be accomplished in the presence of trialkylamines (for example: triethylamine) using palladium catalysts, such as palladium acetate or palladium (triphenylphosphine)(0). Optionally, triarylphosphine can be added to the reaction. This reaction is usually carried out in an aprotic solvent, such as dimethylformamide or propionitrile, at a temperature of about 0°C to about 150°C (see RF Heck, Comp. Org. Syn., Vol. 4, Ch. 4.3, p. 833 or Daves and Hallberg, Chem. Rev. 1989, 89, 1433). If necessary, the compound of formula 47 can be hydrolyzed to form the corresponding acid. In addition, the compound of formula 47 can be hydrogenated and, if necessary, hydrolyzed to the corresponding acid of formula 49. The preferred hydrogenation reaction conditions are to use palladium or platinum catalysts in alcohol solvents, such as ethanol or methanol, at a temperature of about 0°C to about 50°C. When M represents a partially saturated ring system, the hydrogenation reaction will produce saturation. Ring system.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0123.tif" />
In addition, Figure 8 illustrates another method for preparing certain compounds of formula I (where B is N and A, Q, K, and M are as described in the summary description, and R is as described in Figures 1 and 2). The compound of formula 51 can be converted into an aldehyde by reacting the compound of formula 5 with the electrophile of formula 2 (with an appropriate functional group on the M ring) through an alkylation reaction according to the method shown in FIGS. 1 and 2. For example, the electrophile of formula 2 (Figure 2) can have a protected alcohol on the M ring, and this alcohol can be removed after the alkylation reaction and can be used by professionals who are familiar with this technique. The reagent is oxidized to an aldehyde to produce a compound of formula 51. Another alternative method is to use an electrophile of formula 2 containing vinyl groups on M for alkylation. After the alkylation reaction, the double bond is broken by oxidation to generate the desired aldehyde of formula 51. This process of oxidative cleavage can be catalyzed by osmium tetroxide and N-methylmorpholine to convert the double bond into 1,2-diol, and then oxidatively cleaved by sodium periodate to form an aldehyde. In addition, oxidative cleavage can be decomposed by ozone and reused with reagents (for example: methyl sulfide, triphenyl phosphine, zinc/acetic acid, or thiourea) to perform a reduction reaction to form the desired aldehyde of formula 51. Add L metal (L metal represents any organometallic reagent, such as organolithium or Grignard reagent) in an aprotic solvent (such as diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran) at a temperature of about -78°C to about 80°C, and then hydrolyze as The above-mentioned esters can form the desired compound of formula 50.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0124.tif" />
In addition, Figure 9 illustrates another method of preparing certain compounds of formula I (where B is N, and A, K, and Q are as stated in the summary description). According to the reaction conditions in Figures 1 and 2, the appropriate sulfonamide or amide of formula 5 is used as an electrophile (containing an aromatic bromide ion or iodide ion or a kind of vinyl bromide or vinyl iodide (Ar<sup>1</sup>The ring system of )) is alkylated to produce the compound of formula 53. of the aromatic boric acid (AR<sup>2</sup>After the Suzuki-type coupling reaction, the compound of formula 53 of) can form the compound of formula 53a (refer to Suzuki reaction, see AR Martin and Y. Yang, Acta Chem. Scand. 1993, 47, 221). The coupling reaction can be carried out in the presence of a palladium catalyst (for example: four (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0), palladium acetate, palladium chloride ion, ginseng (dibenzylidene acetone) two palladium (0) or [1,4 -Bis(diphenylphosphine)butane]palladium(0)) uses about two equivalents of alkali, such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, thallium hydroxide, potassium phosphate ion, or sodium methoxide. . The reaction can be carried out in an alcohol solvent (methanol or ethanol aqueous solution), tetrahydrofuran aqueous solution, acetone aqueous solution, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether aqueous solution, or benzene aqueous solution at a temperature between about 0°C and about 120°C. When Ar<sup>1</sup>When it represents a partially saturated ring, this ring can be reduced under appropriate conditions to form a saturated ring system at this stage. The reaction conditions required for this transformation include hydrogenation reaction in alcohol solvent (ethanol or methanol) and/or acetate with catalyst (for example: palladium or platinum). Optionally, the compound of formula 53a can be subjected to ester hydrolysis to generate the corresponding acid. The acid formed in its ring system (Ar<sup>1</sup>Or AR<sup>2</sup>One of the) can contain functional groups, which can be improved according to methods known to professionals who are familiar with the art. An example of such an improvement is shown in FIG. 10.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0125.tif" />
The compound of formula 54 (containing an aldehyde functional group) can be prepared according to the methods shown in FIGS. 8 and 9. According to Figure 10, in a protic solvent (for example: ether or tetrahydrofuran), the temperature is between -78 °C ~ about 80 °C with a suitable organometallic reagent (LMetal) treatment of the compound of formula 54, such as: organolithium or Grenya The reagent, and then ester hydrolysis, can produce the compound of formula 56 (where B is N and A, Q and K are as mentioned in the summary description, and Ar<sup>1</sup>And AR<sup>2</sup>As shown in Figure 9). In addition, the compound of formula 55 can be formed by reducing the aldehyde and then hydrolyzing it.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0126.tif" />
In addition, FIG. 11 illustrates another method for preparing certain compounds of formula I (ie, compounds of formula 57, where B is N, and A, K and Q are as stated in the summary description, and R is shown in FIG. 1 and 2 and the corresponding acid accordingly). The starting alcohol of formula 58 can be prepared by the methods shown in Figures 1 and 2. The intermediate 58 is subjected to coupling reactions with different aromatic alcohols (M stands for aromatic ring) according to Mitsonobu Conditions (refer to O. Mitsonobu, Synthesis, 1, 1981). Usually in an inert solvent (such as dichloromethane or tetrahydrofuran) at a temperature of about 0°C to about 80°C, the coupling can be completed by adding a coupling agent, such as triphenylphosphine and diethyl azodicarboxylate (DEAD) Or diisopropyl azodicarboxylate. If necessary, it can be hydrolyzed to produce the corresponding acid.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0127.tif" />
In addition, FIG. 12 illustrates another method for preparing certain compounds of formula I (ie, compounds of formula 106, where B is N, and A, K, and M are as described in the summary description, and R is shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 And its corresponding acid). Add the compound of formula 102 to the compound of formula 105 in the presence of Lewis acid (for example: titanium tetrachloride) or inorganic acid (for example: hydrochloric acid) (where X is an aromatic ring, for example: benzene ring or thienyl ring) superior. If necessary, the ester of formula 106 can be converted into the corresponding acid by hydrolysis or deprotection reaction.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0128.tif" />
In addition, FIG. 13 illustrates another method for preparing certain compounds of formula I (ie, compounds of formula 107 or 108, where B is N, A and Q are as mentioned in the summary description, and their corresponding acids). The chloromethyl compound of formula 104 is in an aprotic solvent (such as chloroform) containing Lewis acid (such as titanium tetrachloride) or inorganic acid (such as hydrochloric acid) at a temperature of about 0°C to about 80°C Treatment with an aromatic ring system M with appropriate substituents (for example: 4-ethoxybenzene or thienyl) produces a compound of formula 107, which can then be hydrolyzed or deprotected as described above to produce the corresponding acid. In addition, the chloromethyl compound of formula 104 can be used with Lewis acid (e.g. titanium tetrachloride) and with Appropriately substituted vinyl silane is treated to form a compound of formula 108, which can then be hydrolyzed or deprotected as described above to produce the corresponding acid. If necessary, the double bond can be restored according to the method shown in Figure 7.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0129.tif" />
In addition, FIG. 14 illustrates another method for preparing certain compounds of formula I (ie, compounds of formula 109, where B is N, and A, Q, R, and M are as described above, and their corresponding acids). The chloromethyl compound of formula 104 can be used in an aprotic solvent (for example: chloroform) at a temperature of about 0°C to about 80°C with Lewis acid (for example: titanium tetrachloride) and an alkene with appropriate substituents. Propylsilane is treated to form a compound of formula 109, which can then be hydrolyzed or deprotected as described above.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0130.tif" />
In addition, FIG. 15 illustrates another method for preparing certain compounds of formula I (ie, compounds of formula 112, where B is N, and A, Q, R, and M are as described above, and their corresponding acids). The chloromethyl compound of formula 104 can be used in an aprotic solvent (e.g., chloroform) at a temperature of about -30°C to about 50°C, in the presence of a base (e.g., triethylamine) in the presence of formula 111 Treatment with sulfonic acid to produce a compound of formula 112, which can then be hydrolyzed or deprotected as described above to produce the corresponding acid.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0131.tif" />
The compound of formula I (wherein B is C(H), and Q, M and K are as stated in the summary description, R'is a short-chain alkyl group, and R represents the alkyl group on A as stated in the summary description). Figure 16 Preparation. Ketones successively alkylate the formula 113β-keto ester with the formula 114 compound, and then carry out the alkylation reaction of the formula 116 compound to produce the formula 117 compound (J. Med. Chem. 26, 1993, p335 41). The alkylation reaction can be carried out in a suitable solvent (for example: DMF, THF, ether, or benzene), using a suitable base (for example: sodium hydride, LDA, or potassium carbonate), at a temperature of about -78°C to about 80°C conduct. The formed di-substituted ketone ester of formula 117 is hydrolyzed and decarboxylated to produce the corresponding compound of formula 118. The ester can be hydrolyzed with an alkaline aqueous solution (for example: sodium hydroxide), and then an acidic stopping agent (for example, aqueous hydrochloric acid) is used to hydrolyze the ester. Cause decarboxylation reaction.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0132.tif" />
In addition, Figure 17 illustrates a compound of formula I (wherein B is C(H), and Q, M and K are as stated in the summary description, R<sup>1</sup>As above, and R<sup>1</sup>As stated in the summary description, it represents the preparation method of the alkyl group on A). The malonic acid derivatives of formula 119 can be subjected to successive alkylation reactions to form the dialkylation species of formula 121. Deprotection reaction of esters with strong acid (for example: TFA or HCl) in ethanol at a temperature between about -20°C and about 50°C will form the decarboxylation product of formula 122. In an aprotic solvent, the acid is converted into chlorinated acid with thionyl chloride or ethylene dichloride at a temperature of about -78°C to about 50°C, or in a suitable coupling agent (for example: DCC or In the aprotic solvent of DEC), methoxymethylamine is converted into a Weinreb amide at a temperature of about -30°C to about 50°C, and a compound of formula 123 will be formed. Formula 123 can be used as an addition substrate for various organometallics (for example: Grignard reagent, organic-cadmium reagent), and the terminal ester will form a keto acid compound of Formula 118 once it is hydrolyzed.
In addition, the previously mentioned method (for example, see Figures 7, 8, 9, 10 and 11) can also be used to prepare the compound of formula 118, wherein functional groups can be further connected to one or more branches.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0133.tif" />
Amines, amides and sulfonamides
Certain amides or sulfonamides represented by formulas 21, 22 and 23 (wherein W and Z are as stated in the general description, and X and M are aromatic or saturated ring systems) can be prepared according to the method of Figure 18 . Formula 24 alkynyl sulfonamides or amides and aromatic or halogenated vinyl can be prepared into formulas 25, 26 and 27 alkynyl amides or sulfonamides, preferably aromatic or brominated vinyl or vinyl iodide (W and Z are as above, and X and M represent aromatic ring or partially saturated ring system). Coupling is usually in copper iodide, palladium catalyst (for example: palladium chloride ion, bis(triphenylphosphine) palladium dichloride, or tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium(0)), and amines (for example: triphenylphosphine) palladium (0)). In the presence of ethylamine, diisopropylamine, or butylamine) in an aprotic solvent (such as propionitrile) at a temperature of about 0°C to about 100°C. The formed acetylenic solvents of formulas 25, 26 and 27 (for example: methanol, ethanol, and/or acetate) can be hydrogenated in the presence of palladium or platinum catalysts at a temperature between about 0°C and about 50°C The reaction is converted into the corresponding formula 21, 22 or 23 alkanes. In addition, use Linde catalyst (Pd-CaCO<sub>3</sub>-PbO) can convert alkynes to cis-enes. When M represents a partially saturated ring system, the hydrogenation reaction can convert M into a fully saturated ring system. The alkylation reaction and deprotection reaction of Figures 1 and 2 can form the corresponding compound of formula I.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0134.tif" />
According to Figure 19, the compound of formula 33 (where A and X are as stated in the summary description) can be prepared from a suitable amine of formula 32 (for example: methoxy arene alkylamine). The amines of formula 32 can be commercially available or prepared by professionals who are familiar with the art using known methods (for example, see Figure 4), and can be converted into Formula 31 Sulfonamides or amides. The formed aromatic methyl ether of formula 31 is deprotected with reagents, such as boron tribromide, pyridyl hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide/acetic acid or other reagents, such as "Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, Second Edition, TW Greene and PGM Wuts, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1991." In an aprotic solvent (for example, dimethylformamide or acetone), the alkylation reaction of bromoalkyl ester and neutral base (for example: potassium carbonate) at a temperature of about 0°C to about 100°C will produce the desired formula 33 amide or sulfonamide.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0135.tif" />
Alkylating agent
Professionals familiar with this technique can use a variety of ready-made synthetic methods to synthesize the alkylating agent used in the above process (see "The Chemistry of the Carbon-Halogen Bond," Ed. S. Patai, J. Wiley, New York, 1973 and "The Chemistry of Halides, Pseudo-Halides, and Azides, "Eds. S. Patai and Z. Rappaport, J. Wiley, New York, 1983). Some examples are shown in Figures 20-26. As shown in Figure 20, the tolyl or allyl substrate can be converted into benzyl or allyl bromide by halogenation (wherein M, X, W and Z are as mentioned in the summary description). This reaction is usually carried out in the presence of a free radical initiator using N-bromosuccinic acid diethyl imide (NBS). The free radical initiator can be, for example, AIBN or peroxide, or benzoperoxide. Better. In addition, the reaction can be initiated with light. This reaction is carried out in an inert solvent (for example: carbon tetrachloride or fluoroform) at a temperature of about 50°C to about 100°C.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0136.tif" />
Figure 21 shows a synthetic method for the alkylating agent that can be used to prepare the compound of formula I (M stands for biarene or aromatic ring group). Under the reaction conditions shown in Figure 9, aromatic iodide or bromide, or a ring system containing vinyl bromide or vinyl iodide (AR<sup>2</sup>) And methyl aromatic boric acid (Ar<sup>1</sup>) Suzuki coupling reaction will form a compound of formula 34. When vinyl bromide or vinyl iodide is used, the compound of formula 34 can be reduced to produce a fully saturated ring. This reduction reaction is then completed in the presence of palladium or platinum catalyst to complete the hydrogenation reaction, usually in a protic solvent (methanol or ethanol), tetrahydrofuran or ethyl acetate. The methyl group can be halogenated with the reagents and conditions shown in Figure 20 to form an alkylating agent of formula 35.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0137.tif" />
Another way to obtain halogenated alkanes is to halogenate alcohols or alcohol derivatives. Alcohols can be purchased on the market or prepared by methods known to professionals who are familiar with the art. For example, in Figure 22, carboxylic acid or ester can be reduced to alcohol with reagents such as sodium borohydride, lithium aluminum hydride, borane-tetrahydrofuran complex, borane-methylsulfide complex Wait. The corresponding alkyl chlorides are usually prepared from alcohols and reagents (for example: hydrogen chloride, sulfite chloride, phosphorus pentachloride, phosphorus oxychloride, or triphenylphosphine/carbon tetrachloride). In the preparation of alkyl bromides, alcohols such as hydrogen bromide, phosphorus tribromide, triphenylphosphine/bromide, or carbonyl diimidazole/allyl bromide are usually treated with reagents () such as hydrogen bromide, phosphorus tribromide, or carbonyl diimidazole/allyl bromide (see Kamijo, T., Harada , H., lizuka, K. Chem. Phamm. Bull. 1983, 38, 4189). In order to make alkyl iodides, the alcohol is usually reacted with a reagent (for example: triphenylphosphine/iodine/imidazole or hydrogen iodide). Alkyl chlorides can be converted into more reactive alkanes bromides or alkanes iodides by using inorganic salts (eg: sodium bromide, sodium bromide, Lithium bromide, sodium iodide or potassium iodide). Alkyl sulfonates can also be used as electrophiles or converted into alkyl halides. Sulfonyl esters are made from alcohol with a moderate base (for example, triethylamine or pyridine and sulfonate chloride) in an inert solvent (dichloromethane or ether). It can be converted into halide after being treated with inorganic halide (sodium iodide, sodium bromide, potassium iodide, potassium bromide, lithium chloride, lithium bromide, etc.) or tetrabutylammonium halide.
Cinnamic acid or esters are usually commercially available, and can also be converted into the following by the following alkylating agent of formula 37 or 38 (see Figure 23). Cinnamic acid or ester derivatives can be hydrogenated and reduced in the presence of palladium or platinum catalysts, usually in a protic solvent (for example: methanol or ethanol), tetrahydrofuran or ethyl acetate. The reduction reaction in FIG. 22 and the conversion to haloalkanes or sulfonate esters will form formula 38. Where possible, cinnamic acid or esters can be directly converted into alcohols of formula 39 with reagents (for example: lithium aluminum hydride) in an inert solvent (for example: tetrahydrofuran and diethyl ether). In addition, reagents (such as lithium aluminum hydride/aluminum chloride, diisobutyl aluminum hydride or lithium borohydride) can be used to reduce cinnamic acid or ester to allyl alcohol of formula 40. The method of conversion to an allyl halide or sulfonate in Figure 22 results in a reagent of formula 37.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0138.tif" />
<img file="TWI242560B_D0139.tif" />
FIG. 24 illustrates the preparation method of the alkylating agent of formula 41 (wherein W and M are as mentioned in the summary description). The compound of formula 42 is alkylated with various bases, and the key points depend on the nature of W and M. Some of the preferred bases are: sodium hydroxide, sodium hydride, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide, potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide and tributyl Potassium oxide and so on. Treating the formed anion with various dialkyl halides can obtain the desired alkylating agent of formula 41. When preparing a compound in which W represents oxygen and M is an aromatic ring, the preferred condition is to react with sodium hydroxide to form an alkoxide anion, and then add an alkane dihalide, for example, alkane dibromide. This reaction is usually carried out in water at about 75°C to about 125°C.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0140.tif" />
The aldehydes that can be used in the method shown in Figure 5 are commercially available or can be made into intermediates by methods known to professionals who are familiar with the art. Shown in Figure 25 is a standard method for preparing aldols of formula 43 (M in Figure 5 contains an alkyl group substituted by a hydroxyl group). In an inert solvent (for example: tetrahydrofuran or diethyl ether), the dialdehyde (one of the aldehydes is protected into an acetal of formula 44, and the OR group on it is used as the acetal protecting group) is treated with an organometallic reagent (LMetal) to Organolithium or Grignard reagents are preferred and will form compounds of formula 45. Then hydrolyze the acetal under moderately acidic conditions, such as: diluted hydrogen chloride, amber (Amberlyst)-15 resin, silica gel, and others such as "Protecting Groups in organic Synthesis," Second Edition, TW Greene and PGM Wuts, John The reagent described by Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1991 will form the desired aldols of formula 43.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0141.tif" />
Chlorinated Methyl Intermediate
The intermediate chlorinated methyl compound can be prepared according to the methods shown in Figures 26 and 27. Generally speaking, in an inert organic solvent (such as dichloromethane or fluoroform) and a suitable catalyst (such as HCl, zinc chloride or trimethylsilyl chloride), the temperature range is about 0°C~ Treatment of appropriate sulfonamides or carboxamides of formula 101 or 103 with formaldehyde compounds (such as formaldehyde) at about 60°C can form chlorinated methyl derivatives of formula 102 and 104, respectively.
<img file="TWI242560B_D0142.tif" />
Professionals who are familiar with this skill will recognize anti-bone loss agents (for example: progesterone ketone polyphosphonates, bisphosphonates, estrogens agonists/antagonists, estrogens, estrogens/progesterone combinations Compounds, Pimarin (Premarin), estrone, estriol or 17α- or 17β-ethinyl estradiol) can be used together with the compounds of the present invention.
Examples of commercial progesterone include: benzoprogesterone, altrenogest, progesterone acetate, anagestone acetate, chlommadinone acetate, cingestol ), Dogestone Acetate, Clomegestone Acetate, Clomegestone Acetate, Desogestrel, Dimethisterone, Dimethisterone Dydrogesbrone, ethynerone, ethynodiol diacetate, etonogestrel, flurogestone acetate, gestoclone, getong Gestodene, gestonorone caproate), gestrinone, halo luteinizing hormone, hydroxy luteinizing hormone caproate, levonorgestrel, Iynestrenol, metdehydroprogesterone, methyl progesterone acetate , Melengestrol acetate, methodiol diacetate, norethindrone, norethindrone acetate, norethynodrel, norethynodrel Beauty (norgestimate), norgestomet, norgestrel, ketonegestone phenpropionate, progesterone, quingesterol acetate, quinestrone, and tetagalol (tigestol).
The preferred progesterone is medroxyprogesterone, norethindrone and norethindrone.
Examples of polyphosphonates that inhibit bone loss include the US The polyphosphonate of Patent 3,683,080 is incorporated herein by reference. The preferred polyphosphonates are twin bisphosphonates (also known as bisphosphonates). Tiludronate disodium is a particularly good polyphosphonate. Ibandronic acid) is a particularly good polyphosphonate. Alendronate is a particularly preferred polyphosphonate. Other preferred polyphosphonates are 6-amino-1-hydroxy-hexylene-bisphosphonic acid and 1-hydroxy-3-(methylpentylamino)-propylene-bisphosphonic acid. The polyphosphonate can be used in its acid form, or its soluble alkali metal salts or alkaline earth metal salts. Hydrolyzable polyphosphonates are also included. Specific examples include: ethane-1-hydroxy 1,1-diphosphonic acid, methane diphosphonic acid, pentane-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonic acid, methane dichloro diphosphonic acid, methane hydroxy Diphosphonic acid, ethane-1-amino-1,1 diphosphonic acid, ethane-2-amino-1,1-diphosphonic acid, propane-3-amino-1 hydroxy-1,1-di Phosphonic acid, propane-N,N-dimethyl-3-amino-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonic acid, propane-3-3-dimethyl-3-amino-1-hydroxy-1 ,1-Diphosphonic acid, phenylaminomethane diphosphonic acid, N,N-dimethylaminomethane diphosphonic acid, N(2-hydroxyethyl)aminomethane diphosphonic acid, butane-4- Amino-1-hydroxy 1,1-diphosphonic acid, pentane-5-amino-1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonic acid, hexane-4-amino-1-hydroxy-1,1- Diphosphonic acid and pharmaceutically acceptable esters and their salts.
In particular, the compounds of the present invention can be used together with mammalian estrogens/antagonists. Any estrous hormone agonist/antagonist can be used as the second compound of the present invention. Estrus hormone agonist/antagonist refers to a compound that can bind to estrus hormone receptor, inhibit bone turnover rate and prevent bone loss. In particular, estrous hormone agonist is defined here as a chemical compound that can bind to the position of the estrous hormone receptor in mammalian tissues and mimics the effect of estrous hormone in one or more tissues. Here, estrous hormone antagonist is defined as a chemical compound that can bind to the position of estrous hormone receptor in mammalian tissues and inhibit the action of estrous hormone in one or more tissues. The activity of this estrous hormone can be measured by professionals familiar with this technique according to standard measurement methods, which include the determination of estrous hormone receptors, standard bone tissue morphology and density measurement methods (see Eriksen EF et al., Bone Histomorphometry, Raven Press, New York, 1994, pages 1-74; Grier SJ et. al., The Use of Dual-Energy X-Ray Absorpbometry In Animals, Inv. Radiol., 1996, 31(1): 50-62; Wahner HW and Fogelman I., The Evaluabon of Osteoporosis: Dual Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry in Clinical Practice., Martin Dunitz Ltd., London 1994, pages 1-296) . The various compounds will be detailed below.
The preferred estrous hormone agonist/antagonist is droloxifene: (phenol, 3-[1-[4[2(dimethylamino)ethoxy]-phenyl]-2- Phenyl-1-butenyl]-, (E)-) and related compounds are disclosed in US patent 5,047,431 (this disclosure is incorporated herein by reference).
Another preferred estrous hormone promotor/antagonist is tamoxifen: (ethylamine, 2-[4-(1,2-diphenyl-1-butenyl)phenoxy- 1-N,N-dimethyl, (Z)-2-,2-hydroxy-1,2,3 propane dicarboxylate (1:1)) and related compounds are disclosed in US patent 4,536,516 (this disclosure Incorporate references here).
Another related compound is 4-hydroxy tamoxifen, disclosed in US patent 4,623,660 (this disclosure is incorporated herein by reference).
The preferred estrous hormone promotor/antagonist is raloxifene: (methane ketone, [6-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)benzo[b]thiophen 3-yl-[4 -[2-(1-piperidinyl)-ethoxy]-phenyl], hydrogen chloride), disclosed in US patent 4,418,068 (this disclosure is incorporated herein by reference).
Another preferred estrous hormone promotor/antagonist is toreifene: (ethylamine, 2-[4-(4-chloro-1,2-diphenyl-1-butenyl) -Phenoxy]-N,N-dimethyl-,(Z)-,2-hydroxy-1,2,3-propane tricarboxylate (1:1), disclosed in US patent 4,996,225 (this is disclosed in This is incorporated by reference).
Another preferred estrous hormone agonist/antagonist is centchroman: 1-[2-[[4(-methoxy-2,2,dimethyl-3-phenyl-<img file="TWI242560B_D0143.tif" />-4-ylfphenoxyl-ethyl]-pyrrolidine, disclosed in US patent 3,822,287 (this disclosure is incorporated herein by reference). Levormeloxifene is also a better estrous hormone agonist/antagonist.
Another preferred estrous hormone promotor/antagonist is idoxifene: pyrrolidine, 1-[-[4[[1-(4-iodophenyl)-2-phenyl-1- Butenyl]-phenoxy]-ethyl], disclosed in US patent 4,839,155 (this disclosure is incorporated herein by reference).
Another preferred estrous hormone agonist/antagonist is 6-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-5-[4-(2-piperidin-1-yl-ethoxy)-benzyl-naphthalene The base-2-ol is disclosed in US pat. no. 5,484,795, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Another preferred estrous hormone agonist/antagonist is {4-[2-(2-diazo-bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl)-ethoxy]-phenyl}-[ 6-hydroxy-2-(4-hydroxy-phenyl)-benzo[b]thienyl-3-yl]-methane ketone and its preparation method are published in Pfizer Inc.'s PCT publication no. WO 95/ It was revealed in 10513.
Another preferred estrous hormone agonist/antagonist is GW5638: 3-[4-(1,2diphenyl-but-1-enyl)-phenyl]-acrylic acid; see Wilson, TM et al. Published Endrocrinology 1997, 138, 9, 3901-3911.
Other preferred estrous hormone agonists/antagonists include the compounds disclosed in US patent no. 5,552,412, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. The best compound is: cis-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-5-[4-(2-piperidinyl-1-yl-ethoxy)phenyl]-5,6,7 ,8-Tetrahydronaphthyl-2-ol; (-)cis-6-phenyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidinyl-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6 ,7,8-Tetrahydronaphthyl-2-ol; cis-6-phenyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidinyl-1-yl-ethoxy)phenyl]-5,6,7 ,8-Tetrahydronaphthyl-2-ol; cis-1-[6'-pyrrolidinylethoxy-3-pyridyl]-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4- Tetrahydronaphthyl; 1-(4'-pyrrolidine ethoxyphenyl)-2-(4"-fluorophenyl)-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline Group; cis-6-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-[4-(2-piperidinyl-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro Naphthyl-2-ol; 1-(4'-pyrrolidinyl alcohol ethoxyphenyl)-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl.
Other estrous hormone agonists/antagonists are described in US patent 4,133,814 (this disclosure is incorporated herein by reference). US patent 4,133,814 discloses 2-phenyl-3-arylanoyl-benzothiophene and 2-phenyl-3-arylanoyl-benzothiophen-1-oxo derivatives.
Professionals who are familiar with this technique will also recognize that other bone anabolic agents (bone enhancers) can be used together with the compounds of the present invention. Bone enhancer is a compound that strengthens bone to a level greater than the fracture threshold (see World Health Organization Study World Health Organization, "Assessment of Fracture Risk and its Application to Sueening for Postmenopausal Osteoporosis (1994). Report of a WHO Study Group. World Health Organization Technical series 843").
Any prostaglandin or prostaglandin agonist/antagonist can be used as the second compound of the present invention (including the use of two different compounds of formula I of the present invention). Professionals who are familiar with this technique will also recognize IGF-1 (with or without IGF binding protein 3), sodium fluoride, parathyroid hormone (PTH), active fragments of parathyroid hormone, growth hormone or growth hormone secretagogue Can also be used. Hereinafter, an example of the second compound of the present invention will be described in detail.
Any prostaglandin can be used as the second compound of the present invention. Prostaglandins refer to the analogous compounds of natural prostaglandins PGD1, PGD2, PGE2, PGE1 and PGF2 used for the treatment of osteoporosis. Such compounds can bind to prostaglandin receptors. This binding can be determined by professionals familiar with this technique according to standards (for example: see An s. et al., Cloning and Expression of the EP2 Subtype of Human Receptors for Prostaglandin E2, Biochemical and Biophysical Research Communications, 1993, 197(1) : 263-270) Method measurement.
Prostaglandins are cyclic compounds with prostaglandic acid as the substrate. The number of carbon atoms of the basic prostaglandin is the number of carbon atoms starting from the carboxyl group and counting to the terminal carbon atoms on the adjacent branch after passing through the cyclopentyl ring. Adjacent branches are usually reversed. The ketone group on the cyclopentyl position C-9 symbolizes the E group prostaglandin, and PGE2 is in C<sub>13</sub>-C<sub>14</sub>Contains reverse unsaturated double bond and in C<sub>5</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>Contains a forward double bond on the site.
Various prostaglandins are described below, but other prostaglandins are also well known by professionals who are familiar with this technique. Examples of prostaglandins are disclosed in US patent nos. 4,171,331 and 3,927,197 (this disclosure is incorporated herein by reference).
Norrdin et al., The Role of Prostaglandins in Bone in Vivo, (Prostaglandins Leukotriene Essential Fatty Acids 41, 139-150, 1990) is a review article on prostaglandins of bone assimilation. Jee and Ma, Thein Vivo Anabolic Actions of Prostaglandins in Bone. (Bone, 21:297-304) is a recent review article on the bone assimilation of prostaglandins.
Any prostaglandin agonist/antagonist can be used as the second compound of the present invention. Prostaglandin agonists/antagonists refer to compounds that bind to prostaglandin receptors (for example: JWRegan et al., Cloning of a Novel Human Prostaglandin Receptor With Characteristics of the Pharmacologically Defined EP2Subtype, Molecular Pharma cology, 46:213-220, 1994 .) and compounds that mimic the effects of living prostaglandins (for example, stimulate bone formation and increase bone quality and strength). This effect can be determined by professionals who are familiar with this technique according to standards (see Eriksen EF et al., Bone Histomorphometry, Raven Press, New York, 1994, pages 1-74; Grier SJ et. al., The Use of Dual- Energy X- Ray Absorptiometry In Animals, Inv. Radiol., 1996, 31(1): 5b62; Wahner HW and Fogelman I., The Evaluation of Osteoporosis: Dual-Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry in Clinical Practice., Martin Dunitz Ltd., London 1994, pages 1-296) method measurement. Various such compounds will be described below, but professionals familiar with the art will also recognize other prostaglandin agonists/antagonists. Examples of prostaglandin agonists/antagonists will be disclosed as follows.
It is generally recognized that US pat. Prostaglandin has bone-forming activity.
It is generally accepted that US pat, no. 4,018,892 (this disclosure is incorporated herein by reference) discloses that 16-aromatic hydroxy-13,14-dihydro-PGE2 p-biphenyl esters have skeletal forming activity.
It is generally accepted that US pat. no. 4,219,483 (this disclosure is incorporated herein by reference) reveals that 2,3,6-substituent-4-pyrone has bone-forming activity.
It is generally accepted that US pat. no. 4,132,847 (this disclosure is incorporated herein by reference) reveals that 2,3,6-substituent-4-pyrone has bone-forming activity.
US pat. no. 4,000,309 (this disclosure is incorporated herein by reference) discloses 16-aromatic hydroxyl-13,14-dihydro-PGE<sub>2 </sub>p-biphenyl esters have bone-forming activity.
US pat. no. 3,982,016 (this disclosure is incorporated herein by reference) discloses 16-aromatic hydroxyl-13,14-dihydro-PGE<sub>2 </sub>p-biphenyl esters have bone-forming activity.
US pat. no. 4,621,100 (this disclosure is incorporated herein by reference) discloses that substituted cyclopentane has skeletal forming activity.
US pat. no. 5,216,183 (this disclosure is hereby incorporated by reference) reveals that cyclopentanone has bone-forming activity.
In the present invention, sodium fluoride can be used as the second compound. Sodium fluoride refers to all types of sodium fluoride (for example: slow-release sodium fluoride, long-acting sodium fluoride). The long-acting release of sodium fluoride is disclosed in US pat. no. 4,904,478, and this disclosure is incorporated herein by reference. The activity of sodium fluoride can be easily measured by professionals familiar with this technique according to biological procedures (for example: see Eriksen EF et al., Bone Histomorphometry, Raven Press, New York, 1994, pages 1-74; Grier SJ et al. . al., The Use of Dual-Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry In Animals, Inv. Radiol., 1996, 31(1): 50a62; Wahner HW and Fogelman I., The Evaluaffon of Osteoporosis: Dual Energy X-Absorptiometry in Clinical Practice., Martin Dunitz Ltd., London 1994, pages 1-296).
Any parathyroid hormone (PTH) can be used as the second compound of the present invention. Parathyroid hormones refer to parathyroid hormones, fragments or their metabolites and their structural analogs, which can stimulate bone formation and increase bone mass. It also includes parathyroid hormone-related peptides and active fragments and analogs of parathyroid-related peptides, see WO 94/01460. The activity of this function can be easily determined by professionals who are familiar with this technique according to standard methods (for example: see Eriksen EF et al., Bone Histomorphomebry, Raven Press, New York, 1994, pages 1-74; Grier SJet.al., The Use of Dual-Energy X-Ray Absorptiometry In Animals, Inv. Radiol., 1996, 31(1): 5062; Wahner HWand Fogelman I., The Evaluabon of Osteoporosis: Dual Energy X-Absorptiometry in Clinical Practice., Martin Dunitz Ltd., London 1994, pages 1296). Various such compounds are described below, but other parathyroid hormones are also well known by professionals who are familiar with this technique. Examples of parathyroid hormones are disclosed below.
"Human Parathyroid Peptide Treatment of Vertebral Osteoporosis",Osteoporosis Int.,3,(Supp 1):199-203."PTH 1-34Treatment of Osteoporosis with Added Hormone Replacement Therapy:Biochemical,Kinetic and Histological Responses"Osteoporosis Int.1: 162170.
Any growth hormone or growth hormone secretagogue can be used as the second compound of the present invention. Growth hormone secretagogues refer to compounds that stimulate the release of growth hormones or compounds that mimic the effects of growth hormones (for example, increase bone formation to increase bone mass). This effect can be easily measured by professionals who are familiar with this technique according to standard methods. Various such compounds are included in the following PCT patent applications: WO 95/14666; WO 95/13069; WO 94/19367; WO 94/13696; and WO 95/34311. However, other growth hormones or growth hormone secretagogues are also well known by professionals who are familiar with this technique.
The best growth hormone secretagogue is N-[1(R)-[1,2-dihydro-1-methanesulfonylspiro[3H-indole-3,4'-piperidinyl]-1 '-Yl)carbonyl]-2-(phenylmethoxy)ethyl]-2-amino-2-methylpropanamide: MK477. Other preferred growth hormone secretagogues include 2-amino- N-[2-(3a-(R)-Benzyl-2-methyl-3-keto-2,3,3a,4,6,7-Hexhydropyrazole-[4,3-c]pyridine -5-yl)-1-(R)-benzyloxymethyl-2-keto-ethyl]-isobutyramide or its L-tartrate salts; 2-amino-N{1-(R )-Benzyloxymethyl-2-[3a-(R)-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-2-methyl-3-keto-2,3,3a,4,6,7-hexyl Hydrogen pyrazole-[4,3-c]pyridin-5-yl]-2-keto-ethyl}-isobutyramide; and 2-amino-N-[2-(3a-(R)- Benzyl-3-keto-2,3,3a,4,6,7-Hexhydropyrazole-[4,3c]pyridin-5-yl)-(R)benzyloxymethyl-2-keto -Ethyl]-isobutyramide.
2-Amino-N{1-(2,4-Difluoro-benzyloxymethyl)-2-keto-2-[3-keto-3a-pyridin-2-ylmethyl-2- (2,2,2-Trifluoro-ethyl)-2,3,3a,4,6,7-Hexhydropyrazole[4,3-c]pyridin-5-yl]ethyl)-methyl -Acrylamine Some preparation methods suitable for the preparation of the compounds mentioned herein may require the use of remote functional groups (for example: primary amine, secondary amine, carboxyl in the precursor of formula I) for protection. The necessity of such protection varies depending on the nature of the remote functional group and the conditions of the preparation method. The necessity of such protection can be judged by those who are familiar with this skill. The use of this protection/deprotection reaction is also judged by those who are familiar with this technique. Please refer to TW Greene, Protecbe Groups inorganic Synthesis, John WiLey & Sons, New York, 1991 for the use and description of protecting groups.
The starting reactants and reagents for the above compounds can also be easily purchased from the market, or can be synthesized by professionals who are familiar with the art using traditional organic synthesis methods. For example, many of the compounds used in the text are related to or derived from natural compounds. These compounds have many scientific meanings and commercial values. Therefore, many of these compounds can be commercially available products or proposed in the literature, or easily Prepared from other common materials using methods in the literature. Such compounds include, for example, prostaglandins.
Certain compounds of the present invention have asymmetric carbon atoms and therefore have enantiomers or diastereomers. The mixture of diastereomers can be divided into individual diastereomers by means of their differences in physical and chemical properties, using known methods, such as the use of chromatography and/or fractional crystallization. The method of separating enantiomers is to react a mixture of enantiomers and an optically active compound (for example: alcohol) into a mixture of diastereoisomers, and then separate the diastereomers, and Convert each diastereomer into (for example: hydrolysis) the corresponding pure enantiomer. All isomers, including diastereomers, enantiomers and mixtures thereof belong to the scope of the present invention. At the same time, some of the compounds of the present invention are atropisomers (for example, substituted diaromatic hydrocarbons), which are also regarded as part of the present invention.
Many of the compounds of the invention are acidic and can form salts with pharmaceutically acceptable cations. Certain compounds of the present invention are basic and can form salts with pharmaceutically acceptable anions. All salts are within the scope of the present invention and can be prepared by traditional methods. For example, it can be prepared only by contacting acidic and alkaline items, generally using stoichiometric ratios. As long as it is appropriate, it can be carried out in an aqueous, non-aqueous, or partially aqueous medium. These salts can be recovered by filtration and precipitation with a non-solvent, and then filtered with a solvent and evaporated by the solvent. If it is an aqueous solution, a freeze-drying method can be used, depending on the needs of the situation.
In addition, the hydrate or hydrolyzate formed by the compound of the present invention also belongs to the scope of the present invention.
The compounds of the present invention are all suitable for the therapeutic use of promoting bone formation in mammals and improving bone quality, and are especially suitable for humans. Because the formation of bones is closely related to the development of osteoporosis and bone-related diseases, these compounds can prevent, inhibit and/or reverse osteoporosis by virtue of their effects on bones.
The application of the compound of the present invention can be used as a medicament for the treatment of common low bone (e.g., osteoporosis) conditions in mammals (e.g., humans, especially women). The activity of the compounds of the present invention can be demonstrated by traditional measurement methods, such as living organisms. Assays, receptor or binding assays, cyclic AMP assays and fracture healing assays (all assays will be described below). In vivo assays (which can be appropriately modified by those skilled in the art) can determine the activity of other anabolic agents and the prostaglandin agonist of the present invention. In particular, the method for measuring estrogens agonists/antagonists can measure the activity of estrogens agonists/antagonists and other anti-bone depletion agents (which can be appropriately modified by those skilled in the art). The following combinations and a series of treatment methods can illustrate and demonstrate the application of the anabolic agents (for example: the compounds of the present invention) and anti-osteogenesis agents (for example: estrogens agonists/antagonists) mentioned in the article. These assays can provide comparisons between the activities of the compounds of the present invention (or other anabolic agents and anti-osteogenesis agents mentioned in the text) between each other and the activities of other compounds. These comparison results help determine the dose to be administered to mammals (including humans) in the treatment of such diseases.
In vivo determination of assimilation agents
The ability of anabolic agents to stimulate bone formation and increase bone mass can be tested with intact male or female mice, male (testicular removed) or female (ovary removed) mice lacking sex hormones.
In this study, male or female mice of different ages (for example, 3 months old) can be used. The mice can be intact or castrated (ovariectomized or testicular excised), and injected subcutaneously or forced to feed different doses (for example: 1, 3 , Or 10 mg/kg/day) prostaglandin agonist for 30 days. For castrated mice, treatment starts the next day after surgery (to prevent bone loss) or when bones have been lost (to restore bone quality). During the study, all rats could freely drink water and eat commercial solid feed (Tekiad Rodent Diet#8064, Harlan Teklad, Madison, Wl), which contained 1.46% calcium, 0.99% phosphorus and 4.96 IU/g of Vit .D3. All mice were injected subcutaneously with 10 mg/kg of calcein 12 and 2 days before sacrifice. Sacrifice rats and measure the following phenomena:
Measure femur minerals:
The right femur of each mouse was removed during autopsy and used a dual-energy X-ray absorption spectrometer (DXA, QDR 1000/W, Hologic Inc., equipped with "Regional High Resolution Scan" software (Hologic Inc., Waltham, MA) Waltham, MA) scan. The scanning field size is 5.08 x 1.902 cm, the resolution is 0.0254 x 0.0127 cm and the scanning speed is 7.25 mm/second. Scan and analyze the scan images of the entire femur (WF), femoral distal metaphysis (DFM), femoral skeleton (FS), and proximal femur (PF) and determine the bone area, bone mineral content (BMC), And bone mineral density (BMD).
Analysis of tibia tissue morphology:
Remove the right tibia during autopsy, remove the muscle and cut into three sections. The proximal tibia and tibial skeleton were fixed in 70% ethanol, dehydrated with increasing ethanol concentration, degreased with acetone, and then embedded in methacrylate (Eastman Organic Chemicals, Rochester, NY).
The metaphysis of the proximal tibia was cut with a Reichert-Jung Polycut S slicer into 4 and 10 μm thick tangential slices. The 4μm section was stained with a modified Masson's Trichrome staining method, while the 10μm section was unstained. Each mouse used a 4μm and a 10μm section to determine the group morphology of the reticular bone.
The tibia skeleton was cut into 10um thickness cross-sectional slices with a Reichert-Jung Polycut S slicer. This section is used for the analysis of cortical bone tissue morphology. Group morphometry of reticular bone: Bioqant OS/2 group morphometry system (R&M biometrics, Inc., Nashville, TN) was used as the measurement of static and dynamic tissue morphology, which measured from the metaphysis of the proximal tibia between 1.2 The second cancellous bone at a distance of 3.6 mm starts to the junction of the growing epiphyseal plate. The 1.2 mm area from the beginning of the tibial metaphysis needs to be removed to limit the measurement to the second cancellous bone. The 4 μm slice was used to determine the relevant bone volume, bone structure, and bone loss index, and the 10 μm slice was used to determine the relevant bone formation and bone turnover index. I) Measurement and analysis of related trabecular bone volume and structure: (1) Total epiphyseal area (TV, mm2): The epiphyseal area is between 1.2 to 3.6 mm from the end to the junction of the growth epiphyseal plate. (2) Trabecular bone area (BV, mm2): Total area of trabecular bone in TV, (3) Trabecular bone circumference (BS, mm): The total circumference around the trabecular bone. (4) Trabecular bone volume (BV/TV, %): BV/TV x 100. (5) Trabecular bone number (TBN, #/mm): 1.199/2 x BS/TV. (6) Trabecular bone thickness (TBT, μm): (2000/1.199) x (BV/BS). (7) Trabecular bone spacing (TBS, μm): (2000 x 1.199) x (TV-BV). II) Measurement and analysis of related bone loss: (1) Osteoclast number days (OCN, #): the total number of osteoclasts in the total metaphysis area. (2) Osteoclast perimeter (OCP, mm): the perimeter of trabecular bone containing osteoclasts. (3) Osteoclast number/mm (OCN/mm, #/mm): OCN/BS. (4) Percentage of osteoclast perimeter (%OCP,%): OCP/BS x 100. III) Measurement and calculation of related bone formation and auxiliary exchange rate: (1) Mono-calcine (calcein) labeled perimeter (SLS, mm): the total length of trabecular circumference labeled with monocalcine (calcein) marker. (2) Circumference (DLS, mm) labeled with calcein: the total length of the trabecular perimeter labeled with calcein. (3) Width between markers (ILW, pm): the average distance between two calcein markers. (4) Percentage of mineralized perimeter (PMS, %): (SLS/2+DLS)/BS x 100. (5) Mineral accumulation rate (MAR, μm/day): ILW/marker interval. (6) Bone formation rate/surface parameters (BFR/BS, μm2/d/μm): (SLS/2+DLS) x MAR/BS. (7) Bone conversion rate (BTR, %/y): (SLS/2+DLS) x MAR/BV x 100. Cortical bone group morphometry: Bioquant OS/2 group morphometry system (R&M biometrics, Inc., Nashville, TN) was used as static and dynamic tissue morphology measurement of tibial skeleton cortex bones. Measure the total tissue area, bone marrow cavity area, periosteum circumference, inner cortex circumference, single mark circumference, double mark circumference, and the width between the surface marks of the periosteum and inner cortex, and calculate the cortical bone area (Total tissue area-bone marrow cavity area), bone area percentage of cortex (cortex area/total tissue area x 100), bone marrow cavity area percentage (marrow cavity area/total tissue area x 100), periosteum and inner cortex marked weeks Percentage of length [(single-marked perimeter/2+dual-marked perimeter)/total perimeter x 100], mineral accumulation rate (width between marks/interval), and bone formation rate [mineral accumulation rate x[ (Single mark perimeter/2+double mark perimeter)/total perimeter].
statistics
Statistical calculations used StatView 4.0 software package (Abacus Concepts, Inc., Berkeley, CA). Analysis of variance (ANOVA) and subsequent Fisher's PLSD were used to compare differences between ethnic groups. Measure the rising cAMP in a 293-S cell line that overexpresses human recombinant EP2 and EP4 receptors stably: human EP2 and EP4 receptor cDNAs containing a complete open-reading framework are amplified by reverse transcriptase chain reaction. The oligonucleotide primers used in the reaction are designed according to published sequences (1, 2) and the RNA template is derived from human kidney progenitor cells (EP2) or human lung progenitor cells (EP4). The amplified cDNA was cloned into pcDNA3 (Invitrogen) plastids with multiple clone sites and used to transform 293-S human embryonic kidney cells by the calcium phosphate ion co-precipitation method. Select G418-resistant cell lines for specificity[<sup>3</sup>-H] PGE2 binding test. Among the transformed cells are highly specific [<sup>3</sup>-H] PGE2 binders are further subjected to scatchard analysis to determine their Bmax and Kds for PGE2 binding. The cell line screened by the compound has approximately 338,400 receptors per cell, Kd=12nM for PGE2 (EP2), approximately 256,400 receptors per cell, and Kd=2.9 nM for PGE2 (EP4). The sustained expression of these two receptors in the parental 293-S cells can be ignored. Cells are cultured in RPMI medium, and fetal bovine serum (10% final concentration) and G418 (700 ug/ml final concentration) are added. When the 293-S/EP2 and 293-S/EP4 cell lines react to cAMP, add 1ml of Ca++ and Mg++-free PBS to each plate of cultured cells. After shaking vigorously, separate the contact between the cells and the bottom, and add serum-free RPMI The final concentration of the latter cells was 1 X 106 cells/ml, and 3-isobutyl-1-methylxanthine (IBMX) was added to make the final concentration 1 mM. Every 1ml of cell suspension is immediately divided into 2 ml microcentrifuge tubes with screw caps at 37°C, 5% CO<sub>2</sub>, Reaction for 10 minutes without capping at 95% relative humidity. The test compound is added to the cells, and the compound is diluted 1:100 to make the concentration of DMSO or ethanol 1% after adding the compound to the cells. Immediately after adding the compound, cover it, mix up and down twice, and react at 37°C for 12 minutes. After the sample was reacted at 100°C for 10 minutes, the cells were lysed and cooled with ice for 5 minutes. Centrifuge the pellet at 1000 Xg for 5 minutes to remove cell fragments, and transfer the clarified cell lysate to a new test tube. The concentration of cAMP is measured by diluting the clarified cell lysate with cAMPRIA buffer solution 1:10, and then measuring it with a commercial cAMP radioimmunoassay kit (NEK-033, NEN/DuPont). In a typical test, each group Cells are tested for a logarithmic unit increase with 6-8 concentrations of compound. EC<sub>50</sub>The calculation of is obtained by using a Hewlett Packard 32SII portable computer and using linear regression to analyze the linear part of the dose-response curve.
references:
1. Regan, JW Bailey, TJ Pepperl, DJ Pierce, KL Bogardus, AM Donello, JE Fairbaim, CE Kedzle, KM Woodward, DF and Gil, DW 1994 Cloning of a Novel Human Prostaglandin Receptor with Characteristics of the Pharmaclogically Defined EP2 Subtype. Mol. Phammacology 46: 213-220.> 2. Bastien, L., Sawyet, N., Grygorczyk, R., Metters, K., and Adam, M. 1994 Cloning, Functional Expression, and Characterization of the Human Prostagladin E2 Rcceptor EP2 Subtype.J.Biol.Chem.Vol 269,16:11873-11877.
Determination of Prostaglandin E2 Receptor Binding
Preparation of cell membrane: All experiments were performed at 4°C. Collect cells that express prostaglandin E2 receptor type I (EP1), type II (EP2), type III (EP3) or type IV (EP4) from the transformed cells and count every two million cells Suspended in each ml of buffer solution A [50mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 10mM MgCl2, 1mM EDTA, 1mM Pefabloc peptide (Pefabloc peptide, Sigma, St. Louis, MO), 10uM Phosphorus Peptide (Phosporamidon peptide, Sigma, St. Louis, MO), 1uM pepsin peptide (Sigma, St. Louis, MO), 10uM elastin (Sigma, St. Louis, MO), 100uM for pain relief Peptide (Sigma, St. Louis, MO)]. Use Branson sound wave generator (Model#250, Branson Ultrasonics Corporation, Danbury, CT) Ultrasonic Cell Breaking (15 seconds x 2). Unbroken cells and cell debris were removed by centrifugation at 100xg for 10 min. The cell membrane was collected by centrifugation at 45,000xg for 30 minutes. The precipitated cell membrane was resuspended to contain 3-10 mg protein per ml, and the protein concentration was measured according to Bradford's method [see Bradford, M., Anal. Biochem., 72, 248 (1976)]. Store the resuspended cell membrane at -80°C before use. Binding assay: frozen cell membranes are prepared and thawed and diluted to a concentration of 1 mg protein per ml of buffer solution. One volume of cell membrane preparation is mixed with 0.05 volume of test compound or buffer solution and one volume of 3 nM3H prostaglandin E2 (#TRK 431, Amersham, Arlington Heights, IL) buffer solution A. The mixture (total volume 205 μL) was reacted at 25°C for 1 hour. After GF/C glass fiber filter (#1205-401, Wallac, Gaithersburg, MD) with Tomtec halv ester (Model Mach Il/96, Tomtec, Orange, CT) Filtration and recovery of cell membranes. The 3H-prostaglandin E2 bound on the cell membrane is adsorbed by the filter membrane, and the buffer solution and unbound 3H-prostaglandin E2 are discarded through the filter membrane. For each sample, use 3 ml of [50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 10 mM MgCl<sub>2</sub>, 1 mM EDTA] wash three times. The filter membrane is heated and dried in a microwave oven. In order to determine the content of bound 3H-prostaglandin on the filter membrane, the dried filter membrane was placed in a plastic bag containing scintillation fluid and read with an LKB 1205 beta plate reader (Wallac, Gaithersburg, MD). IC<sub>50</sub>It refers to the measurement of the concentration of the test compound that specifically binds to 3H-prostaglandin E2 by 50%.
Determination of fracture healing
Determination of the efficacy of fracture healing after systemic treatment
Fracture technique: Three-month-old Sprage-Dawley rats were anesthetized with ketamine. A 1cm incision was made in the middle of the front of the proximal part of the right tibia or femur. The surgical technique of the tibia will be described below. A 1mm hole was drilled near the distal 4 mm of the tibial bulge and 2 mm in the middle of the anterior bulge, and the incision penetrated the entire bone. A 0.8 mm stainless steel tube is inserted into the medulla (maximum load 36.3 N, maximum hardness 61.8 N/mm, the same test conditions as bone). Did not go through the bone marrow cavity. Use specially designed tweezers and blunt pliers to create a standard 2 mm closed fracture with a three-point bending method above the junction of the tibia and fibula. In order to minimize the damage of soft tissues, try not to break the fractures. The skin is sutured with nylon fibers. The operation is performed under sterile conditions. Radiographs of the fracture were taken immediately after the steel nail was inserted, and experimental animals with fractures or ectopic steel nails outside the specific bone area were excluded. The remaining animals were randomly divided into groups of 10-12 animals for fracture healing tests. The first group received 1 ml/mouse of the carrier (water: 100% alcohol=95:5) daily, and the other groups received 0.01 to 100 mg/kg/day of test compound (1 ml/mouse). ) For 10, 20, 40 and 80 days.
On the 10th, 20th, 40th and 80th days, 10-12 mice in each group were anesthetized with ketamine and subjected to bloodletting and autopsy. Anatomically remove the tibia and fibula and remove the soft tissue. The bones from 5-6 mice in each group were stored in 70% ethanol for tissue analysis, and the bones from the other 5-6 mice in each group were stored in Ringer's solution (+4°C, pH 7.4) for radiation irradiation And biological mechanical testing. Tissue analysis: The bone tissue analysis method of fracture has been previously published by Mosekilde and Bak (see The Effects of Growth Hormone on Fracture Healing in Rat: A Histological Descripbon. Bone, 14: 19-27, 1993). In short, saw 8 cm from the fracture site along the fracture line, embed the methacrylate without removing the calcium, and cut into 8μm thick tangent planes with a Reichert-Jung Polysut microtome. Masson-Trichrome staining method was used to stain the mid-antagonal section (including tibia and fibula) to observe the response of cells and tissues to wound healing under treated or untreated conditions. The sections stained with Sirius red are used to show the healing structure and distinguish the reticular and plate-shaped bones of the fracture site. Then perform the following measurements: (1) Fracture gap-measure the shortest distance between the cortical bone ends at the fracture site, (2) Heal length and diameter, (3) Total bone volume in the healing area, (4) Unit tissue in the healing area Area of bone tissue, (5) healed fibrous tissue, (6) healed cartilage area. Biomechanical analysis: The method of biomechanical analysis was previously published by Bak and Andreassen (The Effects of Aging on Fracture Healing in Rat. Calcif Tissue Int 45:292-297, 1989). In short, take radiographs of all fractures before performing biomechanical testing. Use three or four-point bending procedures to break the soil to analyze the nature of fracture healing. Measure the maximum load, hardness, maximum load energy, maximum load deflection, and maximum stress.
Determination of the healing effect of fracture after local treatment
Fracture technique: This study was conducted with female and male beagle dogs approximately two years old. Slowly sustained three-point bending loads produce transverse radial fractures, as described in the report of Lenehan et al. (see Lenehan, TM; Balligand, M.; Nunamaker, DM; Wood, FE: Effects of EHDP on Fracture Healing in Dogs. J. Orthop Res 3:499-507; 1985). The fracture site is pulled with a thread to make sure that the bone is completely broken anatomically. Then, locally use slow-release tablets or Alze micro-pumps to inject the prostaglandin agonist at the fracture site for 10, 15, or 20 weeks to slowly get the released compound. Tissue analysis: The bone tissue analysis method of fracture has been previously described by Peter et al. (see Peter, CP; Cook, WO; Nunarnaker, DM; Provost, MT; Seedor, JG; Rodan, GA Effects of alendronate on fracture healing and Bone remodeling in dogs. J. Orthop. Res. 14: 74-70, 1996) and Mosekilde and Bak (see The Effects of Groeth Hormone on Fracture Healing in Rat: A Histological Descripbon. Bone, 14: 19-27, 1993). In short, the fracture site was sawed 3 cm along the fracture line, embedded in methacrylate without removing calcium, and cut with a Reichert-Jung Polysut microtome Into an 8μm thick tangent plane. Masson-Trichrome staining method was used to stain the mid-tangential plane (including tibia and fibula) to observe the response of cells and tissues to wound healing under treated or untreated conditions. The sections stained with Sirius red are used to show the healing structure and distinguish the reticular and plate-shaped bones of the fracture site. Then perform the following measurements: (1) Fracture gap-measure the shortest distance between the cortical bone ends at the fracture site, (2) Heal length and diameter, (3) Total bone volume in the healing area, (4) Unit tissue in the healing area Area of bone tissue, (5) healed fibrous tissue, (6) healed cartilage area. Biomechanical analysis: The method of biomechanical analysis was previously described by Bak and Andreasscn (The Effects of Aging on Fracture Healing in Rat. Calcif Tissue Int 45:292-297,1989) and Peter et al. (Peter, CP; Cook, WO; Nunamaker, DM; Provost, MT; Secdor, JG; Rodan, GA Effects of Alendronate On Fracture Healing And Bone Remodeling In Dogs. J. Orthop. Res. 14: 74-70, 1996) Published. In short, take radiographs of all fractures before performing biomechanical testing. Use three or four-point bending procedures to break the soil to analyze the nature of fracture healing. Measure the maximum load, hardness, maximum load energy, maximum load deflection, and maximum stress.
Estrus hormone agonist/antagonist treatment method
Estrus hormone agonists/antagonists are a class of compounds that can inhibit the turnover rate of bone and avoid bone loss induced by estrus hormone deficiency. The pattern of bone loss in ovariectomized mice is widely used as the pattern of bone loss after menopause. Using this model, the efficacy of estrous hormone agonist/antagonist compounds in preventing bone loss and inhibiting bone loss can be tested. This study uses Sprague-Dawley female rats (Charles River, Wilmington, MA) of different ages (e.g., five months old) for experiments. During the experiment, the mice were kept alone in cages of 20 cm X 32 cm X 20 cm. All rats can freely ingest drinking water and commercial solid feed (Agway ProLab 3000, Agway County Food, Inc., Syracuse, NY, containing 0.97% calcium, 0.85% phosphorus, and 1.05 IU/g of Vit.D3).
A group of mice (8 to 10) were fed with po carrier (10% ethanol and 90% saline, 1 mlday) after the operation in the control group. Diol (Sigma, E8876, E2, 30ug/kg, daily subcutaneous injection), or estrous hormone promotor/antagonist (for example: dorosifen (droloxifene) daily po fed 5, 10, or 20mg/ kg) for a period of time (for example, four weeks). All mice were injected subcutaneously with 10 mg/kg of calcein (a fluorophore-based bone marker) for 12 and 2 days before sacrifice to determine the dynamic changes of bone tissue. After 4 weeks of treatment, the mice were sacrificed and dissected. Measure the following phenomena: Increase in weight: the weight of the autopsy minus the weight of the operation. Uterus weight and histology: The uterus of each mouse was removed during autopsy and weighed immediately. The uterus is then subjected to histological measurements, such as: uterine cross-sectional tissue area, matrix thickness, and inner cavity epidermis thickness. Total serum cholesterol: blood was obtained by cardiac puncture, clotted at 4°C and centrifuged at 2,000 g for 10 min. Serum samples were analyzed with a high-performance cholesterol calorimeter to determine the content of total cholesterol (Boehringer Mannheim Biochemicals, Indianapolis, IN), measure femur minerals: Remove the right femur of each mouse during autopsy, and use a dual-energy x-ray absorption spectrometer (DXA, QDR 1000) equipped with "Regional High Resolubon Scan" software (Hologic Inc., Waltham, MA) /W, Hologic Inc., Waltham, MA) scan. The scanning field size is 5.08 x 1.902 cm, the resolution is 0.0254 x 0.0127 cm, and the scanning speed is 7.25 mm/second. Analyze the scan images of the femur and measure the bone area, bone mineral content (BMC), and the entire femur (WF) bone mineral density (BMD), the metaphysis of the distal femur (DFM), and the femoral skeleton (FS) , And proximal femur (PF). The histomorphological analysis of the proximal tibial metaphysis reticular bone: The tibia was removed during autopsy, and the muscle was removed and cut into three pieces. Fix the proximal tibia in 70% ethanol, successively increase the ethanol concentration to dehydrate it, degrease with acetone, and then embed it in methacrylate (Eastnan Organic Chemicals, Rochester, NY). Cut the tangential surface of the proximal tibial metaphysis with a Reichert-Jung Polycut S microtome to a thickness of 4 and 10 μm. Each mouse used 4μm and 10μm sections to measure the morphology of the meshed bone group. The 4μm section was stained with the modified Masson's Trichrome staining method, while the 10μm section was not stained.
Use the Bioquant OS/2 morphometric system (R&M biometrics, Inc., Nashville, TN) to perform static and dynamic tissues of the second cancellous bone from 1.2 to 3.6 mm from the proximal tibial metaphysis to the junction of the growth epiphyseal plate Morphological measurement. The area 1.2 mm anterior to the metaphysis of the tibia must be removed in order to limit the measurement to the second cancellous bone. The 4μm section is used to determine the index related to bone volume, bone structure, and bone loss, and the 10μm section is used to determine the index related to bone formation and bone turnover rate.
I. Measurement and calculation of related trabecular bone volume and structure:
1. Total metaphyseal area (TV, mm2): the area of the metaphysis from the tip of 1.2 to 3.6 mm to the junction of the growth epiphyseal plate.
2. Trabecular bone area (BV, mm2): the total area of trabecular bone in TV.
3. Trabecular bone circumference (BS, mm): the total circumference of trabecular bone.
4. Trabecular bone volume (BV/TV, %): BV/TVx 100.
5. The number of trabecular bones (TBN, #/mm): 1.199/2 x BS/TV.
6. Trabecular bone thickness (TBT, μm): (2000/1.199) x (BV/BS).
7. Trabecular bone spacing (TBS, μm): (2000 x 1.199) x (TV-BV).
II. Measurement and calculation of related bone loss:
1. Osteoclast number (OCN, #): the total number of osteoclasts in the total metaphyseal area.
2. Osteoclast perimeter (OCP, mm): The perimeter of trabecular bone covered by osteoclasts.
3. Osteoclast number/mm (OCN/mm, #/mm): OCN/BS.
4. Percentage of osteoclast perimeter (%OCP, %): OCP/BS x 100.
III. Measure and calculate related bone formation and conversion rate:
1. Circumference (SLS, mm) labeled with single-calcein: the total length of calcein labeled around the trabecular bone.
2. Circumference (DLS, mm) marked with calcein: the total length of calcein markers around the trabecular bone.
3. Between markers-marker width (ILW, μm): the average distance between two calcein markers.
4. Percentage of mineralization (PMS, %): (SLS/2+DLS)/BS x 100.
5. Mineral accumulation rate (MAR, μm/day): the interval of ILW/marker.
6. Bone formation rate/surface parameters (BFR/BS, μm2/d/μm): (SLS/2+DLS) xMAR/BS.
7. Bone conversion rate (BTR, %/y): (SLS/2+DLS) x MAR/BV x 100.
statistics
Statistics and use StatView 4.0 software package (Abacus Concepts, Inc., Berkeley, CA). Analysis of variance (ANOVA) and subsequent Fisher's PLSD were used to compare differences between ethnic groups.
Guidelines for combination and sequence therapy
The following criteria can be modified by professionals who are familiar with this technique. For example, intact male or female mice, sex hormone-deficient male (testicular removed) or female (ovary removed) mice can be used. In addition, male or female mice of different ages (for example, 12 months old) can also be used in this study. Mice can be intact or castrated (ovariectomized or testicular excised), and treated with anabolic agents, for example: different doses of the compound of the present invention (for example: 1, 3 or 6 mg/kg/day) for a certain period of time ( For example: two weeks to two months), and the use of anti-bone wasting agents for follow-up treatment, for example: different doses of droloxifene (for example: 1,5,10 mglkg/day) for a certain period of time (for example : Two weeks to two months), or use different doses of anabolic agents and anti-osteogenesis agents to treat for a certain period of time (for example: two weeks to two months). For castrated mice, treatment starts the next day after surgery (to prevent bone loss) or from the time when bone loss occurs (to restore bone quality).
The rats were anesthetized with ketamine and sacrificed. Measure the following phenomena: Measure femoral minerals: Remove the right femur of each mouse during autopsy, and use a dual-energy x-ray absorption spectrometer (DXA, QDR 1000/W, Hologic Inc., Waltham, MA) scan. The scanning field size is 5.08x1.902cm, the resolution is 0.0254x0.0127cm, and the scanning speed is 7.25mm/second. Analyze the scan images of the femur and measure the bone area, bone mineral content (BMC), and the entire femur (WF) bone mineral density (BMD), the metaphysis of the distal femur (DFM), and the femoral skeleton (FS) , And proximal femur (PF). Measure lumbar bone minerals: Use a dual energy x-ray absorption spectrometer (QDR) equipped with "Regional High Resoluhon Scan" software (Hologic Inc., Waltham, MA) 1000/W, Hologic, Inc., Waltham, MA) measured the bone area, bone mineral content (BMC), and bone mineral density (BMD) of the entire lumbar spine (LV1-6) of six anesthetized mice. The rats were anesthetized by an injection (ip) of 2ml/kg of ketamine/rompun (ratio of 4 to 3) and placed on the dissection table. The size of the scanning field of view is 6x1.9cm, the resolution is 0.0254x0.0127cm, and the scanning speed is 7.25mm/sec. After obtaining the scan image of the entire lumbar spine, analyze it. Measure the bone area (BA) and bone mineral content (BMC), and calculate the bone mineral density of the entire lumbar vertebrae (LV1-6) of six mice respectively. The histomorphological analysis of the proximal tibial metaphysis reticular bone: The tibia was removed during autopsy, and the muscle was removed and cut into three pieces. Fix the proximal tibia in 70% ethanol, successively increase the ethanol concentration to dehydrate it, degrease with acetone, and then embed it in methacrylate (Eastnan Organic Chemicals, Rochester, NY). Cut the tangential surface of the proximal tibial metaphysis with a Reichert-Jung Polycut S microtome to a thickness of 4 and 10 μm. Each mouse used 4μm and 10μm sections to measure the morphology of the meshed bone group. The 4μm section was stained with the modified Masson's Trichrome staining method, while the 10μm section was not stained.
Use the Bioquant OS/2 morphometric system (R&M biometrics, Inc., Nashville, TN) to conduct static and dynamic tissues of the second cancellous bone from 1.2 to 3.6 mm from the proximal tibial metaphysis to the junction of the growth epiphyseal plate Morphological measurement. The area 1.2 mm anterior to the metaphysis of the tibia must be removed in order to limit the measurement to the second cancellous bone. The 4μm section is used to determine the index related to bone volume, bone structure, and bone loss, and the 10μm section is used to determine the index related to bone formation and bone turnover rate.
I. Measurement and calculation of related trabecular bone volume and structure:
1. Total metaphyseal area (TV, mm2): the area of the metaphysis from the tip of 1.2 to 3.6 mm to the junction of the growth epiphyseal plate.
2. Trabecular bone area (BV, mm2): the total area of trabecular bone in TV.
3. Trabecular bone circumference (BS, mm): the total circumference of trabecular bone.
4. Trabecular bone volume (BV/TV, %): BV/TVx 100.
5. The number of trabecular bones (TBN, #/mm): 1.199/2 x BS/TV.
6. Trabecular bone thickness (TBT, μm): (2000/1.199) x (BV/BS).
7. Trabecular bone spacing (TBS, μm): (2000 x 1.199) x (TV-BV).
II. Measurement and calculation of related bone loss:
1. Osteoclast number (OCN, #): the total number of osteoclasts in the total metaphyseal area.
2. Osteoclast perimeter (OCP, mm): The perimeter of trabecular bone covered by osteoclasts.
3. The number of osteoclasts 1mm (OCN/mm, #/mm): OCN/BS.
4. Percentage of osteoclast perimeter (%OCP, %): OCP/BS x 100.
III. Measure and calculate related bone formation and conversion rate:
1. Circumference (SLS, mm) labeled with single-calcein: the total length of calcein labeled around the trabecular bone.
2. Circumference (DLS, mm) marked with calcein: the total length of calcein markers around the trabecular bone.
3. Between markers-marker width (ILW, μm): the average distance between two calcein markers.
4. Percentage of mineralization perimeter (PMS, %): (SLS/2+DLS)/BS x 100.
5. Mineral accumulation rate (MAR, μm/day): the interval of ILW/marker.
6. Bone formation rate/surface parameters (BFR/BS, μm2/d/μm): (SLS/2+DLS) xMAR/BS.
7. Bone conversion rate (BTR, %/y): (SLS/2+DLS) x MAR/BV x 100.
statistics
Statistics and use StatView 4.0 software package (Abacus Concepts, Inc., Berkeley, CA). Analysis of variance (ANOVA) and subsequent Fisher's PLSD were used to compare differences between ethnic groups.
Use prostaglandin receptor agonists to restore kidney function
The recovery effect of prostaglandin agonists on the kidneys is to explore the ability of PGE2 or prostaglandin agonists to induce the expression of bone morphogenetic protein 7 (BMP-7) on wild-type and EP2 receptor-transformed 293S cells. Method: Grow 293S and EP2 293S cells in DulbecC<sub>0</sub>'s Modified Egale medium (DMEM, Gibco, BRL; Gaithersburg, MD). The day before PGE2 or prostaglandin agonist treatment, the cells were seeded into a petri dish with a density of 1.5 X 106 cells/10 cm. The cells were washed with OptiMEM (Gibco, BRL) every other day, and 10ml OptiMEM/ Petri dish with or without carrier (DMSO), PGE2 (10-6M) or prostaglandin promoter (10-6M) was added. After 8, 16 and 24 hours, the cells were collected and RNA was extracted. Northern blot analysis (20 mg/lane) was analyzed with 32P-labeled BMP-7 probe. Ink dots use 32P-labeled 18S ribosomal RNA probe to correct the amount of RNA. Observation results found that PGE2 and prostaglandin agonists induced EP2 293S cells to express BMP-7 and time-dependent, but parental cells did not. Therefore, it is known that the role of BMP-7 in kidney recovery and the ability of prostaglandin agonists to induce BMP-7 expression in 293S kidney cells is related to time and receptor specificity. Therefore, prostaglandin agonists and kidney recovery related.
The compound of the present invention can be used to deliver the compound of the present invention systemically or locally (for example, at the site of bone fracture, osteotomy, or amputation) by any method. This method includes: oral, parenteral, duodenal route and so on. Generally speaking, the compound of the present invention is taken orally, but it can also be taken parenterally (for example, intravenous injection, intramuscular injection, subcutaneous injection or intramedullary injection) when the patient is not suitable for oral administration and cannot digest the medicine.
The compound of the present invention or its composition can be applied locally to treat and enhance fracture healing and bone resection (for example, the location of bone fracture or bone resection). The compound of the present invention can be used in fractures or bone resection sites. For example, the compound and a suitable solvent (for example: oily solvent such as peanut oil) can be injected into a cartilage growth plate or, after surgery, the compound can be added to a suitable carrier (for example, : Bone wax, demineralized bone meal, polymerized bone glue, bone sealant, etc.) for topical application. In addition, topical application can be applied to the surface of the compound solution or carrier containing the appropriate compound, or used in traditional plastic surgery to implant solid or semi-solid implants, such as: Dacron-Net line, Gore-tex@ , Foam glue and kiel bone or prosthetic body.
The compound of the present invention and one or more anabolic agents or the above-mentioned skeletal anti-wear agent in a suitable carrier can also be used locally at the site of fracture or bone resection surgery.
In treatment, the two different compounds of the present invention can be used together or sequentially in any order, or be used together with a single pharmaceutical composition such as the above-mentioned compound of formula I and the above-mentioned pharmaceutically acceptable carrier compound.
For example, the bone anabolic agent can be used alone or together with the anti-bone loss agent for one week to three years, and then the anti-wear agent alone can be used for three months to three years, and this complete treatment cycle can be selectively repeated. In addition, this bone anabolic agent can be used alone or together with an anti-bone loss agent for three weeks to three years, after which the patient has been using this anti-bone loss agent alone. For example, in a preferred mode of treatment, the compound of formula I as described above can be treated once a day and the second compound (eg, estrogens agonist/antagonist) can have a single or multiple doses per day. In addition, in another preferred treatment mode, the two compounds can be used successively, wherein the compound of formula I mentioned above can be used once a day for a period of time to enhance the bone content to be higher than the fracture threshold (World Health Organization Study wAssessment of Fracture Risk and its Application to Screening for Postmenopausal Osterporosis(1994). Report of a World Health Organization Study Group. World Health Organization Technical Series 843") and then use a single or multiple doses of the second compound as described above (for example: estrous hormone agonist/antagonist) daily for treatment. Preferably, the first compound as described above The once-daily treatment is a rapid delivery type, such as oral delivery (e.g., long-acting delivery is best avoided).
The dosage and treatment time of this compound depend on the severity of the patient's condition, and the method of treatment is determined by the physician's prescription. Therefore, depending on the patient, the physician can reduce the dose or increase the dose of the drug to achieve the therapeutic effect (for example, increase bone mass). When considering the degree of treatment required, doctors must consider various factors, such as the initial bone mass, the patients age, medical history, and other diseases (such as cardiovascular disease).
Generally speaking, the amount of the compound of the present invention is sufficient to increase the bone content above the fracture threshold (see the aforementioned World Health Organization Study for details).
Generally speaking, the effective dose of the above-mentioned anabolic agent is between 0.001 and 100 mg/kg/day, preferably between 0.01 and 50 mg/kg/day.
The following provides a better dosage of various anti-wear agents.
The dosage of the anti-bone loss agent is determined by the activity of the bone loss inhibitor. This activity is measured by the pharmacokinetics of each compound and the amount of the most effective inhibitor for inhibiting bone loss, for example, as described above (for example, determination criteria for estrous hormone agonists/antagonists).
In general, the effective dose of the anti-osteogenesis agent is about 0.001 mg/kg/day to about 20 mg/kg/day.
Generally speaking, the effective dose of progesterone is about 0.1 to 10 mg/day; preferably, it is about 0.25 to 5 mg/day.
Generally speaking, the effective dose of polyphosphonate is measured by its activity of inhibiting bone loss agent according to standard methods.
The daily therapeutic dose of certain polyphosphonates is between about 0.001 mg/kg/day to about 20 mg/kg/day.
Generally speaking, the effective dose of the present invention can be used for treatment, such as the treatment of bone loss with the present invention. The effective dose of the estrous hormone agonist/antagonist of the present invention is between 0.01 and 200 mg/kg/day, preferably It is between 0.5 and 100 mglkg/day.
In particular, the effective dose of droloxifene is between 0.1 and 40 mg/kg/day, preferably between 0.1 and 5 mg/kg/day.
In particular, the effective dose of raloxifene is between 0.1 and 100 mg/kg/day, preferably between 0.1 and 10 mg/kg/day.
In particular, the effective dose of tamoxifen is between 0.1 and 100 mg/kg/day, preferably between 0.1 and 5 mg/kg/day.
In particular, cis-6-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-5-[4-(2-piperidinyl-1-yl-ethoxy)phenyl]-5,6,7,8- Tetrahydronaphthyl-2-ol; (-)cis-6-phenyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidinyl-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7, 8-Tetrahydronaphthyl-2-ol; cis-6-phenyl-5-[4-(2-pyrrolidinyl-1-yl-ethoxy)phenyl]-5,6,7,8- Tetrahydronaphthyl-2-ol; cis-1-[6'-pyrrolidinylethoxy-3'-pyridyl]-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro Naphthyl; 1-(4'-pyrrolidineethoxyphenyl)-2-(4"-fluorophenyl)-6-hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl; Cis-6-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-[4-(2-piperidinyl-1-yl-ethoxy)-phenyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthyl -2-ol; 1-(4'-pyrrolidinyl alcohol ethoxyphenyl)-2-phenyl-6-hydroxy-1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl effective dosage system It is between 0.0001 and 100 mg/kg/day, preferably between 0.001 and 10 mg/kg/day.
In particular, the effective dose of 4-hydroxytamoxifen is between 0.0001 and 100 mg/kg/day, preferably between 0.001 and 10 mg/kg/day.
The administration form of the compound of the present invention is a pharmaceutical composition, which usually contains at least one compound of the present invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. Therefore, the compounds of the present invention can be administered individually or in combination in any conventional oral, parenteral, rectal or transdermal dosage form.
The forms of oral administration can be solutions, suspensions, tablets, pills, capsules, powders, etc. Tablets can contain various excipients, such as sodium citrate, calcium carbonate and calcium phosphate, and use various pulverizing agents, such as starch (potato flour or tapioca flour, and certain complex silicates are preferred), And binding agents, such as: polyvinylpyrrolidone, sucrose, gelatin and gum arabic. In addition, lubricants such as magnesium stearate, sodium laurel sulfate and talc can also be used on tablets. Soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules can also use similar types of solid compositions as filling agents; materials related to this use are preferably lactose or toffee and high molecular weight polyethylene glycols. If the water-soluble suspension and/or elixirs are to be administered orally, the compound of the present invention can be combined with various sweeteners, flavoring agents, color enhancers, emulsifiers and/or suspending agents, and diluents (such as ethanol, Propylene glycol, glycerin and various combinations of the above) are used in combination.
If it is intended to be administered parenterally, sesame oil or peanut oil or water-soluble propylene glycol and corresponding water-soluble salts can be used in the solution as a sterile aqueous solution. Such an aqueous solution can be appropriately buffered as needed, and the liquid diluent is first made to have an isotonic pressure with sufficient physiological saline or glucose. These aqueous solutions are particularly suitable for intravenous injection, intramuscular injection, subcutaneous injection and intraperitoneal injection. The water-soluble media used for related purposes can be prepared by professionals who are familiar with the art using standard methods known to them.
If used for transdermal administration (for example: topical administration), it can be formulated into a diluted sterile, water-soluble or partially water-soluble aqueous solution (usually at a concentration of about 0.1%-5%), or similar to non- Intestinal aqueous solution.
The preparation methods of various pharmaceutical compositions containing different active ingredients have been known to those skilled in the art, or can be known according to the disclosed information. For examples of preparation methods of pharmaceutical compositions, please refer to Remington's Pharmaceutical Sdences, Mack Publishing Company, Easter, Pa., 15th Edition (1975).
The content of the compound of the present invention contained in the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention is between 0.1%-95%, preferably between 1%-70%. In any case, the amount of the compound of the present invention contained in the administration combination or formulation is an effective therapeutic amount for the condition/disease to be treated (for example, bone disorder).
Because the feature of the present invention relates to the use of combined active ingredients for treatment to strengthen and maintain bone quality, the present invention also relates to the type of combination of separate pharmaceutical compositions in the tool kit. This kit contains two separate compositions: a compound of formula I and a second compound as described above. This kit includes containers containing the individual components, such as individual bottles or individual tin foil packaging. A typical tool set includes guidelines for the use of individual components. This tool set is particularly advantageous when different dosage forms are required for each composition (for example: oral and parenteral administration). It can be taken at different dosage intervals, or the doctor can adjust the composition according to the situation.
An example of this tool set is called a transparent plastic cover package. Transparent plastic cover packaging is a very well-known industrial packaging and is widely used in the unit-dose form of packaging medicines (tablets, capsules, etc.). Transparent plastic cover packaging generally consists of a fairly rigid sheet composed of a foil covered with a transparent plastic material (preferably). The depression of the plastic foil is formed during the packaging process. This depression has the size and shape of the packaged tablet or capsule. After the tablets or capsules are placed in the depression, the plastic foil is sealed with a relatively hard sheet to form the other side of the depression. As a result, the tablet or capsule is sealed in the recess between the foil and the sheet. The better strength of the flakes is that the tablets or capsules can be formed by pressing the tablets or capsules in the recesses by hand and then removing them to form the flakes with openings in the recesses. The tablet or capsule can be removed from the opening.
The tool set can also provide memorizing devices, such as the number on the side of the tablet or capsule, and the number represents the tablet or capsule that should be taken on that day. Another example of auxiliary memory is a calendar card, for example: the following "first week, Monday, Tuesday, ... etc.. second week, Monday, Tuesday, ..." and so on. Various other auxiliary memory devices are also obvious. The "daily dose" can be a single tablet or capsule, or a number of tablets or capsules taken on a specific number of days. The daily dose of the compound of formula I may consist of one tablet or capsule and the daily dose of the second compound may consist of many tablets or capsules, and vice versa. The auxiliary memory device should reflect this situation.
Another particular embodiment of the present invention is a medicine dispenser, which is designed to dispense the daily dosage of medicine. The better medicine dispenser contains an auxiliary memory device, which can further assist the treatment. An embodiment of this auxiliary memory device is a mechanical counter that can display the number of daily doses that should be dispensed. Another embodiment of the auxiliary memory device is a battery-powered microchip liquid crystal display memory, or: a voice reminder signal, for example, displaying the date and the last dose taken and/or reminding the patient of the next dose.
The compounds of the present invention can generally be used alone or in combination with each other or with convenient formulations of other compounds. The formulations in the following examples are for illustration only and not intended to limit the scope of the present invention.
In the following formula, "active ingredient" refers to the active ingredient of the compound of the present invention.
Formulation 1: Gelatin capsule
Hard gelatin capsules are prepared by the following method:
<img file="TWI242560B_D0144.tif" />
The formulation of the tablet is prepared with the following ingredients:
Formulation 2: Tablets
<img file="TWI242560B_D0145.tif" />
This composition is mixed and compressed into tablets. In addition, the preparation of each tablet containing 0.25-100 mg of active ingredient is as follows:
Formulation 3: Tablets
<img file="TWI242560B_D0146.tif" />
The active ingredients, starch, and cellulose are screened through USNo. 45 mesh and thoroughly mixed. The solution of polyvinylpyrrolidone and the above powder are not mixed and passed through the mesh screen of USNo. 14.
In this way, the produced particles are dry processed at 50°-60°C and passed through US No. 18 mesh screening. Add the sodium carboxymethyl starch, magnesium stearate, and talc, which have been screened by USNo. 60 mesh in advance, and press the tablet machine to form tablets after mixing.
Each suspension of 5 ml dose contains 0.25-100 mg of active ingredient. The preparation method is as follows:
Formulation 4: Suspension
<img file="TWI242560B_D0147.tif" />
The active ingredient is screened by USNo. 45 and mixed with sodium carboxymethyl cellulose and syrup to form a smooth paste. Add water and stir to dilute the benzoic acid solution, flavor, and coloring agent. Add enough water to the required volume. The aerosol solution is prepared by mixing the following ingredients:
Formula 5: Aerosol
<img file="TWI242560B_D0148.tif" />
The active ingredient is mixed with ethanol, a part of the propellant 22 is added to this mixture, and after cooling to 30°C, it is moved to the filling device. Feed the required amount into the stainless steel container and dilute with the remaining propellant. Then seal the volume. The preparation method of suppository is as follows:
Formulation 6: suppository
<img file="TWI242560B_D0149.tif" />
The active ingredient is screened by USNo. 60 mesh and suspended in preheated and melted saturated fatty acid glycerin. The mixture was poured into a suppository mold with a capacity of 2 g and then cooled.
The preparation method of the intravenous injection formula is as follows:
Formulation 7: intravenous injection solution
<img file="TWI242560B_D0150.tif" />
The rate of intravenous injection of the solution of the above components to the patient is about 1 ml/min.
The above-mentioned active ingredients can also be combined medicaments.
General experimental procedure
The NMR recording system uses a Varian XL-300 (Varian Co., Palo Alto, Califomia) Bnuker AM-300 spectrometer, and uses 300 MHz for protons and 75.4 mHz for carbon at about 23°C (Bnuker Co., Billerica, Massachusetts) , Or use Varian Unity 400 to use 400Mhz for proton nuclei. The chemical shift is expressed in parts per million of the downfield from the position of the trimethylsilane. The peak shape is expressed in the following way: s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet, q, quartet; m, multiplet; bs=wide singlet. Interchangeable resonance is not seen in other NMR experiments (in which a few drops of D2O dissolved in the same solvent are added to the sample and shaken). Air pressure chemical ionization (APCI) mass spectrometry was measured with Fisons Plaffomm II Spectrometer. The chemical ionization mass spectrometry was measured with a Hewlett-Packard 5989 instrument (Hewlett-Packard Co., Palo Alto, CalHomia) (ammonia ionization, PBMS). When expressing the intensity of chlorine or bromine-containing ions, what is observed is the expected intensity ratio (for<sup>35</sup>Cl/including<sup>27</sup>For Cl ion, it is about 3:1;<sup>79</sup>Br/contains<sup>81</sup>For Br ions, it is 1:1), and only the intensity of ions with a smaller mass is measured.
Column chromatography uses Baker silica gel (40 μm) (JT Baker, Phillipsburg, NJ) or Silica Gel 60 (EM Sdences, Gibbstown, NJ) in a glass column under low nitrogen pressure. Radial tomography uses Chromatron (model 7924T, Harrison Research). Unless otherwise stated, the reagents used are all commercially available products. Dimethylformamide, 2-propanol, tetrahydrofuran and dichloromethane as reaction solvents are all anhydrous products of Aldrich Chemical Company (Milwaukee, Wisconsin). Microanalysis is performed in Schwarzkopf Microanalytical Laboratory Woodside, NY. "Concentration" and "co-evaporation" refer to the use of a rotary evaporator with water suction pressure and a water bath temperature below 45°C to remove the solvent. The reaction carried out at "0-20°C" or "0-25°C" means that the container is first cooled in an isolated ice bath, and then allowed to warm to room temperature after a few hours. The abbreviations "min" and "h" stand for "minutes" and "hours" respectively.
Example 1
7-[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid
Step A: Alkylation
Ethyl-7-[(4-butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanyl ester.
Ethyl-7-methanesulfonyl-amino-heptanyl ester (250mg, 1.0mmol) in DMF (2ml) was added dropwise to NaH (48mg, 1.19mmol, containing 60% oil) at 0°CofDMF solution. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes, and 1-bromomethyl-4-butyl-benzene (271 mg, 1.19 mmol) was added dropwise. After stirring the reaction for 2 h, the DMF was removed in vacuum. CH for residue<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>Dilute, wash this organic solution with 1N HCl (1x), water (2x), and brine (1x) in sequence. MgSO for organic solution<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter, and concentrate with vacuum. The product was purified by radial chromatography (15% EtOAc/hexane to 40% EtOAc/hexane) to obtain the compound of step A (379 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.12-7.30(m,4H), 4.35(s,2H), 4.12(q,2H), 3.10-3.19(m,2H), 2.80(s,3H), 2.60(t,2H), 2.25 (t, 2H), 1.46-1.62 (m, 7H), 1.18-1.39 (m, 6H), 0.92 (t, 3H); MS 415 (M+18).
Step B: Hydrolysis of esters
7-[(4-Butyl-benzyl)methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid.
Add NaOH (1.0 ml, 5N) to the MeOH (6 ml) solution of the compound of step A (379 mg). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24h, and acidified by adding HCl (1N) solution. Remove MeOH in vacuum and dissolve the residue in CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>. This organic solution was washed sequentially with HCl (1N, 1x), water (2x), and brine (1x). MgSO for organic solution<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter, and concentrate with vacuum. Radial chromatography (CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub> to 6% MeOH/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>) After purification, the compound (356 mg) was obtained.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.30-7.12(m, 4H), 4.35(s, 2H), 3.10-3.19(m, 2H), 2.80(s, 3H), 2.60(t, 2H), 2.31(t, 2H), 1.48 -1.65(m, 7H), 1.20-1.40(m, 6H). 0.97 (t, 3H); MS 387 (M+18).
Example 2-44
Examples 2-44 are prepared by using appropriate starting reactants and the methods described in Figure 1 and Figure 2 (except for changing the reaction temperature and time of Step A), which are all similar to those in Example 1.
Example 2
(3-{[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl-acetic acid<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.32-7.14(m, 5H), 4.32(s, 2H), 4.29(s, 2H), 3.66(s, 2H), 2.76(s, 3H), 2.60(t, 2H), 1.59(m, 2H), 1.34 (m, 2H), 0.93 (t, 3H); MS 388 (M+).
Example 3
7{[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid
Step A: React at room temperature for 24 h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.00(m, 1H), 6.80(m, 2H), 4.12(t, 2H), 3.60(t, 2H), 3.26(t, 2H), 2.90(s, 3H), 2.37(t, 2H) , 1.65(m, 4H), 1.39(m, 4H); MS 412(M+).
Example 4
4-(2{[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-ethyl)-benzoic acid
<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ8.02(d,2H), 7.30(d,2H), 7.20(s,1H), 7.19(s,2H), 6.39(d,1H), 6.08(m,1H), 3.94(m,2H) ), 3.50(t,2H), 3.00(t,2H), 2.78(s,3H).
Example 5
7
<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.60(d,2H), 7.48(d,2H), 4.41(s,2H), 3.16(t,2H), 2.87(s,3H), 2.29(t,2H), 1.40-1.61(m , 4H), 1.13-1.33 (m, 4H).
Example 6
Trans-7-[Methanesulfonyl-(3-phenyl-allyl)-amino]-heptanoic acid Step A: React at 90°C for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.2-7.4(m,5H), 6.59(d,1H), 6.12-6.21(m,1H), 4.0(d,2H), 3.21(t,2H), 2.32(t,2H), 1.55 -1.70 (m, 4H), 1.27-1.40 (m, 4H); MS 338.1 (M+).
Example 7
Trans-(4[[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-butoxy)-acetic acid
Step A: React at 100°C for 2h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.37(m,2H), 7.23(m,1H), 6.42-6.52(m,1H), 6.15-6.28(m,1H), 3.96(m,4H), 3.52(m,2H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 1.55-1.72 (m, 4H); MS 411.5 (M+1).
Example 8
7-{[4-(1-Hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid
Step A: React at 90°C for 24h. Mp 68-70°C;<sup>1</sup>H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.20-7.38(m,4H), 4.62-4.66(m,1H), 4.34(s,2H), 3.10-3.18(m,2H), 2.94(s,1H), 2.83(s,3H) , 2.17-2.39 (m, 3H), 1.10-1.83 (m, 16H), 0.80-0.90 (m, 3H).
Example 9
7-[Methanesulfonyl-(2'-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-amino]-heptanoic acid
Step A: React at room temperature for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(CDCl<sub>3 </sub>400MHz)δ7.75-7.23(m,8H), 4.46(s,2H), 3.21(t,2H), 2.84(s,3H), 2.34(t,2H), 1.57(m,4H), 1.28( m,4H).
Example 10
7-[(2',6'-Dichloro-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid
Step A: React at room temperature for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(CDCl<sub>3 </sub>400 MHz)δ7.60-7.20(m,7H), 4.41(s,2H), 3.21(t,2H), 2.82(s,3H), 2.30(t,2H), 1.56(m,4H), 1.27( m, 4H); MS 458 (M+).
Example 11
7-[Methanesulfonyl-(2-phenoxy-ethyl)-amino]-heptanoic acid
<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.25-7.36(m,2H), 6.85-7.03(m,3H), 4.11(t,2H), 3.62(t,2H), 3.27(t,2H), 2.91(s,3H), 2.34 (t, 2H), 1.72-1.54 (m, 4H), 1.45-1.25 (m, 4H).
Example 12
7-[(Methylsulfonyl)[[4-(2-pyridyl)phenyl]methyl]amino]-heptanoic acid hydrogen chloride salts
Step A: React at room temperature for 45 minutes.<sup>1</sup>H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ8.72(bs,1H), 7.64-7.95(m,4H), 7.48(d,2H), 7.21-7.32(m,1H), 4.40(s,2H), 3.14(t,2H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.15-2.35 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.60 (m, 4H), 1.08-1.30 (m, 4H).
Example 13
7-[Methanesulfonyl-(5-phenyl-pentyl)-amino]-heptanoic acid
Step A: React at room temperature for 2h and at 70°C for 18h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.28-7.14(m,5H), 3.12(m,4H), 2.78(s,3H), 2.60(t,2H), 2.34(t,2H), 1.62(m,8H), 1.32(m ,6H).
Example 14
7-{[2-(2,4-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid
Step A: React at 65°C for 20h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.33(d,1H), 7.16(dd,1H), 6.83(d,1H), 4.13(t,2H), 3.62(t,2H), 3.31(t,2H), 2.94(s,3H) ), 2.31(m,2H), 1.61(m,4H), 1.33(m,4H).
Example 15
Trans-[3-({[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid
<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.32-7.13(m,7H), 6.33(d,1H), 6.09(m,1H), 4.38(s,2H), 3.91(d,2H), 3.61(s,2H), 2.89(s ,3H).
Example 16
7-{[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}heptanoic acid
Step A: React at 60°C for 72h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.25(s,1H), 7.19(s,2H), 3.15(m,4H), 2.81(s,3H), 2.60(t,2H), 2.34(t,2H), 1.89(m,2H) ), 1.60(m,4H), 1.32(m,4H).
Example 17
[3-({[3-(3-Chlorophenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-aminomethyl)-phenyl}-acetic acid
Step A: React at room temperature for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.314.91(m, 8H), 4.34(s, 2H), 3.64(s, 2H), 3.18(t, 2H), 2.81(s, 3H), 2.49(t, 2H), 1.78(m, 2H) ); MS413(M+18).
Example 18
7-[(2-Hydroinden-2-yl-ethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid
Step A: React at room temperature for 4h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.13(m, 4H), 3.24(t, 2H), 3.17(t, 2H), 3.08(m, 2H), 2.83(s, 3H), 2.62(m, 2H), 2.48(m, 1H) ), 2.35(t, 2H), 1.81(m, 2H), 1.62(m, 4H), 1.37(m, 4H).
Example 19
7-[Methanesulfonyl-(4-phenyl-butyl)-amino]-heptanoic acid
Step A: React at 60°C for 72h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.26(m, 2H), 7.17(m,311), 3.16(t,2H), 3.10(t,2H), 2.78(s,3H), 2.63(t,2H), 2.34(t,2H) ), 1.70-1.51 (m, 8H), 1.32 (m, 4H).
Example 20
[3-({[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid
Step A: React at room temperature for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.27(m, 5H), 4.48(s, 2H), 3.97(t, 2H), 3.64(s, 2H), 3.57(t, 2H), 2.92(s, 3H).
Example 21
4-(4-[[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-phenyl)-propionic acid
Step A: React at room temperature for 1 h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.32-6.97(m, 8H), 3.67(t, 2H), 2.85(s, 3H), 2.68(t, 2H), 2.63(t, 2H), 2.40(t, 2H), 1.97(m, 2H), 1.77 (m, 2H).
Example 22
[2-(2{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}ethyl)-phenoxy]-acetic acid
Step A: ReacUon Ume of 1 h at room temperature.<sup>l</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.296.71(m, 8H), 4.64(s, 2H), 3.44(t, 2H), 3.23(m, 2H), 2.95(t, 2H), 2.71(s, 3H), 2.58(t, 2H), 1.89(m, 2H).
Example 23
[3-({Methanesulfonyl-[3-(3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-propyl]amino}methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid
Step A: React at room temperature for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.42-7.21(m,4H), 4.34(s,2H), 3.62(s,2H), 3.22(t,2H), 2.81(s,3H), 2.56(t,2H), 1.79(m , 2H); MS447(M+18).
Example 24
{4-[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-butoxy}acetic acid
Step A: React at 100°C for 2h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.23(m,7.14(m,2H), 4.34(s,2H), 4.03(s,2H), 3.48(t,2H), 3.19(t,2H), 2.79(s,3H), ( t, 2H), 1.57 (m, 6H), 1.32 (m, 2H), 0.91 (t, 3H); MS370 (M-1).
Example 25
5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thienyl-2-carboxylic acid
Step A: React at 100°C for 5h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.71(m,1H), 7.24-7.15(m,3H), 7.03(m,1H), 6.83(m,1H), 3.19(m,4H), 2.89(t,2H), 2.81(s ,3H), 2.61(t,2H), 1.94(m,4H).
Example 26
7{[5-(1-Hydroxy-hexyl)-thienyl-2-ylmethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid
<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.87(d, 1H), 6.81(d, 1H), 4.86(t, 1H), 4.53(s, 2H), 3.20(t, 2H), 2.76(s, 3H), 2.33(t, 2H) ), 1.79(m, 2H), 1.22-1.68(m, 14H), 0.82-0.92(m, 3H).
Example 27
5-{3-[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}thienyl-2-carboxylic acid
Step A: React at 100°C for 4h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.65(s, 1H), 7.20(m, 4H), 6.68(s, 1H), 4.33(s, 2H), 3.22(m, 2H), 2.81(m, 5H), 2.59(m, 2H) ), 1.84 (m, 2H), 1.57 (m, 2H), 1.33 (m, 2H), 0.91 (m, 3H); MS 408 (M-1).
Example 28
Trans-7{[3-(3,5-Difluoro-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid
<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.87(m, 2H), 6.70(m, 1H), 6.50(d, 1 H), 6.146.25(m, 1 H), 3.98(d, 2H), 3.20(t, 2H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.32(t, 2H), 1.61(m, 4H), 1.35(m, 4H).
Example 29
7-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl 1-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid
Step A: React at room temperature for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.04-7.30(m,4H), 3.15(m,4H), 2.80(s,3H), 2.62(t,2H), 2.35(t,2H), 1.90(m,2H), 1.50-1.67 (m, 4H), 1.25-1.40 (m, 4H).
Example 30
Trans-5-(3-{[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thienyl-2-carboxylic acid
Step A: React at 100°C for 4h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.15-7.46(m,4H), 6.79(s,1H), 6.55(d,1H), 6.35(m,1H), 3.99(d,2H), 3.29(m,2H), 2.91(m , 5H), 1.99 (m, 2H); MS 447.7 (M-1).
Example 31
7-[(4-Isobutyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid
Step A: React at room temperature for 72h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.24(d,2H), 7.12(d,2H), 4.32(s,2H), 3.12(t,2H), 2.79(s,3H), 2.45(d,2H), 2.30(t,2H) ), 1.85 (m, 1H), 1.45-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.16-1.32 (m, 4H), 0.90 (d, 6H).
Example 32
7{[3-(2-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid
Step A: React at room temperature for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.10-7.39(m,4H), 3.22(t,2H), 3.10(t,2H), 2.82(s,3H), 2.73(t,2H), 2.35(t,2H), 1.86-2.00 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.70 (m, 4H), 1.28-1.45 (m, 4H); MS 376 (M+1).
Example 33
7-[(2'-Chloro-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid
Step A: React at room temperature for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.21-7.50(m,8H), 4.44(s,2H), 3.15-3.26(m,2H), 2.86(s,3H), 2.27-2.38(m,2H), 1.48-1.68(m, 5H), 1.20-1.38 (m, 4H).
Example 34
7-[(4-Benzyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid
<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.13-7.30(m,9H), 4.32(s,2H), 3.98(s,2H), 3.12(t,2H), 2.90(s,3H), 2.30(t,2H), 2.45-2.60 (m,4H),1.16-1.32(m,4H).
Example 35
Trans-[3-({[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-phenoxy]-acetic acid
Step A: React at 100°C for 4h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.30-7.22(m,3H), 7.14(m,1H), 6.98-6.82(m,3H), 6.34(d,1H), 6.09(m,1H), 4.66(s,2H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 3.93 (d, 2H), 2.89 (s, 3H); MS 443.8 (M-1).
Example 36
(4-{[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid
Step A: React at 100°C for 4h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.29-7.13(m,5H), 6.98-6.82tm,3H), 4.65(s,2H), 4.29(s,4H), 2.76(s,3H), 2.58(t,2H), 1.57( m, 2H), 1.33 (m, 2H), 0.91 (t, 3H); MS 405 (M+).
Example 37
3-(2{[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-ethoxy)-benzoic acid
Step A: React at 100°C for 4h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.60(d,1H), 7.51(s,1H), 7.34(t,1H), 7.11(m,1H), 6.95(m,1H), 6.83(s,1H), 4.20(m,4H) ), 3.73 (m, 4H), 3.01 (s, 3H); MS 447.8 (M-1).
Example 38
7-{[2-(3-Chloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid
Step A: React at 65°C for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.19(m,1H), 6.94(m,1H), 6.86(m,1H), 6.76(m,1H), 4.09(t,2H), 3.59(t,2H), 3.25(t,2H) , 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.33 (t, 2H), 1.63 (m, 4H), 1.35 (m, 4H); MS 395 (M+18).
Example 39
7-[(2'-cyano-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid
Step A: React at 90°C for 6h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.75(d, 1H), 7.65(t, 1H), 7.40-7.60(m, 6H), 4.20(s, 2H), 3.20(t, 2H), 2.85(s, 3H), 2.25(t , 2H), 1.55(m, 4H), 1.25(m, 4H); MS 414(M+1).
Example 40
5-(3{[2-(3,5-Dimethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonylamino}-propyl)-thienyl-2-carboxylic acid
Step A: React at room temperature for 72h.<sup>l</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.69(d, 1 H), 6.84(d, 1 H), 6.62(s, 1 H), 6.46(s, 2H), 4.08(t, 2H), 3.62(t, 2H), 3.35( t, 2H), 2.92 (m, 5H), 2.27 (s, 6H), 2.07 (m, 2H); MS 411 (M+).
Example 41
5-(3-{[2-(3,5-Dimethoxy-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}propyl)-thienyl-2-carboxylic acid
Step A: React at room temperature for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.69(d, 1H), 6.84(d, 1H), 6.09(m, 1H), 6.01(m, 2H), 4.08(t, 2H), 3.74(s, 6H), 3.61(t, 2H) ), 3.34(t, 2H), 2.93(t, 2H), 2.90(s, 3H), 2.07(m, 2H); MS 444 (M+1).
Example 42
5-(3-{t2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl-p-thienyl-2-carboxylic acid
Step A: React at 100°C for 5h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.70(d, 1H), 6.97(m, 1H), 6.84(d, 1H), 7.22(d, 2H), 4.08(t, 2H), 3.59(t, 2H), 3.33(t, 2H) , 2.92(t, 2H), 2.89(s, 3H), 2.06(m, 2H); MS 452(M+1).
Example 43
[3-({[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}methyl)-phenoxy]-acetic acid
Step A: React at 100°C for 5h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.30-6.85(m, 8H), 4.66(s, 2H), 4.32(s, 2H), 3.18(t, 2H), 2.82(s, 3H), 2.49(t, 2H), 1.76(m, 2H); MS412(M+).
Example 44
[3-({[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonylamino}-methyl)-phenoxy]-acetic acid
Step A: React at 100°C for 5h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.24(t, 1H), 6.98(m, 3H), 6.84(m, 1H), 6.78(d, 2H), 4.60(s, 2H), 4.44(s, 2H), 3.99(t, 2H) , 3.57(t, 2H), 2.98(s, 3H); MS 448(M+).
Example 45
Trans-7{[3-(3-hydroxy-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}heptanoic acid Step A: Heck coupling reaction
Trans-ethyl-7-{3-(3-hydroxy-phenyl)-allyl}-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanyl ester
When containing 7-(allyl-methanesulfonyl-amino)-heptanoic acid ethyl ester (250mg, 0.86 mmol), 1-acetoxy-3-iodo-benzene (225 mg, 0.86 mmol) and three Palladium acetate (25 mg) was added to a solution of ethylamine (139 ml, 1 mmol)/DMF (3 ml). The reaction was heated under nitrogen at 80°C for 24h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, and sodium thiosulfate aqueous solution and CH were added<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>. Use CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>Extract this aqueous solution (2x) and the, and the collected organic layers are washed with water (1x) and brine (1x). Organic solution with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter, and concentrate by vacuum. The product was purified by radial chromatography (hexane to 25% EtOAc/hexane) to form the title compound of step A (95 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(CDCl<sub>3 </sub>400 MHz)δ6.88-7.34(m, 4H), 6.53-6.60(m, 1H), 6.13-6.20(m, 1H), 4.10(q, 2H), 3.95(d, 2H), 3.17-3.21(m , 2H), 2.85(s, 3H), 2.242.31(m, 2H), 2.31(s, 3H), 1.56-1.62(m, 4H), 1.27-1.33(m, 4H), 1.23(t, 3H) ).
Step B: Esterification
Trans-7-{[3-(3-Hydroxy-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid
It was carried out in a manner similar to that in Step B of Example 1, and the title compound of Step A was hydrolyzed to produce the title compound (53 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.14-7.25(m,1H), 6.81-6.89(m,2H), 6.74-6.77(m,1H), 6.50(d,1H), 6.0S6.15(m,1H), 3.95(d ,2H), 3.16-3.20(m,2H), 2.85(s,3H), 2.26-2.33(m,2H), 1.50-1.65(m,4H), 1.20-1.38(m,4H); MS 353.9( M-1).
Examples 46-50 were prepared in a similar manner to Example 45 with appropriate starting reactants.
Example 46
Trans-7{[3-(2-Hydroxy-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.49(d,1H), 6.12(m,1H), 3.94(d,2H), 3.18(t,2H), 2.85(s,3H) 2.31(t,2H), 1.58(m,4H) , 1.32 (m, 4H); MS 353.9 (M-1).
Example 47
Trans-7{[3-(3-Hydroxymethyl-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid
<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.19-7.41(m,4H), 6.58(d,1H), 6.13-6.25(m,1H), 4.70(s,2H), 3.924.02(m,2H), 3.15-3.25(m, 2H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.29 (t, 2H), 1.52-1.68 (m, 4H), 1.18-1.39 (m, 4H); MS 368 (M-1).
Example 48
Trans-7{[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.25(m,3H), 4.80(d,1H). 6.15-6.28(m,1H), 3.98(m,2H), 3.22(t,2H), 2.87(s,3H), 2.35(m,2H), 1.48-1.72(m,4H), 1.19-1.42( m,4H).
Example 49
Trans-7-{[3-(3,5-Di-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.n(m,3H), 6.66(m,1H), 6.36(m,1H), 4.02(d,2H), 3.24(t,2H), 2.89(s,3H), 2.33(t, 2H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.35 (m, 4H).
Example 50
Trans-7-[Methanesulfonyl-(4-phenyl-but-3-enyl)-amino]-heptanoic acid<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.23(m,5H), 6.46(d,1H), 6.13(m,1H), 3.31(t,2H), 3.19(t,2H), 2.83(s,3H), 2.52(m,2H) ), 2.34 (m, 2H), 1.62 (m, 4H), 1.35 (m, 4H); MS 353 (M+).
Example 51
7-{[3-(3,5-Di-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}heptanoic acid
Hydrogenation reaction
Trans-7{[3-(3,5-Di-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonylamino}-heptanoic acid (210mg, 0.44mrnol)/MeOH (10ml) The solution was added to 10% Pd/carbon (200 mg). The mixture was placed in a Parr hydrogenator and hydrogenated at 50 psi for 20 h. The reaction was filtered with Celite's salt and MeOH, and the solvent was removed by vacuum. Purified by radial chromatography (2mm rotating plate, EtOAc/hexane/AC<sub>0</sub>H=20:80:0.1v/v/v) to produce the title compound (190mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(CDCl<sub>3 </sub>400MHz)δ7.69(s,1H), 7.63(s,2H), 3.20(t,2H), 3.14(t,2H), 2.81(m,5H), 2.28(m,2H), 1.94(m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 4H); MS 495 (M+18).
Examples 52-54
Examples 52-54 were prepared in a similar manner to Example 51 using appropriate starting reactants.
Example 52
7-[Methanesulfonyl-(3-phenyl-propyl)-amino]-heptanoic acid <sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.10-7.30(m,5H), 3.18(t,2H), 3.13(t,2H), 2.80(s,3H), 2.63(t,2H), 2.34(t,2H), 1.92(m ,2H), 1.48-2.72(m,4H), 1.09-1.42(m,4H).
Example 53
7-[Methanesulfonyl-(3-m-tolyl-propyl)-amino]-heptanoic acid<sup>1</sup>H NMR (400 MHz, CDCL<sub>3</sub>)δ6.94-7.21(m, 4H), 3.18(t, 2H), 3.13(t, 2H), 2.80(s, 3H), 2.59(t, 2H), 2.34(t, 2H), 2.32(s , 3H), 2.85-2.97 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.68 (m, 5H), 1.23-1.40 (m, 5H).
Example 54
7{[3-(3,5-Difluoro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid 1HNMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.604.78(m, 3H), 3.12(m,4H), 2.82(s, 3H), 2.64(t, 2H), 2.37(t, 2H), 1.92(m, 2H), 1.50-1.70(m , 4H), 1.18-1.42(m, 4H).
Example 55
7-{4-(1-Hydroxy-3-phenylSpropyl)-benzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid
Step A: Grenya reaction
Ethyl-7{[4-(1-hydroxy-3-phenyl-propyl)-benzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}heptanyl ester. The solution 7-[(4-methanyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]heptanoic acid ethyl ester (200 mg, 0.54 mmol)/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(2.5 ml) Cool to 0°C. Then phenethylmagnesium chloride (0.6 ml, 1 M/THF, 0.6 mmol) was added dropwise, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. Then add water and HCl (1 N), this aqueous solution is the CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>extraction. Rinse the organic solution with water (1x) and brine (1x) in order, and use MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter, and concentrate by vacuum. The product was purified by flash chromatography (10% EtOAc/hexane to 40% EtOAc/hexane) to form the title compound of Step A (40 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.95(d,1H), 7.45(d,1H), 7.13-7.40(m,7H), 4.65-4.73(m,1H), 4.324.46(m,2H), 4.11(q,2H) , 3.25-3.35(m,1H), 3.003.22(m,2H), 2.83(s,3H), 2.60-2.81(m,1H), 1.96-2.34(m,4H), 1.15-1.70(m, 12H); MS 493 (M+18).
Step B: Hydrolysis of esters
7-{4-(1-Hydroxy-3-phenyl-propyl)-benzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid. The title compound of Step A was hydrolyzed in a method similar to that of Step B of Example 1, to form the title compound (11 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR (400MHz, CDC<sub>l</sub>3) δ7.93(d,1H), 7.48(d,1H), 7.15-7.38(m,7H), 4.314.50(m,2H), 3.02-3.35(m,4H), 2.83(s,3H) ), 2.60-2.80(m,1H), 1.96-2.33(m,4H), 1.12-1.61(m,8H).
Examples 56-58
Examples 56-58 were prepared in a similar manner to Example 55 using appropriate starting reactants.
Example 56
7{[4-(1-Hydroxy-pentyl)-benzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino)-heptanoic acid<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.35-7.25(m, 4H), 4.66(t,1H), 4.34(s,2H), 3.15(t,2H), 2.82(s,3H), 2.25(t,2H), 1.85-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.5S1.12 (m, 13H), 0.90-0.82 (m, 3H); MS 417 (399+18).
Example 57
7-{[4-(1-Hydroxy-2-phenyl-ethyl)-benzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.15-7.35(m,9H), 4.85-4.97(m,1H), 4.35(s,2H), 3.f5(t,2H), 2.98-3.05(m,2H), 2.82(s, 3H), 2.28 (t, 2H), 1.40-1.60 (m, 4H), 1.14-1.32 (m, 4H); Ms 451 (M+18).
Example 58
7-{[2'-(1-Hydroxy-hexyl)-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.55-7.62(m,1H), 7.15-7.45(m,7H), 4.74(t,1H), 4.41(s,2H), 3.12-3.28(m,2H), 2.88(s,3H) , 2.30 (t, 3H), 1.43-1.75 (m, 6H), 1.05-1.32 (m, 11H), 0.80 (t, 3H); MS 507 (M+18).
Example 59
Trans-N-[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-allyl]-N-[6-(1H-tetrazolyl-5-yl)-hexyl]-methanesulfonamide
Step A: Alkylation reaction
Trans-N-(6-cyano-hexyl)-N-[3-(3,5-dichloro-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonamide is similar to the method of Example 1, step A , At room temperature 7-bromoheptane nitrile (781mg, 2.94mmol) and trans-N-[3-(3,5-dichloro-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonamide (500mg, 2.45mmol) was subjected to an alkylation reaction for 24h to form the title compound of step A (760mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.26(m,3H), 6.49(d,1H), 6.22(m,1H), 3.98(m,2H), 3.22(t,2H), 2.88(s,3H), 2.36(t,2H) ), 1.68-1.35 (m, 8H).
Step B: Formation of tetrazolium
Trans-N-[3-(3.5-Dichloro-phenyl)-allyl]-N-[6-(1H-tetrazolyl-2-yl)-hexyl]-methanesulfonamide trimethylsilyl Azide (0.136ml, 1.026mmol) and dibutyl titanium oxide (38mg, 0.15mmol) were added to trans-N-(6-cyano-hexyl)-N-[3-(3,5-dichloro Phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonamide (59A) (199mg, 0.52mmol)/toluene (4ml) solution. The reaction was heated at reflux overnight. Use CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>Dilute the reaction, and then wash the organic solution with HCl (1N, 1x), water (1x), and brine (1x) successively. Organic solution with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and concentrate with vacuum. The product was purified by radial chromatography (CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>Up to 5% MeOH/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>) To form the title compound (120 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.26(m,3H), 6.50(d,1H), 6.22(m,1H), 4.00(m,2H), 3.23(t,2H), 3.02(t,2H), 2.90(s,3H) ), 1.83 (t, 2H), 1.62 (t, 2H), 1.38 (m, 4H); MS132 (M+).
Examples 60-61
Examples 60-61 were prepared in a similar manner to Example 59 using appropriate starting reactants.
Example 60
N-(4-butyl-benzyl)-N-[6-(2H-tetrazoly-5-yl)-hexyl]-methanesulfonamide<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.26-7.17(m, 4H), 4.36(s, 2H), 3.17(t, 2H), 3.00(t, 2H), 2.81(s, 3H), 2.59(t, 2H), 1.88(t , 2H), 1.54(m, 6H), 1.15(m, 4H), 0.93(t, 3H); MS 394(M+1).
Example 61
N-[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-N-[6-(1H-tetrazoly-5-yl)-hexyl]-methanesulfonamide<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.99(m, 1H), 6.78(m, 2H), 4.10(t, 2H), 3.61(t, 2H), 3.25(t, 2H), 3.02(t, 2H), 2.96(s, 3H) ), 1.84(m, 2H), 1.64(m, 2H), 1.40(m, 4H); MS 436(M+).
Example 62
7-[(2'-Hydroxymethyl-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid
Step A: Reduction reaction
Ethyl 7-[(2'-Hydroxymethyl-biphenyl-4-methyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoate sodium borohydride (37mg, 0.95mmol) at -78°C Add to the solution 7-{[2'-(1-methanyl)-biphenyl-4-yl-methyl]-heptanoic acid ethyl ester (415mg, 0.95mmol)/MeOH (4ml). The reaction was stirred at -20°C for 1.5 h and water was added. Then CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>The reaction was diluted, and the organic solution was washed sequentially with water (1x) and brine (1x). Organic solution with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter, and concentrate by vacuum. The product was purified by flash chromatography (10% EtOAc/hexane to 50% EtOAc/hexane) to form the title compound of Step A (397 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.55-7.62(m,1H), 7.23-7.45(m,7H), 4.62(S,2H), 4.42(s,2H), 4.09(q,2H), 3.20(t,2H), 2.89 (s, 3H), 2.26 (t, 2H), 1.19-1.70 (m, 11H); MS465 (M+18).
Step B: Hydrolysis
7-[(2'-Hydroxymethyl-biphenyl-4-yl-methyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid was hydrolyzed the title compound of step A according to the method similar to that of Example 1 step B to form Title compound (300 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.51-7.59(m,1H), 7.22-7.43(m,7H), 4.60(s,2H), 4.42(s,2H), 3.20(t,2H), 2.90(s,3H), 2.30 (t, 2H), 1.45-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.20-1.30 (m, 4H); MS437 (M+18).
Example 63
7-(-Biphenyl-4-yl-methyl-methanesulfonyl-amino)-heptanoic acid
Step A: Suzuki coupling reaction
7-(-Biphenyl-4-yl-methyl-methanesulfonyl-amino)-heptanoate ethyl tetrakis (triphenylphosphine) palladium(0) (102 mg, 0.09 mmol), Na<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>Add aqueous solution (0.9 ml, 1M) and phenylboronic acid (216 mg, 1.77 mmol) to ethyl 7-{[4-iodobenzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoate (415 mg, 0.89 mmol) )/Toluene (37 ml) and EtOH (7 ml) solution. The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 3 h. The solution was diluted with EtOAc and washed with water (2x) and brine (1x) in that order. Organic solution with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter, and concentrate by vacuum. Purification by radial chromatography (10% EtOAc/hexane to 30% EtOAC/hexane) yielded step A title compound (298 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.62-7.30(m, 4H), 4.41(s, 2H), 4.12(q, 2H), 3.20(t, 2H), 2.82(s, 3H), 2.23(t, 3H), 1.58(m, 4H), 1.35 (m, 7H); MS 418.3 (M+).
Step B: Hydrolysis
7-(Biphenyl-4-yl-methyl-methanesulfonyl-amino)-heptanoic acid was hydrolyzed step title compound A (298 mg, 0.71 mmol) to form compound ( 200 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.62-7.30(m, 9H), 4.42(s, 2H), 3.20(t, 2H), 2.87(s, 3H), 2.30(t, 2H), 1.58(m, 4H); MS 407(M +18).
Example 64
7-[(2'-methanyl-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid
Step A: Suzuki coupling reaction
7-{[2'-(1-methanyl)-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]}-heptanoic acid ethyl ester will be four (triphenyl-phosphine palladium (0) (85 mg, 0.07 mmol), Na<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>(0.8 ml, 1 M) and 2-formylphenylboronic acid added to 7-{[4-iodobenzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid ethyl ester (345 mg, 0.74 mmol)/toluene (30 ml) and EtOH (6 ml) solution. After refluxing for 3 h, the solution was diluted with EtOAc, and then washed with water (2X) and brine (1X) in sequence. Organic solution with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter, and concentrate by vacuum. The product was purified by radial chromatography to obtain ethyl 7-{[2'-(1-methanyl)-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]}-heptanoate (320 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 9.95(s, 1H), 8.05(d, 1H), 7.35-7.70(m, 7H), 4.46(s, 2H), 4.10(q, 2H), 3.19-3.28(m, 2H), 2.90( s, 3H), 2.28 (t, 2H), 1.50-1.62 (m, 5H), 1.20-1.35 (m, 6H); MS 463 (M+18).
Step B: Hydrolysis
7-[(2'-methanyl-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid was hydrolyzed by a method similar to that of Example 1, step B. 7-{[2'- (1-methanyl)-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl]}-heptanoic acid ethyl ester (75 mg, 0.172 mmol) to form the title compound (55 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 9.93(s, 1H), 8.04(d,1H), 7.63(m,1H), 7.52-7.37(m, 6H), 4.43(s, 2H), 3.22(t, 2H), 2.91(s, 3H), 2.32 (t, 2H), f.56 (m, 4H), 1.30 (m, 4H).
Example 65
7-{[4-(3-Hydroxymethyl-thiophen-2-yl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid
Step A: Suzuki coupling reaction
7-{[4-(3-Methanyl-thiophen-2-yl)-benzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid ethyl ester tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0)( 91 mg, 0.08 mmol), Na<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>(0.87 ml, 1 M) and 5-methanyl-2-thienylboronic acid (247 mg, 1.58 mmol) add 7-{[4-iodobenzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid ethyl Ester (371 mg, 0.79 mmol)/toluene (33 ml) and EtOH solution (6.5 ml). The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 3h. The solution was diluted with EtOAc, and the organic solution was washed sequentially with water (2x), brine (1x). MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter, and concentrate by vacuum. The product was purified by radial chromatography (25% EtOAc1 hexane to 50% EtOAc/hexane) to give the title compound of step A (75 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ9.89(s,1H), 7.44-7.60(m,5H), 7.21-7.31(m,1H), 4.45(s,2H), 4.10(q,2H), 3.20(t,2H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.25 (t, 3H), 1.58 (m, 4H), 1.35 (m, 7H); MS 452 (M+).
Step B: Reduction of 7-{[4-(3-hydroxymethyl-thiophen-2-yl)-benzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid ethyl ester
Sodium borohydride (6.0 mg, 0.16 mmol) was added to the step A title compound (70 mg, 0.16 mmol)/MeOH (1 ml) solution at -78°C. The reaction was stirred at -20°C for 2h and water was added. Mix to dilute CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>, The organic solution is washed sequentially with water (1x) and brine (1x). Organic solution with MgSO<sub>4</sub>It was dehydrated, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to obtain 65B (62 mg), which was used directly without purification.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.15-7.52(m,6H), 4.68(s,2H), 4.40(s,2H), 4.09(q,H), 3.19(t,2H), 2.86(s,3H), 2.24(t , 2H), 1.82 (bs, 1H), 1.18-1.60 (m, 11H).
Step C: Hydrolysis of 7-{[4-(3-hydroxymethyl-thienyl-2-yl)-benzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid
The title compound (60 mg, 0.13 mmol) of step B was hydrolyzed in a method similar to that of step B of Example 1 to obtain the title compound (29 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.15-7.52(m,7H), 4.68(s,2H), 4.40(s,2H), 3.19(t,2H), 2.88(s,3H), 2.30(t,2H), 1.52(m , 4H), 1.33 (m, 4H); MS 443 (M+18).
Example 66
7-[(4-hexyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid will 7-{[4-(1-hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amine Yl)-heptanoic acid (88mg, 0.21mmol) solution and Dess-Martin reagent (145mg, 0.34mmol)/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(2ml) Stir at room temperature for 72h. The sodium thiosulfate solution is added and the reaction mixture is stirred until all solids are dissolved. Water phase layer with CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>Extraction (2x), organic solution with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and concentrate with vacuum. Purified by radial chromatography (from CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>To 5%MeOH/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>) To produce the title compound (93.6 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.92(d,2H), 7.43(d,2H), 4.40(s,2H), 3.15(t,2H), 2.95(t,2H), 2.85(s,3H), 2.28(t,2H) ), 1.71 (m, 2H), 1.50 (m, 4H), 1.15-1.40 (m, 8H), 0.85-0.95 (m, 3H).
Example 67
(4-{2-[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-ethyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid
Step A: Alkylation
(4-{2-[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-ethyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester will [4-[2-methanesulfonylamino] -Ethyl]-phenyl)-methyl acetate (38mg, 0.14mmol), 1-bromomethyl-4-butylbenzene (35mg, 0.15mmol), K<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>A mixture of (25 mg, 0.182 mmol) and acetonitrile was heated at reflux for 1 h. HCl (2ml, 1N) and EtOAc (30ml) were added to the reaction. Organic solution with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter, and concentrate by vacuum. The product was purified by flash chromatography (30% EtOAc/hexane) to form the step A title compound.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.28-7.05(m,8H), 4.37(s,2H), 3.65(s,3H), 3.58(s,2H), 3.26(t,2H), 2.77(t,2H), 2.69(s ,3H), 2.60(t,2H), 1.59(m,2H), 1.37(m,2H), 0.94(t,3H).
Step B: Hydrolysis
(4-{2-[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-ethyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid hydrolyzes the title compound of step A in a manner similar to step B of Example 1 To produce the title compound.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>) 7.15 (m, 8H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 3.35 (t, 2H), 2.75 (t, 2H), 2.65 (s, 3H), 2.59 (m, 2H), 1.58 (m, 2H), 1.34 (m, 2H), 0.91 (t, 3H).
Example 68
7-[[4-(1-Hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl]-(propane-1-sulfonyl)-amino]-heptanoic acid
Step A: Reductive amination
7-Methyl-{[4-(1-hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl]-amino}-heptanoic acid methyl ester of 7-aminoheptanoate hydrogen chloride (1.57g, 8.02mmol), 4-(1 -Hydroxy-hexyl)-benzaldehyde (1.98g, 9.63mmol), sodium acetate (1.32g, 16.05mmol) and NaBH<sub>3</sub>The CN (605mg, 9.63mmol)/MeOH (50ml) solution was stirred at room temperature for 24h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and diluted with EtOAc. NaHCO<sub>3</sub>(1x), water (1x) and brine (1x) are washed successively. Organic solution with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter, and concentrate by vacuum. The product was purified by flash chromatography (1% MeOH/CHCl<sub>3</sub>To 5%MeOH/CHCl<sub>3</sub>) To obtain 7-methyl-{[4-(1-hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl]-amino}-heptanoate (1.289).
Step B: Formation of amide
7-[[4-(1-Hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl]-(propane-1-sulfonyl)-amino]-heptanoic acid methyl ester will 7-methyl-{[4-(1-hydroxyl -Hexyl)-benzyl)-amino)-heptanoate (82.2mg, 0.235mmol), 1-propanesulfonyl chloride (29.1μL, 0.259mmol) and 4-methylmorpholine (28.5μL, 0.259mmol)/ CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(10ml) The solution was stirred at room temperature for 24h. In addition, 1-propanesulfonyl chloride (14.5uL) and 4-methylmorpholine (14.3uL) were added, and the reaction was stirred for 5 days. The organic solution is sequentially mixed with 5.5% HCl, water, NaHCO<sub>3</sub>Rinse with aqueous solution and saline. MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and concentrate to produce 7-[[4-(1-hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl]-(propane-1-sulfonyl)-amino]-heptanoic acid methyl ester, directly without purification Used in the next step.
Step C: Hydrolysis
7-[[4-(1-Hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl]-(propane-1-sulfonyl)-amino]-heptanoic acid was converted to 7 -[[4-(1-Hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl]-(propane-1-sulfonyl)-amino]-heptanoic acid methyl ester was hydrolyzed for 24h to form an oily title compound (43mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.35-7.22(d,2H), 7.11-7.00(d,2H), 4.61(g,1H), 4.50(s,2H), 3.31(t,2H), 2.40-2.20(m,4H) , 2.81-1.43 (m, 10H), 1.41-1.22 (m, 8H), 1.31-0.81 (m, 6H); MS440 (M-1).
Example 69
Example 69 was prepared in a similar manner to Example 68 from the appropriate starting reactants.
Example 69
7-[Methanesulfonyl-(4-phenyl-thienyl-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-heptanoic acid<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.55(d, 1H), 7.40-7.20(m, 6H), 4.65(s, 2H), 3.20(t, 2H), 3.02(s, 3H), 2.25(t, 2H), 1.60(m , 4H), 1.25(m, 4H); MS 394(M-1).
Example 70
7-{4-(1-hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl]-propanyl-amino}-heptanoic acid
Step A: Formation of amide
7-Methyl-{[4-(1-hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl]-propanyl-amino}-heptanoate will 7-methyl-{[4-(1-hydroxy-hexyl)- Benzyl]-amino}-heptanoate (314 mg, 0.90 mmol), propionic acid, (73.02 mg, 0.99 mmol) and DCC (203.6 mg, 0.99 mmol)/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(20 ml) Stir at room temperature for 24 h. The solid was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. EtOAc was added to the residue, and the insoluble matter was removed by filtration. The organic solution is HCl (5.5%, 1x) aqueous solution, water (1x), NaHCO<sub>3</sub>Rinse with aqueous solution (1x) and concentrated brine (1x). MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and concentrate to obtain oily 7-methyl-{[4-(1-hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl]-propanyl-amino}-heptanoate (403 mg) without Purification is directly used in the next step.
Step B: Hydrolysis
7-Methyl-{[4-(1-Hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl]-propanyl-amino}-heptanoic acid According to the method similar to Example 1, step B, 7-methyl-{[4 -(1-Hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl]-propanyl-amino}-heptanoate (365 mg, 0.90 mmol) was hydrolyzed at room temperature for 24 h to form an oily title compound (254 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(300 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.33-7.11(m, 4H), 4.43-4.66(m, 3H), 3.33(t,1H), 3.17(t,1H), 2.25-2.47(m,4H), 1.02-1.87(m, 19H), 0.86 (m, 3H); MS 391.4 (M+).
Examples 71-72
Examples 71-72 were prepared in a similar manner to Example 70 from the appropriate starting reactants.
Example 71
7-{Butyryl-[4-(1-hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl 1-amino)-heptanoic acid<sup>1</sup>H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.32-7.21(d,2H), 7.15-7.02(d,2H), 4.60(q,1H), 4.40(s,2H), 3.22(t,2H), 2.70(t,2H), 2.41 -2.20 (t, 2H), 1.85-1.55 (m, 10H), 1.45-1.22 (m, 8H), 1.01-0.85 (m, 6H); MS 404 (M-1).
Example 72
7-[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-propyl-amino]-heptanoic acid<sup>1</sup>H NMR(300 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.32-7.21(d,2H), 7.10-7.00(d,2H), 4.50(s,2H), 3.30(t,2H), 2.50(m,2H), 2.32(m,4H), 1.50 (m, 4H), 1.22 (m, 8H), 1.20 (t, 3H), 0.95 (t, 3H); MS348 (M+).
Example 73
7-[Methanesulfonyl-(4-phenethyl-benzyl)-amino]-heptanoic acid
Step A: Alkylation
Trans-7-[methanesulfonyl-(4-threogenyl-benzyl)-amino]-heptanoic acid ethyl ester was subjected to trans-4-chloro group at room temperature in a manner similar to that in Example 1, step A. Methylnaphthalene (502.7mg, 2.2mmol) and ethyl-7-amino-heptanoate (502mg, 2mmol) were alkylated for 24h to obtain trans-7-[methanesulfonyl-(4-threne Ethyl-benzyl)-amino]-heptanoate (0.909).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.50(m,4H), 7.40-7.20(m,5H), 7.10(m,2H), 4.36(s,2H), 4.09(q,2H), 3.15(t,2H), 2.81(s ,3H), 2.22(t,2H), 1.54(m,4H), 1.15-1.32(m,7H).
Step B: Hydrogenation reaction
7-[Methanesulfonyl-(4-phenethyl-benzyl)-amino]-heptanoic acid ethyl ester will trans-7-[methanesulfonyl-(4-threkenyl-benzyl)-amine Ethyl]-heptanoate (0.60g)/[MeOH (5ml) and EtOAc (50ml)] solution was added to 10% Pd/carbon (0.2g). The reaction mixture was placed in a Parr hydrogenator and hydrogenated at 50 psi for 20 h. The reaction mixture was filtered with Celite's salt and concentrated under vacuum to obtain ethyl 7-[methanesulfonyl-(4-phenethyl-benzyl)-amino]heptanoate (0.60 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.30-7.10(m,9H), 4.32(s,2H), 4.10(q,2H), 3.12(t,2H), 2.90(s,4H), 2.79(s,3H), 2.25(t , 2H), 1.60-1.45 (m, 4H), 1.30-1.19 (m, 7H).
Step C: Hydrolysis of esters
7-[Methanesulfonyl-(4-phenethyl-benzyl)-amino]-heptanoic acid was hydrolyzed 7-[methanesulfonyl-(4-phenylethyl Ethyl-benzyl)-amino]-heptanoate (600 mg) to form the title compound.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.30-7.10(m,9H), 4.32(s,2H), 3.13(t,2H), 2.91(s,4H), 2.79(s,3H), 2.30(t,2H), 1.61-1.47 (m, 4H), 1.32-1.18 (m, 4H).
Example 74
Trans-4-{2-[Methanesulfonyl-(3-phenyl-allyl)-amino]-ethoxy}benzoic acid
Step A: Alkylation
Trans-4-{2-[methanesulfonyl-(3-benzene-allyl)-amino]-ethoxy}-benzoic acid methyl ester at 0°C Sodium amine (1.0M/THF, 0.24ml, 0.24mmol) was added dropwise 4-(2-methanesulfonylamino-ethoxy)-methyl benzoate (62mg, 0.23mmol)/DMF (10ml) solution middle. After 20 minutes, cinnamon bromide (51 mg, 0.26 mmol) was added, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. 1N aqueous HCl solution was added, and the product was extracted with EtOAc. The organic solution was washed sequentially with 1N HCl (3x) and saline. The organic solution is dehydrated (Na<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>), filter and thicken. Purified by radial chromatography (20% EtOAc/hexane) to produce trans-4-{2-[methanesulfonyl-(3-phenylallyl)-amino]-ethoxy}-benzoic acid Methyl ester (70 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.97(d,2H), 7.35-7.23(m,5H), 6.88(d,2H), 6.58(d,1H), 6.18(m,1H), 4.20(t,2H), 4.12(d ,2H), 3.88(s,3H), 3.68(t,2H), 2.95(s,3H).
Step B: Hydrolysis
Trans-4-{2-[methanesulfonyl-(3-phenyl-allyl)-amino]-ethoxy}-benzoic acid was trans-4-{2-[methanesulfonyl-(3-phenyl-allyl)-amino]-ethoxy}-benzoic acid according to the method similar to that of Example 1, step B {2-[Methanesulfonyl-(3-phenyl-allyl)-amino]-ethoxy}-benzoic acid methyl ester (60 mg) was hydrolyzed to give the title compound (35 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(300MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>) 68.04(d,2H), 7.30(m,5H), 6.92(d,2H), 6.60(d,1H), 6.19(m,1H), 4.24(t,2H), 4.15(d,2H), 3.71 (t, 2H), 2.98 (s, 3H); MS 375 (M+).
Preparation A1
N-(4-butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonamide
Step A: Nitrile reduction reaction
4-Butylbenzylamine: Place 4-butylbenzonitrile (3.63g, 22.8mmol)/THF (10 ml) solution on a three-neck equipped with a vigreux column and a short-diameter distillation head Round bottom flask. The solution is heated to reflux, and BH is added dropwise within 15 minutes<sub>3</sub>-Methylsulfide complex (2.0M/THF, 15ml, 30mmol). The reaction mixture was distilled over 1 h to remove methyl sulfide and the solution was cooled to room temperature. An aqueous solution of HC1 (6N, 25ml) was slowly added through a funnel, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 30 minutes. Then the reaction was cooled to 0°C, and a portion of NaOH (7.0g,) was added gradually. The aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc (3x), and the organic solution was subjected to MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. The product (4.019) was used directly in the next step without purification.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.34(m,2H), 7.24(m,2H), 4.04(s,2H), 2.62(t,2H), 1.58(m,2H), 1.34(m,2H), 0.92(t,3H) ).
Step B: Formation of sulfonamide
In 4-butylbenzylamine (4.01 g, 24.6 mmol)/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>Pyridine (4.0 ml, 49 mmol) was added to the solution (75 ml), and methanesulfonyl chloride (2.5 ml, 32.3 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24h and water was added. Product extraction into CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>Medium (2x), the organic solution is MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. After flash chromatography (2:1 to 1:1 hexane:EtOAc), the title compound (3.4114 g) was produced as a white solid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.23(d,2H), 7.15(d,2H), 4.84(m,1H), 4.25(d,2H), 2.82(s,3H), 2.58(t,2H), 1.56(m,2H) ), 1.33 (m, 2H), 0.91 (t, 3H).
The following compounds were prepared from the appropriate starting reactants in a similar manner to the steps in the preparation of A1.
Prepare A2
N-[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonamide
Prepare A3
N-[2-(3-Chloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonamide
Prepare A4
The title compound was prepared from 4-iodobenzylamine in a similar manner to Step B of Preparation A1.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.69(d, 2H), 7.10(d, 2H), 4.82(bs, 1H), 4.28(d, 2H), 2.87(s, 3H).
Prepare A5
N-[3-(2-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonamide
Preparation B1
Ethyl 7-{[4-iodobenzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoate was used to make 4-iodobenzyl-methanesulfonamide (2.67g, 8,59 mmol) and ethyl-7-bromoheptanoate (2.00 g, 8,44 mmol) were alkylated at 50° C. for 2 h and at room temperature for 24 h to obtain the title compound (3.61 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.68(d, 2H), 7.12(d, 2H), 7.31(s, 2H), 4.12(q,2H), 3.13(t, 2H), 2.83(s, 3H), 2.27(t, 2H) ), 1.4-1.65 (m, SH), 1.15-1.35 (m, 6H); MS 468 (M+).
The following compounds were prepared from appropriate starting reactants in a similar manner to the steps of preparing B1, and the reaction temperature and time were changed as follows.
Preparation B2
7-(allyl-methanesulfonyl-amino)-heptanoate ethyl ester as described in preparation B1: 24 h at room temperature.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 5.71-5.81(m,1H), 5.16-5.24(m,2H), 4.01-4.10(m,2H), 3.70-3.80(m,2H), 3.07-3.15(m,2H), 2.77(S ,3H), 2.21(t,2H), 1.47-1.58(m,4H), 1.22-1.34(m,4H), 1.18(t,3H).
Preparation B3
7-(But-3-enyl-methanesulfonyl-amino)-heptanoate ethyl ester as described in preparation B1: 24 h at 9o°C.
Preparation B4
N-(6-cyano-hexyl)-methanesulfonamide B1 was prepared as described: 24 h at 90°C.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 4.24 (m, 1H), 3.11 (q, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.35 (t, 2H), 1.70 to 1.37 (m, 8H); MS 222 (Me18).
Preparation C1
5-(3-Methanesulfonylamino-propyl)-thienyl-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester
Step A
5-(3-Methanesulfonyl-prop-1-yne)-thienyl-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. In 5-bromothienyl-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (1.66 g, 8.o mmol), N-prop-2-yne-methanesulfonamide (1.09 g, 8.2 mmol), Et<sub>3</sub>N (1.7 ml, 12.1 mmol) and CH<sub>3</sub>Add Pd(PPh<sub>3</sub>)<sub>4</sub>(462 mg, 0.<sub>4</sub>mmol), then add CuI (76mg, 0.4 mmol). The reaction was heated at reflux for 24 h and then cooled to room temperature. The volatile liquid was removed by vacuum, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (20% EtOAc/hexane to 33% EtOAc/hexane) to obtain 5-(3-methanesulfonamido-prop-1-yne )-Thienyl-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester as a pale yellow solid (1.1 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)s 7.64(d,1H), 7.14(d,1H), 4.60(m,1H), 4.22(d,2H), 3.88(s,3H), 3.10(s,3H); MS 274(M+1 ).
Step B: Hydrogenation reaction
Combine 5-(3-methanesulfonylamino-prop-1-yne)-thienyl-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (3.0 g, 10.9 mmol)/[EtOAc (100 ml) and MeOH (50 ml)] The solution was hydrogenated at 10% Pd/C (680 mg) at 50 psi for 7 h. The solution was filtered through Yin's salt and MeOH, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (off-white solid, 2.95 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.62(d,1H), 7.23(d,1H), 4.29(m,1H), 3.85(s,3H), 3.18(q,2H), 2.93(m,5H), 1.96(m,2H) ).
The following compounds were prepared from the appropriate starting reactants in a manner similar to the general procedure for the preparation of C1.
Preparation C2
N-[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonamide
Preparation C3
N-[3-(3-Trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonamide
Preparation D1
1-Bromomethyl-4-butyl-benzene Add HBr to (4-butyl-phenyl)-methanol (10.0g, 60.9mmol)/CH by blowing bubble<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(100ml) 15 minutes in solution. The reaction was stirred for another 45 minutes and poured into ice water. This aqueous solution is in CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(2x) Extraction, MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and concentrate to obtain the title compound, which is used directly in the next step without purification.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.29(d,2H), 7.14(d,2H), 4.49(s,2H), 2.60(t,2H), 1.58(m,2H), 1.36(m,2H), 0.92(t,3H) ).
The following compounds were prepared from the appropriate starting reactants in a manner similar to the general procedure for the preparation of D1.
Preparation D2
1-bromomethyl-4-isopropyl-benzene<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>) δ 7.31 (d, 2H), 7.19 (d, 2H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 2.90 (m, 1H), 1.24 (d, 6H).
Preparation E1
4'-Bromomethyl-2-chloro-biphenyl
Step A: Suzuki coupling reaction
4'-Methyl-2-chloro-biphenyl. The four (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (637mg, 0.551mmol), Na<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>(5ml, 1M) and 4-methylphenylboronic acid (1.5g, 11.0mmol) were added to the 2-chloroiodobenzene (1.315g, 5.514mmol)/toluene (98ml) and EtOH (20mL) solution. The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 3h. The cooled solution was diluted with EtOAc, and the organic solution was washed sequentially with water (2x) and brine (1x). Organic solution with MgS0<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter, and concentrate by vacuum. The product was purified by flash chromatography (hexane to 10% EtOAC/hexane) to obtain 4'-methyl-2-chlorobiphenyl (1.08 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(CDCl<sub>3 </sub>400 MHz)δ749-7.21(m, 8H), 2.39(s, 3H).
Step B: Benzyl bromination reaction
Combine 4'-methyl-2-chlorobiphenyl (1.08g, 5.33 mmol), NBS (1.14g, 6.40 mmol) and AIBN (175mg, 1.06 mmol)/CCl<sub>4</sub>(37 ml) was heated at reflux for 3 h. Reaction mixture with CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>Dilute the organic solution with saturated NaHCO<sub>3</sub>(2x) Aqueous solution, water (1x), and brine (1x) rinse. Organic solution with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter, and concentrate by vacuum. The product was purified by flash chromatography (hexane to 5% EtOAc/hexane) to form the title compound (920 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.63-7.25(m, 8H), 4.56(s, 2H). The following compounds were prepared from the appropriate starting reactants in a manner similar to the general procedure for preparing E1.
Preparation E2
4'-Bromomethyl-2-trifluoromethyl-biphenyl
Prepare E3
4'-Bromomethyl-2,6-dichloro-biphenyl
Prepare F1
(3-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-methyl acetate will be m-tolyl-methyl acetate (11.41g, 69.49 mmol), N-bromosuccinate diimide (12.59g, 70.73 mmol), AIBN ( 100 mg)/CCl<sub>4</sub>(200 ml) The solution was heated at reflux for 16h. Cool the reaction to room temperature and add NaHCO<sub>3</sub>(Saturated) aqueous solution. This aqueous solution is in CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(2x) extraction, organic solution with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. Purification by flash chromatography (hexane to 9:1 (hexane:EtOAc)) yielded the title compound (colorless transparent liquid, 11.99 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(CDCl<sub>3 </sub>400 MHz) δ 7.27 (m, 4H), 4.47 (s, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 2H). The following compounds were prepared from appropriate starting reactants in a manner similar to the general procedure for preparing F1.
Preparation F2
2-(4-Bromomethyl-phenyl)-pyridine
Preparation G1
4-[(1-Alkoxy)-hexyl]-benzyl bromide
Step A: Gerenya reaction and protection
4-[(1-A-oxy)-hexyl]-toluene. The pentyl magnesium bromide (2.0 M/Et<sub>2</sub>O, 25 ml, 50 mmol) was slowly added to p-tolylbenzaldehyde (5.0 ml, 42.4 mmol)/THF (50 ml) at 0°C. The reaction was heated to room temperature and stirred for 3h. 1 N HCl aqueous solution was added, and then the aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc. The organic solution is washed sequentially with saline, MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. The residue was dissolved in pyridine (35ml) and Ac was added<sub>2</sub>O (10ml). The reaction was stirred for 24h and diluted with water. The product was extracted into EtOAc (3x), the organic solution was washed sequentially with 1N HCl, brine, and MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. The product was purified by flash chromatography (10% EtOAct/hexane) to give 4-[(1-oxyloxy)-hexyl]-toluene (2.082g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.12-7.28(m,4H), 5.69(t,1H), 2.33(s,3H), 2.04(s,3H), 1.88(m,1H), 1.74(m,1H), 1.27(m , 6H), 0.86 (m, 3H); MS 252 (M+18).
Step B: Benzyl bromination reaction
Combine 4-[(1-oxyl)-hexyl]-toluene (2.082g, 8.89mmol), NBS (1.58g, 8.89mmol) and catalyst AIBN/CCl<sub>4</sub>(30 ml) The mixture was heated at reflux for 2h. After the reaction is cooled down, NaHCO<sub>3</sub>(Saturated) aqueous solution rinse, after MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. The product was purified by flash chromatography (5% EtOAct in hexane) to form the title compound (2.67 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.34-7.40(m,4H), 5.70(t,1H), 4.47(s,2H), 2.06(s,3H), 1.86(m,1H), 1.73(m,1H), 1.27(m ,6H), 0.85(m,3H).
The following compounds were prepared from the appropriate starting reactants in a manner similar to the general procedure for the preparation of G1.
Preparation G2
1-(5-Bromomethyl-thienyl-2-yl)-hexyl acetate
Prepare H1
Trans-1-(3-bromo-propenyl)-3,5-dichloro-benzene
Step A: Grenya reaction
1-(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-prop-2-en-1-ol. Cool 3,5-dichlorobenzaldehyde (7.5g, 43mmol)/THF (75ml) solution to 0 At °C, vinylmagnesium bromide (1M/THF, 48ml, 48mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was heated to room temperature and stirred overnight. Aqueous HCl (1N) and EtOAc were added. The aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc, and the organic solution was subjected to MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. The residue was used in the next step without purification.
Step B: Bromination reaction
The residue prepared in step A was dissolved in Et<sub>2</sub>In O, add HBr slowly to the solution by blowing bubbles for 15 minutes. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24 h, and water and EtOAc were added. The aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc, and the organic solution was subjected to MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. Purification by flash chromatography (hexane) yielded the title compound (6.91 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>) δ 7.24 (s, 3H), 6.53 (d, 1H), 6.40 (m, 1H), 4.10 (m, 2H). The following compounds were prepared from the appropriate starting reactants in a manner similar to the general procedure for the preparation of H1.
Prepare H2
Trans-1-(3-bromo-propenyl)-3,5-difluorobenzene<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.83-6.95(m,2H), 6.65-6.75(m,1H), 6.55(d,1H), 6.34-6.45(m,1H), 4.10(d,2H).
Preparation I1
4-isobutyl benzyl bromide
Step A: Reduction reaction
(4-isobutyl-phenyl)-methanol. Add a solution of lithium aluminum hydride (30ml, 1M in THF, 30mmol) dropwise to 4-isobutylbenzoic acid (5.34g, 30mmol)/THF at 0°C (50ml). The ice bath was removed, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction was carefully poured into a mixture of ice and aqueous HCl (10ml, 6N). The product was extracted into EtOAc, and the organic solution was subjected to MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and concentrate to obtain (4-isobutyl-phenyl)-methanol, which is used directly in the next step without purification.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>) δ 7.26 (d, 2H), 7.13 (d, 2H), 4.65 (s, 2H), 2.46 (d, 2H), 1.85 (m, 1H), 0.89 (d, 6H).
Step B: Bromination reaction
HBr gas was added (4-isobutyl-phenyl)-methanol (5g, 28mmol)/Et by bubbling<sub>2</sub>O (50ml) solution for 10-15 minutes. The reaction was stirred for 1 h and poured into ice (100 g). Join Et<sub>2</sub>O, the organic solution was washed with concentrated brine (2x). MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and concentrate to obtain the title compound (6g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>) δ 7.28 (d, 2H), 7.10 (d, 2H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 2.45 (d, 2H), 1.84 (m, 1H), 0.89 (d, 6H).
Prepare the following compounds from the appropriate starting reactants in a similar way to the general steps of the preparation of I1
Preparation I2
1-(Bromomethyl)-4-(phenylmethyl)-benzene
Preparation J1
7-[(4-methanyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid
Step A
1-Bromomethyl-4-vinyl-benzene. Slowly add bromine (16.4g, 103mmol) to triphenylphosphine (28.87g, 110.1mmol)/CH at 0°C<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(260ml) solution. After 10 minutes, 4-vinylbenzyl alcohol (12.5 g, 93.3 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h. The reaction mixture was washed sequentially with water (1x) and concentrated brine (1x). Organic solution with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter, and concentrate by vacuum. The product was pulverized with petroleum ether (3x), the ether solution was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (hexane) to give 4-vinyl-benzyl bromide (6.23 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.32-7.45(m,4H), 6.72(dd,1H), 5.77(d,1H), 5.28(d,1H), 4.50(s,2H).
Step B: Alkylation
Ethyl-7-[(4-vinyl-benzyl}-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoate. According to the procedure in preparation B1, the ethyl-7-methanesulfonyl -Aminoheptanoate (2.30g, 9.02mmol) was alkylated with 4-vinylbenzyl bromide (1.77g, 9.02 mmol) for 3h, and chromatographed by flash chromatography (10% EtOAc/hexane to 50% EtOAc /Hexane) to obtain ethyl-7-[(4-vinylbenzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoate (2.21 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.23-7.45(m, 4H), 6.72(dd, 1H), 5.76(d, 1H), 5.28(d, 1H), 4.38(s, 2H), 4.12(q, 2H), 3.14(t, 2H), 2.83(s, 3H), 2.24(t, 2H), 1.15-1.64(m, 11H); MS 385(M+18).
Step C: Oxidation reaction
Ethyl-7-[(4-vinyl-benyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoate (2.2g, 6.0 mmol)/two<img file="TWI242560B_D0151.tif" />The alkane (45 ml) solution was added to the N-methylmorpholine N-oxide (1.47 g, 12.5 mmol)/water (45 ml) solution. Osmium tetroxide (4.6 ml, 2.5 wt%/2-methyl-2-propanol) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction was quenched with 1N HCl (50 ml), and the aqueous solution was quenched with CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>extraction. The organic layer is washed sequentially with water (1x), concentrated brine (1x), and MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter, and concentrate in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in 35% THF (100 ml) aqueous solution, and NaIO is added.<sub>4</sub>(1.41g, 6.59 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, and diluted with EtOAc and water. The organic solution is washed sequentially with water (lx), concentrated brine (1x), and then MgSO<sub>4</sub>It was dehydrated, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to form the title compound (1.99), which was used directly without purification.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 10.0(s, 1H), 7.82-7.90(d, 1H), 7.50-7.59(d, 2H), 5.30(s, 2H), 4.45(s, 2H), 4.05-4.18(m, 2H), 3.12-3.22(m, 2H), 2.86(s, 3H), 2.19-2.30(m, 2H), 1.42-1.62(m, 6H), 1.18-1.30(m, 3H); MS 387(M+18) .
Preparation K1
(4-Methanesulfonamido-butoxy)-ethyl acetate
Step A: Alkylation
(4-Bromo-butoxy)-ethyl acetate. Cool the ethyl ethylene glycol (4.6g, 44 mmol)/DMF (50 ml) solution to 0°C, and slowly add sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.0 M/THF, 53 ml, 53 mmol) ). The reaction was stirred for 15 minutes and 1,4-dibromobutane (5.6 ml, 48.4 mmol) was added. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 24h. Join Et<sub>2</sub>O, the organic solution was washed sequentially with HCl (1 N, 3x), water (3x), and brine (1x). The organic solution is dehydrated (Na<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>), filter and thicken. Try vacuum distillation to remove most of the impurities to produce a mixture product and 1,4-dibromobutane (3.539 g). The product was chromatographed by flash chromatography (9:1 hexane:EtOAc) to give (4-bromo-butoxy)-ethyl acetate (1.862 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ4.19(q,2H), 4.04(s,2H), 3.54(t,2H), 3.45(t,2H), 1.97(m,2H), 1.75(m,2H), 1.26(t,3H) ); MS 239.1(M+).
Step B: Alkylation
To the mixture of NaH (60% oil, 167 mg, 4.18 mmol) and DMF (10 ml) was added a solution of methanesulfonamide (398 mg, 4.18 mmol)/DMF (5 ml). The mixture was heated at 100°C for 1.5 h and cooled to room temperature. A solution of (4-bromo-butoxy)-ethyl acetate (1.000 g, 4.182 mmol)/DMF (10 ml) was added, and the reaction was heated at 100° C. for 21 h. Water was added to the cooled reaction mixture, and the aqueous solution was acidified to pH=2 with concentrated HCl. The aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc (4x), and the organic solution was subjected to MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. The product was purified by flash chromatography (60% EtOAc/hexane) to form the title compound (181 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)64.90(m, 1H), 4.20(q, 2H), 4.04(s, 2H), 3.54(m, 2H), 3.16(m, 2H), 2.93(s, 2H), 1.69(m, 4H), 1.26 (t, 3H); MS 254.1 (M+1).
Preparation L1
1-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-3,5-dichloro-benzene was added to a solution of NaOH (2.45g, 61.3 mmol)/water (20 ml) with 3,5 dichlorophenol (5g, 30.7 mmol). The solution was heated at reflux for 1 h and cooled to room temperature. Dibromoethane (11.52g, 61.3 mmol) was added, and the reaction was heated at reflux for 24 h. The cooled solution was diluted with EtOAc, and the organic solution was washed sequentially with HCl (1N, 1x), water (1x) and brine (1x). MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. Purification by flash chromatography (hexane to 5% EtOAc/hexane) yielded the title compound (3.79 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 6.98 (m, 1 H), 6.82 (m, 2H), 4.25 (t, 2H), 3.61 (t, 2H).
The following compounds were prepared from the appropriate starting reactants in a similar manner to the procedure for preparing L1.
Preparation L2
1-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-3,5-dimethyl-benzene
Preparation of L3
1-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-3,5-dimethoxy-benzene
Prepare M1
4-(1-Hydroxy-hexyl)-benzaldehyde The 4-diethoxymethyl-benzaldehyde (0.300 ml, 1.51 mmol)/THF (3 ml) solution was cooled to 0°C. Amylmagnesium bromide (3.0 ml, 2.0 M/THF, 6 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred at 0°C for 1 h and heated to room temperature. Join NH<sub>4</sub>Cl (saturated) aqueous solution, this aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc. The organic solution is washed sequentially with saline, MgS0<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. The residue was dissolved in 10% acetone (50 ml) aqueous solution, and then wet amber (Amberlyst)-15 resin (1.5 g) was added. The mixture was stirred for 24 h, and the resin was filtered off through Celite's salt. The solution is concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography (4:1 hexane: EtOAc) yielded the title compound (1.15 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 9.99(s, 1H), 7.86(d, 2H), 7.51(d, 2H), 4.77(m, 1H), 1.89(m, 1H), 1.74(m, 2H), 1.48-1.28(m, 6H), 0.87(m, 3H).
Prepare N1
1-(3-Bromo-propyl)-3-chloro-benzene
Step A: Reduction reaction
3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propan-1-ol Cool the slurry of lithium aluminum hydride (2.08 g, 54.7 mmol)/THF (100 ml) to -78°C. A solution of 3-chlorocinnamic acid (5.00 g, 27.4 mmol)/THF (25 ml) was added dropwise. The cold bath was removed, and the mixture was warmed to room temperature. After 6 h, the reaction was quenched by the addition of sodium sulfate decanoate, and the mixture was stirred overnight. The solid was removed by filtration with EtOAc, the organic solution was washed sequentially with brine, and then subjected to MgSO<sub>4</sub>It is dehydrated, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to obtain 3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propan-1-ol (oily, 5.17 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.30-7.07 (m, 4H), 5.06 (bs, 1H), 3.67 (m, 2H), 2.69 (m, 2H), 1.89 (m, 2H).
Step B: Bromination reaction
Combine 3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propan-1-ol (12.54g, 73.6mmol) and N,N'-carbonyldiimidazole (13.12g, 81mmol)/CH<sub>3</sub>The CN solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Allyl bromide (53.43g, 442mmol) was added, and the reaction was heated at reflux for 24h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, and concentrated brine and EtOAc were added. The aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc, and the organic solution was subjected to MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. Flash chromatography yielded the title compound with a yield of about 85%.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.30-7.09(m,4H), 3.38(t,2H), 2.76(t,2H), 2.15(t,2H).
Preparation of O1
2-Hydroindenyl-ethyl bromide
Step A: Reduction reaction
2-Hydroindenyl ethanol. Lithium aluminum hydride (1M/Et<sub>2</sub>O, 14ml, 14mmol) slowly add 2-hydroindenyl acetic acid (2.5g, 14mmol)/Et<sub>2</sub>O solution. The reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 2h and cooled to room temperature. Water and EtOAc were added, the organic solution was washed with water (2x) and brine (1x) in sequence, and then washed with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydration, filtration and concentration to obtain 2-hydroindenyl ethanol (2.19) without purification, it is directly used in the next step.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.08-7.24(m,4H), 3.75(t,2H), 3.07(m,2H), 2.61(m,3H), 1.80(m,2H); MS 180(M+18).
Step B: Bromination reaction
2-Hydroindenyl-ethyl bromide. Add N,N-carbonyldiimidazole (2.0 g, 12.3 mmol) to the 2-hydroindenyl ethanol (2.0 g, 12.3 mmol)/propionitrile solution. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, and allyl bromide (8.93 g, 73.8 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was heated at 70°C for 24h, and then poured into water. Et<sub>2</sub>O extraction, the organic solution was washed with water (1x), brine (1x). Organic solution with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydration, filtration<sub>1</sub>Concentrate to form the title compound (2.54 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.10-7.25(m,4H), 3.48(t,2H), 3.11(m,2H), 2.63(m,3H), 2.07(m,2H).
Prepare P1
Trans-3-[(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonamide (3.27g, 34.4 mmol), trans-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)- Allyl bromide (1.83g, 6.88 mmol), K<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>(0.95g, 6.88 mmol) mixture and CH<sub>3</sub>CN was heated at 55°C for 24h. The reaction mixture was poured into EtOAc and 1N HCl. The organic solution was washed several times with 1N HCl, then MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. The product was purified by flash chromatography (30% EtOAc/hexane to 40% EtOAc/hexane) to form the title compound (1.40 g).<sup>1</sup>HNMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>) δ 7.24 (m, 3H), 6.50 (d, 1H), 6.25 (m, 1H), 4.45 (m, 1H), 3.94 (m, 2H), 3.00 (s, 3H).
Preparation Q1
(4-Methanesulfonamido-phenyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester
Step A: Esterification reaction
4-(4-Amino-phenyl)-butyric acid ethyl ester. Catalytic sulfuric acid was added to 4-(4-aminophenyl)butyric acid (6.0 g, 33.48 mmol)/EtOH solution. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24h. HCl (5ml, 6N) was added, and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 24h. The reaction mixture is concentrated in a vacuum, and then CH is added<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>And water. Use NaHCO<sub>3</sub>The (saturated) aqueous solution is adjusted to pH 7.0. The organic solution is washed sequentially with water (1x) and concentrated brine (1x), and then MgSO<sub>4</sub>It was dehydrated, filtered and concentrated to obtain 4-(4-aminophenyl)-butyric acid ethyl ester (1.53 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.95(d,2H), 6.61(d,2H), 4.10(q,2H), 3.66(bs,2H), 2.53(t,2H), 2.29(t,2H), 1.88(m,2H) ), 1.24(t,3H).
Step B: Formation of sulfonamide
Add pyridine (0.87ml, 10.9mmol) to ethyl 4-(4-amino-phenyl)-butyrate (1.50g, 7.25mmol)/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>In solution. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and methanesulfonate chlorination (913 mg, 7.97 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at 0°C for 1 h and at room temperature for 2 h. Pour the mixture into water and add CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>. The pH was adjusted to 1.0 with 1N HCl. The organic solution is rinsed with water (1x) and concentrated brine (1x), after MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter, and concentrate by vacuum. The product was allowed to stand to crystallize to form the title compound (2.03 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.09-7.32(m,4H), 4.12(q,2H), 2.97(s,3H), 2.60(t,2H), 2.30(t,2H), 1.91(m,2H), 1.24(t ,3H).
Prepare R1
[2-(2-Methanesulfonamido-ethyl)-phenoxy]-ethyl acetate
Step A: Formation of Sulfonamide
N-[2-(2-Methoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-methanesulfonamide. Add pyridine (12.0ml, 150mmol) to 2-methoxyphenethylamine (15.1g, 100mmol)/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(100ml) in solution. The reaction was cooled to 0°C, and methanesulfonyl chloride (12.6 g, 110 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at 0°C for 0.5 h and at room temperature for 2 h. Add water, and the water phase layer with CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(2x) Extraction. The organic solution is washed with water (1x) and concentrated brine (1x), after MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and concentrate to obtain N-[2-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]methanesulfonamide (18.5g).
Step B: Demethylation reaction
N-[2-(2-Hydroxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-methanesulfonamide. The boron tribromide (1.0 M/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>, 80.8ml, 80.8mmol) added to N-[2-(2-methoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-methanesulfonamide (18.5g, 80.8mmol)/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(200 ml) in solution. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2h and then poured into water (200ml). Water phase layer with CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>Extraction (2x), the organic solution is sequentially mixed with water (1x), NaHCO<sub>3</sub>(Saturated, 1x) Rinse with aqueous solution. Organic solution with MgSO<sub>4</sub>It was dehydrated, filtered and concentrated to obtain N-[2-(2-hydroxy-phenyl)-ethyl]methanesulfonamide (16.8 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.11(m,2H), 6.86(m,1H), 6.80(m,1H), 4.79(m,1H), 3.39(t,2H), 2.88(t,2H), 2.77(s,3H) ).
Step C: Alkylation
The N-[2-(2-hydroxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-methanesulfonamide (4.3g, 20mmol), NaI (1.2g, 8.0 mmol), K<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>(6.07g, 44mmol), ethyl bromide (3.34g, 20mmol) and DMF (70ml) mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24h. Pour the reaction into water, and the aqueous solution with CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>extraction. The organic solution was washed sequentially with water (1x) and concentrated brine (1x). MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. Flash chromatography (hexane to 7:3 hexane:EtOAc) yielded the title compound (800 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.18(m,2H), 6.93(t,1H), 6.71(d,1H), 4.97(m,1H), 4.65(s,2H), 4.24(q,2H), 3.42(m,2H) ), 2.94 (t, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 1.27 (t, 3H); MS 319 (M+18).
Preparation S1
1-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)-propyl bromide
Step A
3-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)-acrylic acid. The mixture of 3,5-dichlorobenzaldehyde (15.0g, 85.7 mmol), malonic acid (12.5g, 120.2mmol) and piperidine (5 ml) was heated at 100°C for 2h and 150°C for 1h. The reaction was poured into 3N HCl (200 ml), and the precipitate was filtered off. The product was purified by recrystallization (100 ml hot EtOH) to obtain 3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-acrylic acid (11.5 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(250 MHz, DMSO-d<sub>6</sub>) 612.6(bs, 1H), 7.83(m, 2H), 7.64-7.51(m, 2H), 6,72(d, 1H).
Step B: Hydrogenation reaction
3-(3,5-Dichlorophenyl)-propionic acid. In a 10% Pd/C (1.5 g)/THF (200 ml) solution, 3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-acrylic acid (11.5 g) will be poured into it. The reaction was hydrogenated on a Bell shaker at 50 psi for 3 h. The catalyst was removed by filtration with Celite's salt, and the organic solution was concentrated in a vacuum to obtain 3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-propionic acid (11.3 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHZ, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.00-7.35(m, 3H), 2.89(t, 2H), 2.66(t, 2H).
Step C: Reduction reaction
3-(3,5 dichlorophenyl)-propanol. LiAlH<sub>4</sub>(1M/Et<sub>2</sub>O, 10 ml, 10 mmol) slowly pour into the solution 3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-propionic acid (2.19g, 10 mmol)/Et<sub>2</sub>O (50 ml). The reaction was heated at reflux for 2 h. After the reaction is cooled to room temperature, carefully add 2 N NaOH (1 ml) and NH<sub>4</sub>Cl (saturated, 3 ml) aqueous solution. The solution is filtered with Yin's salt, and the filtrate with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. The product was purified by flash chromatography (25% EtOAc/hexane) to obtain 3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-propanol (640 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR (400 MHz, CDCL<sub>3</sub>)δ7.17(m, 1H), 7.07(m, 2H), 3.64(m, 2H), 2.65(t, 2H), 1.84(m, 2H).
Step D: Bromination reaction
Add triphenylphosphine (315 mg, 1.20 mmol) to 3-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)-propanol (200 mg, 0.98 mmol)/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>In the solution (20 ml), after the reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C, bromine (207 mg, 1.30 mmol) was added dropwise, and the reaction was stirred at 0°C for 1 h, and allowed to warm to room temperature. Pour the reaction into water, and the aqueous solution with CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>extraction. The organic solution is washed sequentially with saline and then MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter, and concentrate by vacuum. The product was purified by flash chromatography (hexane) to form the title compound (134 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.21 (m, 1H), 7.08 (m12H), 3.37 (t, 2H), 2.74 (t, 2H), 2.13 (m, 2H).
Prepare T1
4-(2-Methanesulfonylamino-ethoxy)-benzoic acid methyl ester
Step A: Deprotection reaction
4-(2-Amino-ethoxy)-benzoic acid methyl ester hydrogen chloride salt. Add concentrated HCl (3 ml) to 4-[2-(2,2-dimethyl-propanylamine at 0°C Yl)-ethoxy]-benzoic acid methyl ester (350 mg)/EtOH (6 ml) solution. The solution was warmed to room temperature and concentrated in a vacuum to obtain the white solid 4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-benzoic acid methyl ester (266 mg) hydrogen chloride salt, which was directly obtained without purification. One-step use.
Step B; Formation of Sulfonamide
Add methanesulfonyl chloride (144 mg, 1.27 mmol) to 4-(2-amino-ethoxy)-benzoic acid methyl ester (266 mg, 1.15 mmol) and pyridine (255 mg, 2.52 mmol) at 0°C. CH<sub>2</sub>Cl2 (10ml) solution. The solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 24h. EtOAc was added, and the organic solution was washed sequentially with HCl (1N, 2x) and brine. The organic solution is dehydrated (Na<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>), filtration, and concentration to obtain the title compound (240 mg) as a white solid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.99(dd,2H), 6.90(dd,2H), 4.77(m,1H), 4.15(t,2H), 3.88(s,3H), 3.58(m,2H), 3.02(s,3H) ); MS274(M+1).
Prepare U1
7-(4-Butyl-phenylamino)-heptanoic acid methyl ester According to the procedure of Example 68, step A, the 4-butyl- Reductive amination of benzaldehyde (1.50 g, 9.26 mmol) gave the title compound (955 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(300MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.29(d,2H), 7.16(d,2H), 3.85(s,2H), 3.67(s,3H), 3.54(m,1H), 2.70(t,2H), 2.59(t,2H) ), 2.29(t,2H), 1.60(m,6H), 1.32(m,6H), 0.92(t,3H); MS306(M+1),
Preparation V1
[3-(Methanesulfonamido-methyl)-phenoxy]-acetic acid
Step A: Formation of Sulfonamide
N-(3-Methoxy-benzyl)-methanesulfonamide. Add methanesulfonyl chloride (4.170g, 36.4mmol) to 3-methoxybenzylamine (5.000g, 36.4mmol) at room temperature And triethylamine (3.946g, 39.0mmol)/THF (100ml) solution. The mixture was stirred for 18 hours, and the insoluble matter was removed by filtration. The organic solution was concentrated into a yellow oil, and then purified by flash chromatography (6:4 hexane: EtOAc to 1:1 hexane: EtOAc) to obtain N-(3-methoxybenzyl)-methanesulfonamide (7.431g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.26(m,1H), 6.92-6.82(m,3H), 4.62(m,1H), 4.28(d,2H), 3.80(s,3H), 2.87(S,3H); MS214(M -1).
Step B: Demethylation reaction
N-(3-Hydroxy-benzyl)-methanesulfonamide. BBR solution at 0°C<sup>3</sup>(1.0M/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>, 111ml, 111mmol) slowly added to N-(3-methoxy-benzyl)-methanesulfonamide (12.000g, 55.7mmol)/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(200ml) in solution. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 4h. Methanol (100ml) was added carefully, the solution was concentrated in vacuo and flash chromatographed (1:1 hexane:EtOAc) to give N-(3-hydroxy-benzyl)-methanesulfonamide (11.50g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.20 (m, 1H), 6.84 (m, 2H), 6.77 (m, 1H), 4.83 (bs, 1H), 4.24 (s, 2H), 2.86 (s, 3H); MS201 (M+).
Step C: Alkylation
The N-(3-hydroxy-benzyl)-methanesulfonate (6.000g, 29.82mmol), methyl acetate bromide (4.562g, 29.82mmol), K<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>(4.121g, 29.82mmol) and acetone (250ml) were stirred at room temperature for 68h. The solid was removed by filtration, and the solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash chromatography (1:1 hexane:EtOAc) to give the title compound (5.637 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.25(m,1H), 6.96(m,1H), 6.89(s,1H), 6.82(m,1H), 4.63(m,3H), 4.28(m,2H), 3.80(s,3H) ), 2.86 (s, 3H); MS 274 (M+1).
It is worth noting that the present invention is not limited to the specific system described here, and various changes and improvements can be made as long as the principles and scope of the novel concepts covered by the patent application are adhered to.
Prepare W1
[3-(Methanesulfonamido-methyl)-benzene]-ethyl acetate
Step A: Ester formation
(3-Bromo-phenyl)-ethyl acetate: in 3-bromophenylacetic acid (10.0g, 46.5mmol) lCH<sub>3</sub>Add K in sequence to CN (150ml) solution<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>(7.39g, 53.5mmol), ethyl iodide (5.6ml, 70.0mmol). The mixture was heated at reflux for 2.5 h and cooled to room temperature. The volatiles were removed by vacuum and water was added. The aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc (3x), and the pooled organic extracts were washed with brine. MgSO<sub>4</sub>It was dehydrated, filtered and concentrated to obtain (3-bromo-phenyl)-ethyl acetate (9.30 g) as an oil.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.43(s,1H), 7.38(m,1H), 7.21-7.16(m,2H), 4.14(q,2H), 3.56(s,2H), 1.24(t,3H).
Step B: Formation of Nitriles
(3-cyano-phenyl)-ethyl acetate. Put a mixture of (3-bromo-phenyl)-ethyl acetate (9.15g, 37.6 mmol), copper cyanide (5.06g, 56.5 mmol) and 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (80 ml) in the shield After isolation, heat at 120°C in an oil bath. The reaction was heated at 200°C for 1 hour, and then copper cyanide (the amount of the top of the spoon) was added. After heating for 0.5 h, the reaction was cooled to room temperature. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc, and the organic solution was washed sequentially with water/ammonium hydroxide solution (2:1 v/v) until the blue color of the aqueous solution disappeared. The organic solution is washed sequentially with saline, MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. Flash chromatography (9:1 hexane: EtOAc) yielded (3-cyano-phenyl)-ethyl acetate (6.31 g) as a clear oil, which solidified after standing.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>) δ 7.57-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.42 (m, 1H), 4.15 (q, 2H), 3.63 (s, 2H), 1.24 (t, 3H).
Step C: Reduction of Nitriles
(3-Aminomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl acetate hydrogen chloride. Under nitrogen, (3-cyano-phenyl)-ethyl acetate (6.3g, 33.29 mmol)/EtOH (50 ml) solution was added to 10 % Pd/C (1.26 g)/EtOH (50 ml) mixture. Then sequentially add EtOH (150 ml), HCl/two<img file="TWI242560B_D0152.tif" />A solution of alkane (4M, 11.4 ml, 45.6 mmol). The mixture was hydrogenated on a Bell shaker at 45 psi for 20 h, and the catalyst was filtered off with Celite's salt. The solution was concentrated to obtain (3-aminomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl acetate hydrogen chloride salt (7.31 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.42-7.32(m,4H), 4.12(q,2H), 4.09(s, 2H), 3.68(s, 2H), 1.23(t, 3H).
Step D: Formation of sulfa
[3-(Methanesulfonamido-methyl)-benzene]-ethyl acetate. Slowly add methanesulfonyl chloride (2.6ml, 34mmol) to (3-aminomethyl-phenyl)-ethyl acetate hydrogen chloride (7.31g, 34mmol) and triethylamine (9.8ml, 70mmol) at 0°C )/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(100ml) in solution. The mixture was stirred for 1 h, and 1 N HCl aqueous solution was added. This aqueous solution is in CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(3x) Extraction, the pooled organic extracts are washed with saline. Organic solution with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. Purification by flash chromatography (1:1 hexane:EtOAc) yielded the title sulfonamide (8.56 g) as a colorless and transparent oil.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.34-7.21(m,4H), 4.70(broad,1H), 4.29(d,2H), 4.12(q,2H), 3.60(s,2H), 2.86(s,3H), 1.24(t ,3H).
Additional experimental procedures
The medium pressure chromatography system was operated with Flash 40 Biotage Systern (Biotage Inc., Dyax Corp., Charlottesville, VA).
Examples 75-110
Examples 75-110 are based on the method similar to Example 1, using the appropriate alkylating agent and sulfonamide as the starting reactants at the reaction temperature and time indicated in step A, and then alkylating in step A and step B. Prepared in esterolysis.
Example 75
5-{3-[(6-Chloro-quinolin-2-ylmethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: Reaction at room temperature, React at 75°C for 24h.<sup>1</sup>HNMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 8.01(d, 1H), 7.80(d, 1H), 7.70(s, 1H), 7.52-7.54(m, 2H), 7.35(d, 1H), 6.50(d, 1H), 4.54(s, 2H), 4.02(bs, 1H), 3.19-3.24(m, 2H), 2.89(s, 2H), 2.62(t, 2H), 1.72(t, 2H); MS 453(M+14).
Example 76
5-(3-{[2-(3,5-Bis-trifluoromethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid step A: React at room temperature for 24 h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.69(d, 1H), 7.48(s, 1H), 7.25(s, 2H), 6.84(d, 1H), 4.22(t, 2H), 3.63(t, 2H), 3.36(t, 2H) , 2.91-2.96 (m, 5H), 2.10 (t, 2H); MS 519 (M+1).
Example 77
5-(3-{Methanesulfonyl-[2-(3-methoxy-phenoxy)-ethyl]-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: Reaction in the chamber Warm for 30 minutes.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.70(d, 1H), 7.15-7.19(m, 1H), 6.84(d, 1H), 6.51-6.54(m, 1H), 6.39-6.47(m, 2H), 4.10(t, 2H), 3.77(s, 3H), 3.62(t, 2H), 3.35(t, 2H), 2.91-2.97(m, 5H), 2.07(t, 2H); MS 412(M-1).
Example 78
7-{[3-(3-Chloro-5-methoxy-phenoxy)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid Step A: The reaction is carried out at room temperature for 24 hours.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.48-6.51(m,2H), 6.32(s,1H), 3.97(t,2H), 3.76(s,3H), 3.33(t,2H), 3.16(t,2H), 2.82(s , 3H), 2.33 (t, 2H), 2.07 (t, 2H), 1.60-1.61 (m, 4H), 1.31-1.33 (m, 4H); MS 420 (M-1).
Example 79
5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-5-methoxy-phenoxy)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid step A: React at room temperature for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.69(d,1H), 6.81(d,1H), 6.47-6.50(m,2H), 6.30-6.31(m,1H), 3.97(t,2H), 3.75(s,3H), 3.36 (t, 2H), 3.24 (t, 2H), 2.90 (t, 2H), 2.83 (s, 2H), 1.98-2.11 (m, 4H); MS 460 (M-1).
Example 80
5-(3-{[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: React at room temperature for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ.7.69(d,1H), 6.94(t,1H), 6.82(d,1H), 6.76(s,2H), 3.99(t,2H), 3.35(t,2H), 3.24(t,2H) ), 2.90 (t, 2H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 1.98-2.12 (m, 4H); MS 466 (M-1).
Example 81
5-(3-{[2-(3-Ethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: At room temperature Reaction for 24 h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.70(d, 1H), 7.19(t, 1H), 6.81-6.85(m, 2H), 6.65-6.68(m, 2H), 4.11(t, 2H), 3.64(t, 2H), 3.36( t, 2H), 2.91-2.95(m, 2H), 2.92(s, 3H), 2.60(q, 2H), 2.06-2.12(m, 2H), 1.19-1.25(m, 3H); MS 410(M+ -1).
Example 82
5-(3-{[2-(3-isopropyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: at room temperature Reaction for 24 h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.70(d, 1H), 7.20(t, 1H), 6.84-6.86(m, 2H), 6.65-6.71(m, 2H), 4.11(t, 2H), 3.64(t, 2H), 3.37( t, 2H), 2.92-2.95(m, 2H), 2.92(s, 3H), 2.82-2.89(m, 1H), 2.08(t, 2H), 1.22(d, 6H); MS 424(M+-1 ).
Example 83
5-(3-{Methanesulfonyl-[2-(3-trifluoromethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-amino}propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: at room temperature Reaction for 24 h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.68(d, 1H), 7.37(t, 1H), 7.21-7.23(m, 1H), 7.05(s, 1H), 7.00(d, 1H), 6.82(d, 1H), 4.14(t, 2H), 3.62 (t, 2H), 3.34 (t, 2H), 2.92 (t, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 2.07 (t, 2H); MS450 (M+-1).
Example 84
2-(3-{[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino)-propyl}-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid Step A: React at 100°C for 5h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ8.20(s, 1H), 6.98(s,1H), 6.89(s,2H), 4.16(t,2H), 3.62(t,2H), 3.37(t,2H), 3.08(t,2H) ), 2.93(s,3H), 2.15(t,2H); MS452(M+-1).
Example 85
5-{3-[Methanesulfonyl-(3-phenyl-propyl)-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: React at 100°C for 5h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.57(d,1H), 7.22-7.26(m,2H), 7.12-7.18(m,3H), 6.86(d,1H), 3.16-3.22(m,4H), 2.87(t,2H) , 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.61 (t, 2H), 1.84-1.97 (m, 4H); MS380 (M+-1).
Example 86
7{[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid Step A: React at room temperature for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.70(d,1H), 7.19-7.23(m,1H), 6.84(d,1H), 6.61-6.70(m, 2H), 6.56(d, 1H), 4.10(t, 2H), 3.62 (t, 2H), 3.34 (t, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3 H), 2.86-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.07 (t, 2H); MS 401 (M+-1).
Example 87
5-(3-{Methanesulfonyl-[2-(3-Fluoro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: At room temperature Reaction for 24 h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.70(d, 1H), 7.19-7.23(m, 1H), 6.84(d, 1H), 6.61-4.70(m, 2H), 6.56(d, 1H), 4.10(t, 2H), 3.62 (t, 2H), 3.34(t, 2H), 2.90(s, 3H), 2.86-2.95(m, 2H), 2.07(t, 2H); MS 400(M+-1).
Example 88
5-(3-{Methanesulfonyl-[3-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-propyl]-amino}propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: Reaction at room temperature 2h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.71(d, 1H), 7.20(t, 1H), 6.83(d, 1H), 6.71-6.78(m, 3H), 3.78(s, 3H), 3.17-3.22(m, 4H), 2.89 (t, 2H), 2.81(s, 3H), 2.61(t, 2H), 1.88-2.01(m, 4H); MS 411(M+).
Example 89
5-[3-(benzofuran-2-ylmethyl-methanesulfonyl-amino)-propyl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: React at room temperature for 2h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.68(d,1H), 7.54(d,1H), 7.42(d,1H), 7.22-7.32(m,2H), 6.82(d,1H), 6.68(s,fH), 4.58(s , 2H, 3.32 (t, 2H), 2.92 (t, 2H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.01-2.08 (m, 2H); MS 393 (M+).
Example 90
5-(3-{[2-(3-Chloro-5-methoxy-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid step A: React at room temperature for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.71(d,1H), 6.84(d,1H), 6.53(s,1H), 6.44(s,1H), 6.28(s,1H), 4.08(t,2H), 3.75(s,3H) ), 3.60(t,2H), 3.34(t,2H), 2.90-2.95(m,3H), 2.07(t,2H); MS 448(M+).
Example 91
5-(3-{[2-(3-Ethoxy-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: At room temperature Reaction for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.69(d,1H), 7.16(t,1H), 6.83(d,1H), 6.50-6.53(m,1H), 6.39-6.44(m,1H), 4.10(t,2H), 3.98 (q,2H), 3.62(t,2H), 3.35(t,2H), 2.86-2.94(m,5H), 2.04-2.11(m,2H), 1.39(t,3H); MS 428(M+) .
Example 92
(4-{[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-butoxy)-acetic acid Step A: React at room temperature for 2h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.96(s,1H), 6.77(s,2H), 4.10(s,4H), 3.56-3.60(m,4H), 3.30(t,2H), 2.89(s,3H), 1.73-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.69 (m, 2H); MS 415 (M+1).
Example 93
(3-{[(4-Butoxy-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: React at room temperature for 2 hours and at 70°C for 3 hours.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.28-7.33(m,1H), 7.17-7.25(m,5H), 6.85(d,2H), 4.29(s,2H), 4.24(s,2H), 3.94(t,2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 1.72-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.53 (m, 2H), 0.97 (t, 3H); MS 423 (M+18).
Example 94
7-[(Butoxy-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid Step A: React at room temperature for 2h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.23(d,2H), 6.85(d,2H), 4.29(s,2H), 3.94(t,2H), 3.11(t,2H), 2.77(s,3H), 2.29(t,2H) ), 1.75 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.43 (m, 6H), 1.24 (m, 4H), 0.96 (t, 3H); MS 403 (M+18).
Example 95
7-[(6-Chloro-quinolin-2-ylmethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid Step A: React at room temperature for 2h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ8.13(d,1H), 8.03(d,1H), 7.81(s,1H), 7.67(m,2H), 4.72(s,2H), 3.26(t,2H), 2.99(s,3H) ), 2.25 (t, 2H), 1.52 (m, 4H), 1.22 (m, 4H); MS 417 (M+18).
Example 96
{3-[(Benzofuran-2-ylmethyl-methanesulfonyl-amino)-methyl]-phenyl}-acetic acid Step A: React at room temperature for 2h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.52-7.19(m,8H), 4.42(s,2H), 4.37(s,2H), 3.63(s,2H), 2.91(s,3H),
Example 97
(3-{[(4-ethyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: (3-{[(4-ethyl-benzyl) -Methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester. React at room temperature for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.29L7.33(m,1H), 7.16-7.25(m,7H), 4.30(d,4H), 3.69(s,3H), 3.62(s,2H), 2.76(s,3H), 2.64 (q,2H), 1.54(t,3H); MS 376(M<sup>+</sup>+1). Step B: (3-{[(4-ethyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.30-7.34(m,1H), 7.15-7.25(m,7H), 4.29(d,4H), 3.65(s,2H), 2.75(s,3H), 2.63(q,2H), 1.20 -1.24(m,3H).
Example 98
(3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-propyl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-propyl Benzyl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester. React at room temperature for 24h. MS408 (M++18). Step B: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-propyl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl}-acetic acid. MS374 (M+-1).
Example 99
(3-{[(4-Benzyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: (3-{[(4-benzyl-benzyl) -Methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester. React at room temperature for 24h.<sup>1</sup>HNMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.14-7.29(m,13H), 4.28(d,4H), 3.95(s,2H), 3.67(s,3H), 3.59(s,2H), 2.75(s,3H); MS456(M ++18). Step B: (3-{[(4-Benzyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.12-7.29(m,13H), 4.27(d, 4H), 3.94(s, 2H), 3.61(s, 2H), 3.73(s, 3H); Ms 422(M+-1).
Example 100
(3-{[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-(propane-1-sulfonyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: (3-{[(4-butyl Benzyl-benzyl)-(propane-1-sulfonyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ4.30(d, 4H), 3.69(s, 3H), 3.61(s, 2H), 2.82-2.86(m, 2H), 2.59(t, 2H), 1.78-1.84(m, 2H), 1.58 (t, 2H). Step B: (3-{[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-(propane-1-sulfonyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid:<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.12-7.32(m, 8H), 4.30(d, 4H), 3.64(s, 2H), 2.81-2.90(m, 2H), 2.59(t, 2H), 1.74-1.83(m, 2H) , 1.54-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.31-1.40 (m, 2H), 0.87-0.97 (m, 6H); MS416 (M+-1).
Example 101
7-{Methanesulfonyl-[3-(5-methyl-thiophen-2-yl)-propyl]-amino}-heptanoic acid Step A: 7-{Methanesulfonyl-[3-(5 -Methyl-thiophen-2-yl)-propyl]-amino}-heptanoic acid methyl ester. React at 60°C for 1 h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.55(d, 2H), 3.66(s, 2H), 3.12-3.21(m, 4H), 2.80(s, 3H), 2.76-2.80(m, 2H), 2.42(s, 3H), 2.30 (t, 2H), 1.89-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.65 (m, 4H), 1.31-1.36 (m, 4H); MS 376 (M++1), 393 (M++18). Step B: 7-{Methanesulfonyl-[3-(5-methyl-thiophen-2-yl)-propyl]-amino}-heptanoic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.53-6.57(m,2H), 3.12-3.21(m,4H), 2.80(s,3H), 2.78(t,2H), 2.42(s,3H), 2.34(t,2H), 1.89 -1.97(m,2H), 1.54-1.66(m,4H), 1.30-1.40(m,4H); MS379(M<sup>+</sup>+18),
Example 102
5-{3-[(3-furan-2-yl-propyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-{3-[(3- Furan-2-yl-propyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. React at room temperature for 2h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.62(d,1H), 7.29(d,1H), 6.80(d,1H), 6.26-6.28(m,1H), 6.00(d,1H), 3.85(s,3H), 3.18-3.23 (m, 4H), 2.88 (t, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.66 (t, 2H), 1.90-2.03 (m, 4H). Step B: 5-{3-[(3-furan-2-yl-propyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.71(d,1H), 7.29(d,1H), 6.84(d,1H), 6.26-6.28(m,1H), 6.00-6.01(m,1H), 3.22(q,4H), 2.90 (t, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 2.67 (t, 2H), 1.88-2.03 (m, 4H); MS370 (M+-1).
Example 103
7-{Methanesulfonyl-[3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-propyl]-amino}-heptanoic acid Step A: 7-{Methanesulfonyl-[3-(3-methoxy (Phenyl)-propyl]-amino}-heptanoic acid methyl ester. React at room temperature for 2h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.18-7.22(m,1H), 6.75-6.78(m,2H), 6.73(s,1H), 3.79(s,3H), 3.66(s,3H), 3.11-3.20(m,4H) , 2.80(s,3H), 2.61(t,2H), 2.29(t,2H), 1.88-1.95(m,2H), 1.52-1.64(m,4H), 1.28-1.32(m,4H). Step B: 7-{Methanesulfonyl-[3-(3-methoxyphenyl)-propyl]-amino}-heptanoic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.18-7.22(m,1H), 6.75-6.78(m,2H), 6.73(s,1H), 3.79(s,3H), 3.11-3.20(m,4H), 2.80(s,3H) , 2.61(t,2H), 2.34(t,2H), 1.89-1.95(m,2H), 1.53-1.66(m,4H), 1.29-1.36(m,4H).
Example 104
[3-({[4-(1-Hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid Step A: [3-({[4-( 1-Hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-ethyl acetate. React at room temperature for 2h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.17-7.31(m,8H), 5.70(t,1H), 4.31(s,4H), 4.12-4.17(m,4H), 3.60(s,2H), 2.76(s,3H), 2.06 (s,3H), 1.83-1.88(m,1H), 1.57-1.75(m,1H), 1.20-1.27(m,9H), 0.85(t,3H); MS 525(M<sup>+</sup>+18). Step B: [3-({[4-(1-hydroxy-hexyl)-benzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.13-7.28(m,7H), 7.02(s,1H), 4.61(t,1H), 4.29(d,4H), 3.53(s,2H), 2.79(s,3H), 1.60-1.77 (m,2H), 1.18-1.36(m,6H), 0.83(t,3H); MS 432(M<sup>+</sup>-1)。
Example 105
5-(3-{[2-(3-Chloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-(3 -{[2-(3-Chloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. React at 60°C for 18h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.60-7.62(m,1H), 7.15-7.20(m,1H), 6.93-6.95(m,1H), 6.79-6.80(m,2H), 6.71-6.73(m,1H), 4.09( t,2H), 3.84(s,3H), 3.60(t,2H), 3.32(t,2H), 2.89(s,3H), 2.86-2.94(m,2H), 2.01-2.08(m,2H) . Step B: 5-(3-{[2-(3-Chloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.67(d,1H), 7.11-7.22(m,1H), 6.91-6.93(m,1H), 6.81(s,2H), 6.69-6.72(m,1H), 4.07(t,2H) , 3.59(t,2H), 3.31(t,2H), 2.88(s,3H), 2.78-2.91(m,2H), 2.01-2.05(m,2H).
Example 106
2-{3-[Methanesulfonyl-(3-phenyl-propyl)-amino]-propyl}-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid Step A: 2-{3-[Methanesulfonyl-( 3-Phenyl-propyl)-amino]-propyl}-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester. React at 100°C for 5h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ8.03(s,1H), 7.23-7.27(m,2H), 7.13-7.18(m,3H), 4.38(q,2H), 3.18-3.25(m,4H), 3.06(t,2H) , 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.61 (t, 2H), 2.05-2.13 (m, 2H), 1.86-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.37 (t, 3H); MS 411 (M+1). Step B: 2-{3-[Methanesulfonyl-(3-phenyl-propyl)-amino]-propyl}-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ8.20(s,1H), 7.10-7.24(m,5H), 3.17-3.28(m,4H), 3.04(t,2H), 2.83(s,3H), 2.61(t,2H), 2.02 -2.09(m,2H), 1.85-1.92(m,2H); MS 381(M<sup>+</sup>-1)。
Example 107
2-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid Step A: 2-(3- {[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester. The reaction was carried out at 100°C for 5 hours.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ8.06(s,1H), 7.16-7.23(m,3H), 7.05(d,1H), 4.40(q,2H), 3.09(t,2H), 3.19-3.28(m,4H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.62 (t, 2H), 2.08-2.17 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.39 (t, 3H); MS445 (MH+). Step B: 2-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>HNMR(400MHZ, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ8.22(s,1H), 7.21-7.25(m,2H), 7.12-7.16(m,2H), 3.20-3.30(m,4H), 3.07(t,2H), 2.86(s,3H) , 2.63(t,2H), 2.05-2.12(m,2H), 1.86-1.94(m,2H); MS415(M<sup>+</sup>-1)。
Example 108
2-{3-[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid Step A: 2-{3-[(4-butyl- Benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester. The reaction was carried out at 100°C for 5 hours.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ8.00(s,1H), 7.21(d,2H), 7.11(d,2H), 4.38(q,2H), 4.33(s,2H), 3.23(t,2H), 2.96(t,2H) ), 2.78 (s, 3H), 2.56 (t, 2H), 1.96-2.03 (m, 2H), 1.50-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.37 (t, 3H), 1.26-1.33 (m, 2H), 0.89(t,3H); MS439(M+1), step B: 2-{3-[(4-butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiazole-4- carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ8.15(s,1H), 7.25(d,2H), 7.12(d,2H), 4.32(s,2H), 3.22-3.28(m,2H), 2.88-2.91(m,2H), 2.88 (s,3H), 2.57(t,2H), 1.87(m,2H), 1.54(m,2H), 1.27-1.32(m,2H), 0.90(t,3H); MS 409(M-1) .
Example 109
(5-{[(4-isobutyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-thiophen-2-yl)-acetic acid Step A: (5-{[(4-isobutyl Benzyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-thiophen-2-yl)-acetic acid methyl ester. The reaction was carried out at room temperature for 24 h. Step B: (5-{[(4-Isobutyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-thiophen-2-yl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 6.80-7.32(m,6H), 4.40(s,2H), 3.80(s,2H), 2.75(s,3H), 1.80(m,2H), 0.85(d,6H); MS 394(M -1).
Example 110
2-{3-[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid Step A: 2-{3-[(4-butyl- Benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester. React at 100°C for 5h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDC1l<sub>)</sub>δ 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.21 (d, 2H), 7.11 (d, 2H), 4.38 (q, 2H), 4.33 (s, 2H), 3.23 (t, 2H), 2.96 (t, 2H), 2.78(s,3H), 2.56(t,2H), 1.96-2.03(m,2H), 1.50-1.58(m,2H), 1.37(t,3H), 1.26-1.33(m,2H), 0.89( t,3H); MS 439(M<sup>+</sup>+1). Step B: 2-{3-[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR (400 MHz, CDCL<sub>3</sub>)δ8.15(s, 1H), 7.25(d, 2H), 7.12(d, 2H), 4.32(s, 2H), 3.22-3.28(m, 2H), 2.88-2.91(m, 2H), 2.88 (s, 3H), 2.57(t, 2H), 1.87(m, 2H), 1.54(m, 2H), 1.27-1.32(m, 2H), 0.90(t, 3H); MS 409(M<sup>+</sup>-1)。
Example 111
7-{[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid Step A: 2-[2-(3.5-Dichloro- Phenoxy)-ethyl)-isoindole-1.3-dione. Combine 1-(2-bromo-ethoxy)-3,5-dichloro-benzene (2.41g, 8.93 mmol) and potassium phthalocyanine The imino group (2.00 g, 10.64 mmol)/DMF (7.6 ml) solution was heated at 85°C for 1 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and chloroform was added. The organic solution was washed sequentially with 0.2 N NaOH aqueous solution and water. The organic solution is dehydrated (Na<sub>2</sub>sO<sub>4</sub>), filter and thicken. Leftovers in Et<sub>2</sub>A suspension formed in O, and the solid was collected by filtration to obtain the title compound (2.21 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.82(m, 2H), 7.77(m, 2H), 6.89(m, 1H), 6.88(m, 2H), 4.16(t, 2H), 4.05(t, 2H); MS 336(M+) . Step B: 2-(3.5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethylamine. The 2-[2-(3.5-dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-isoindole-1.3-di A solution of ketone (1.29g, 3.84mmol) and hydrazine hydrate (202 mg, 4.05 mmol)/MeOH (16 ml) was heated under reflux for 2h. Cool the mixture to room temperature and add Et<sub>2</sub>O. The suspension was shaken with 40% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution. Et<sub>2</sub>O extraction (3x), the collected organic layer is dehydrated (K<sub>2</sub>CO<sub>3</sub>), filtered and concentrated to obtain the title compound (870mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 6.95 (m, 1H), 6.80 (m, 2H), 3.95 (m, 2H), 3.07 (t, 2H), 1.70 (bs, 2H). Step C: N-[2-(3.5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonamide: The title compound is composed of 2-(3,5-dichloro-phenoxy)-ethylamine ,Et<sub>3</sub>N and methanesulfonyl chloride are prepared, and the preparation steps are the same as step 2 of preparation A1. Recrystallization from EtOH yielded the title compound.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 6.93 (m, 1H), 6.74 (m, 2H), 5.09 (m, 1H), 4.01 (t, 2H), 3.47 (q, 2H), 2.96 (S, 3H). Step D: 7-{[2-(3.5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid ethyl ester. Cool the NaH(60% in oil, 338mg, 8.45mmol)/DMF(23ml) solution to 0°C, then add N-[2-(3,5-dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]methane Sulfonamide (2.0 g, 7.04 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 0.5 h, and cooled to 0°C, and ethyl-7-bromoheptanoate (2.0 g, 8.45 mmol) was added. The reaction was heated at 65°C for 3 h and cooled to room temperature. EtOAc was added, and the organic solution was washed sequentially with 1N HCl, water and brine. MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. Purification by flash chromatography (4:1 hexane: EtOAc) yielded the title compound (2.84 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.95(m,1H), 6.75(m,2H), 4.06(m,5H), 3.56(t,2H), 3.22(t,2H), 2.86(s,3H), 2.26(t,2H) ), 1.60(m,4H), 1.32(m,4H), 1.22(t,3H). Step E: 7-{[2-(3.5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid. The title compound is prepared from ethyl 7-{[2-(3.5-dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoate and 2N NaOH. The preparation steps are as follows Example 1 step B. Purified by flash chromatography (1% MeOH/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>) To produce the title acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.95(m,1H), 6.75(m,2H), 4.07(t,2H), 3.56(t,2H), 3.23(t,2H), 2.86(s,3H), 2.33(t,2H) ), 1.61 (m, 4H), 1.33 (m, 4H); MS411 (M-1).
Examples 112-122 Not used in this manual
Examples 123-137
Examples 123-137 were prepared according to the method similar to that of Example 1. The step A alkylation reaction was carried out with a suitable alkylating agent and sulfonamide, and then the step B ester hydrolysis was carried out. The reaction temperature and time of step A were specified otherwise .
Example 123
[5-({[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-thiophen-2-yl]-acetic acid Step A: [5-( {[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-thiophen-2-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester. React at room temperature for 24h. Step B: [5-({[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-thiophen-2-yl]-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.06-7.36(M,4H), 6.86(m,2H), 4.40(s,2H), 3.80(s,2H), 2.90(s,3H), 3.00(t,2H,J=7.0) , 2.40 (t, 2H, J=7.0), 1.70 (m, 2H); MS 399 (M-1).
Example 124
5-({[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-thiophen-2-yl]-acetic acid Step A: 5 -({[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-thiophen-2-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester. React at room temperature for 24h. Step B: 5-({[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-thiophen-2-yl]-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.60-7.60(m, 5H), 4.60(s, 2H), 4.10(m,2H), 3.80(s,2H), 3.60(m,2H), 2.90(s,3H); MS 436( M-1), 438(M+1),
Example 125
(5-{[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl]-thiophen-2-yl)-acetic acid Step A: (5-{[(4-butyl- Benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-thiophen-2-yl)-acetic acid methyl ester. React at room temperature for 24 h. Step B: (5-{[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-thiophen-2-yl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.00-7.30(m,4H), 6.80(d,1H,J=4.0), 6.70(d,1H,J=4.0), 4.40(s,2H), 4.30(s,2H), 3.80( s,2H), 2.90(s,3H), 2.60(m,2H), 1.60(m,2H), 1.30(m,2H), 0.90(t,3H,J=7.0); MS394(M-1) .
Example 126
5-(3-{2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5- (3-{2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. React at room temperature for 72h; MS450 (M+1). Step B: 5-(3-{2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl}-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.80-7.70(m,5H), 6.19(d,1H,J=3.8), 4.20(t,2H,J=7.0), 3.80(m,2H), 3.25-3.40(m,4H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 1.80-2.00 (m, 2H); MS435 (M-1), 436 (M+1).
Example 127
Trans-5-(3-{[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-furan-2 carboxylic acid Step A: Trans-5-(3-{[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-furan-2 carboxylic acid methyl ester. React at room temperature for 72h; MS 446 (M+). Step B: Trans-5-(3-{[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-furan-2 carboxylic acid .<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.00-7.50(m,4H), 6.00-4.60(m,3H), 4.00(d,2H,J=5.0), 3.20(m,2H), 2.60-2.70(m,2H), 1.70- 2.00 (m, 2H); MS 430 (M-1), 432 (M+1).
Example 128
3-(2{[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-ethyl)-benzoic acid Step A: 3-(2{[ 2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-ethyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester. React at room temperature for 2h; MS 446 (M+). Step B: 3-(2{[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-ethyl)-benzoic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.80-7.90(m,7H), 4.20(t,2H,J=6.7), 3.20-3.30(m,4H), 2.85(s,3H), 2.30(t,2H,J=6.8); MS 431 (M-1).
Example 129
[3-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid Step A: [3-(3 -{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid methyl ester. React at room temperature for 2h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.03-7.29(m,8H), 3.68(s,3H), 3.59(s,2H), 3.15-3.20(m,4H), 2.80(s,3H), 2.58-2.64(m,4H) , 1.84-1.94(m,4H), step B: [3-(3-[[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)- Phenyl]-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.02-7.29(m,8H), 3.61(s,2H), 3.14-3.19(m,4H), 2.78(s,3H)*2.57-2.80(m,4H), 1.82-1.93(m, 4H).
Example 130
5-{3-[(3-Benzo[1,3]dione-5-yl-propyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5 -{3-[(3-Benzo[1,3]dione-5-yl-propyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. React at room temperature for 2h.<sup>1</sup>HNMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.61(d,1H), 6.79(d,1H), 6.58-6.72(m,3H), 5.91(s,2H), 3.85(s,3H), 3.14-3.21(m,4H), 2.87 (t, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.55 (t, 2H), 1.82-1.99 (m, 4H). Step B: 5-{3-[(3-Benzo[1,3]diketo-5-yl-propyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.70(d, 1H), 6.83(d, 1H), 6.59-6.73(m, 3H), 5.91(s, 2H), 3.15-3.22(m, 4H), 2.89(t, 2H), 2.81( s, 3H), 2.55(t, 2H), 1.83-2.01(m, 4H); MS 424(M-1).
Example 131
(3-{[(4-isobutyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: (3-{[(4-isobutyl-benzyl Yl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester. React at room temperature for 2h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.20-7.32(m, 6H), 7.11(d, 2H), 4.30(d, 4H), 3.69(s, 3H), 3.62(s, 3H), 3.62(s, 3H), 2.75(s, 3H), 2.46(s, 2H), 1.81-1.88(m, 1H), 0.88(d, 6H); MS404(M+1), 426(M+23). Step B: (3-{[(4-isobutyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz. CDCl<sup>3</sup>)δ 7.18-7.31(m, 6H), 7.10(d, 2H), 4.29(d, 4H), 3.63(s, 2H), 2.73(s, 3H), 2.45(d, 2H), 1.80-1.87( m, 1H), 0.88(d, 6H).
Example 132
7-[(4-isopropyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid Step A: 7-[(4-isopropyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino] -Ethyl heptanoate. React at room temperature for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.20-7.30(m,4H), 4.35(s,2H), 4.10(q,2H), 3.15(t,2H), 2.85-2.95(m,1H), 2.80(s,3H), 2.25 (t, 2H), 1.48-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.18-1.32 (m, 13H); MS 384 (M+1). Step B: 7-[(4-isopropyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoic acid. MS 356 (M+1).
Example 133
7-{[2-(3,5-Difluoro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid Step A: 7-{[2-(3,5-twoFluoro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid methyl ester. React at 50°C for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.39-6.45(m,3H),4.08(t,2H), 3.65(s,2H), 3.58(t,2H), 3.23-3.27(m,2H), 2.88(s,3H), 2.30 (t, 2H), 1.57-1.65 (m, 5H), 1.33-1.35 (m, 4H); MS394 (M+1). Step B: 7-{[2-(3,5-Difluoro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.39-4.45(m,3H), 4.08(t,2H), 3.58(t,2H), 3.25(t,2H), 2.35(t,2H), 1.64(m,5H), 1.24-1.37 (m, 4H); MS 380 (M-1).
Example 134
7-{[2-(3,5-Dimethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid Step A: 7-{[2-(3,5-twoMethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid methyl ester. React at 50°C for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.61(s,1H), 6.49(s,2H), 4.06-4.14(m,2H), 3.65(s,3H), 3.61(t,2H), 3.26(t,2H), 2.90(s , 3H), 2.27-2.33 (m, 8H), 1.55-1.63 (m, 4H), 1.25 (bs, 4H); MS 385 (M+1). Step B: 7-{[2-(3,5-Dimethyl-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-heptanoic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.61(s,1H), 6.49(s,2H), 4.06-4.07(m,2H), 3.59-3.61(m,2H), 3.27(t,2H), 2.91(s,3H), 2.34 (t, 2H), 2.27 (s, 6H), 1.63-1.65 (m, 4H), 1.36 (bs, 4H); MS 370 (M-1).
Example 135
(2-{3-[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: (2-{3-[(4-butyl -Benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.11-7.23(m,7H), 6.99-7.01(m,1H), 4.31(s,2H), 3.63(s,3H), 3.54(s,2H), 3.19(t,2H), 2.78 (s,3H), 2.49-2.59(m,4H), 1.72-1.80(m,2H), 1.54-1.59(m,2H), 1.27-1.36(m,2H), 0.89(t,3H); MS 432(M+1). Step B: (2-{3-[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.13-7.27(m,7H), 7.02(d,1H), 4.32(s,2H), 3.59(s,2H), 3.21(t,2H), 2.79(s,3H), 2.50-2.61 (m, 4H), 1.73-1.81 (m, 2H), 1.54-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.29-1.38 (m, 2H), 0.92 (t, 3H); MS 416 (M-1).
Example 136
5-(3-{2-(Benzo[1,3]diketo-5-yloxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid step A: 5-(3-{2-(Benzo[1,3]diketo-5-yloxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxy Methyl acid. React at room temperature for 24h.<sup>1</sup>H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.61(d,1H), 6.80(d,1H), 6.67-6.70(m,1H), 6.41(d,1H), 6.24-6.27(m,1H), 5.91(s,2H), 4.03 (t,2H), 3.85(s,3H), 3.59(t,2H), 3.33(t,2H), 2.89(s,3H), 2.88-2.92(m,2H), 2.01-2.08(m,2H) ); Ms 442(M+1). Step B: 5-(3-{2-(Benzo[1,3]diketo-5-yloxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2- carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.69(d,1 H), 6.84(d,1 H), 6.68(d,1 H), 6.40(s,1H), 6.24-4.27(m,1H), 5.91(s,2H), 4.03(t,2H), 3.60(t,2H), 3.34(t,2H), 2.90(s,3H), 2.90-2.94(m,2H), 2.02-2.10(m,2H); MS 426(M -1).
Example 137
[3-({[2-(3-Chloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid Step A: [3-({[ 2-(3-Chloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.15-7.33(m, 5H), 6.93-4.95(m, 1H), 6.80-4.81(m, 1H), 6.69-6.71(m, 1H), 4.49(s, 2H), 3.96-4.02(m , 2H), 3.67(s, 2H), 3.54-3.67(m, 4H), 2.94(s, 3H). Step B: [3-({[2-(3-Chloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.13-7.33(m, 5H), 6.91(d, 1H), 6.78(s, 1H), 6.6-4.69(m, 1H), 4.48(s, 2H), 3.98(t, 2H), 3.62( s, 2H), 3.56(t, 2H), 2.92(s, 3H).
Example 138
[3-(2-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-ethyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid Step A: Alkylation [3 -(2-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-ethyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid-tri-butyl ester. Step A is carried out with appropriate starting reactants in a manner similar to Step A in Example 1, and reacted at room temperature for 24 hours; MS 466 (M+). Step B: Hydrolysis of esters [3-(2-{[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-ethyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid. Will be dissolved in HCl/di<img file="TWI242560B_D0153.tif" />[3-(2{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-ethyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid-tri- in alkane (5ml) The butyl ester (170mg, 0.36mmol) solution was stirred at room temperature for 48h. After the reaction was concentrated, the residue was dissolved in a diluted aqueous NaOH (10ml, pH=9.3) solution. This aqueous solution was added with EtOAc (10 ml), and separated layers were formed. After extraction with EtOAc (10 ml), the aqueous layer was acidified to pH 2.5 with dilute aqueous HCl. After the acidic aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (10ml), the organic solution was subjected to MgSO<sub>4</sub>It was dehydrated, filtered, and concentrated to obtain the title compound (20 mg) as an oil.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 6.90-7.50 (m, 8H), 3.00-3.30 (m, 4H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 2.45-2.85 (m, 4H), 1.80 (m, 2H); MS 408 (M-1 ).
Examples 139-140
Examples 139-140 were prepared according to the method similar to that of Example 138, using a suitable alkylating agent and sulfonamide to carry out the step A alkylation reaction, and then carry out the step B ester hydrolysis. The reaction temperature and reaction time of step A were otherwise Specify.
Example 139
[3-(2-{[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-ethyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid Step A: [ 3-(2-{[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-ethyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid t-butyl ester. React at room temperature for 4h. Step B: [3-(2-{[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-ethyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 6.70-7.50(m, 7H), 4.20(m, 2H), 3.25(m, 4H), 2.95(s, 3H), 2.35-2.65(m, 2H); MS 445(M-1).
Example 140
5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-trifluoroacetyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-( 3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-trifluoroacetyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid-t-butyl ester. React at room temperature for 24h. MS 508 (M+18). Step B: 5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-trifluoroacetinyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 6.60-7.80(m, 6H), 3.22(m, 4H), 2.80(m, 2H), 2.63(m, 2H), 1.60-2.02(m, 4H); MS 433(M-1).
Example 141
(3-{[(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-5-ylmethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid
Step A: Reductive amination reaction
(3-{[(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-5-ylmethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-ethyl acetate. Add in 1,4-benzodioxin-6-carboxaldehyde (100mg, 0.609mmol) and (3-aminomethyl-phenyl) ethyl acetate hydrogen chloride (148mg, 0.645mmol)/MeOH (2.5ml) solution Triethylamine (65mg, 0.646mmol). The reaction was stirred for 3h, and when it was cooled to 0°C, NaBH4 (37mg, 0.975mmol) was added. After stirring for 10 minutes at room temperature, add NaHC O<sub>3</sub>: H<sub>2</sub>Saturated aqueous mixture of O=1:1. Use CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>For extraction, the organic solution is washed sequentially with water and saline. Organic solution with MgSO<sub>4</sub>After dehydration, filtration and concentration, the title compound (202 mg) was obtained.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.14-7.27(m,4H), 6.84(s,1H), 6.78(s,2H), 4.22(s,4H), 4.12(q,2H), 3.75(s,2H), 3.67(s , 2H), 3.57 (s, 2H); MS 343 (M+1).
Step B: Formation of Sulfonamide
(3-{[(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-5-ylmethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-ethyl acetate. In (3-{[(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-5-ylmethyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-ethyl acetate (200mg, 0.585mmol) And triethylamine (71mg, 0.702mmol)/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>Add methanesulfonyl chloride (0.05ml, 0.643mmol) to the solution (10ml). The reaction was stirred for 16h and added to CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>dilution. The organic solution is washed sequentially with water and saline, and then MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and thicken. The product was purified by flash chromatography (20% EtOAc/hexane to 40% EtOAc/hexane) to give the title compound (210 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.20-7.31(m,4H), 6.75-6.82(m,3H), 4.30(s,2H), 4.24(s,4H), 4.20(s,2H), 4.13(q,2H), 3.59 (s,2H), 2.74(s,3H), 1.24(t,3H); MS 420(M+), 437(M+17),
Step C: Hydrolysis of esters
(3-{[(2,3-Dihydro-benzot1,4]dioxin-5-ylmethyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid. NaOH aqueous solution (2N, 0.5 ml) was added (3-{[(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-5ylmethyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-ethyl acetate (210 mg, 0.5 mmol)/MeOH (3 ml) solution. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 h and diluted with 1N HCl. The product was diluted with CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>For extraction, the organic solution is washed sequentially with water and saline. Organic solution with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and concentrate to obtain the title compound (165 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.19-7.32(m,4H), 6.73-6.81(m,3H), 4.29(s,2H), 4.22(s,4H), 4.18(s,2H), 3.63(s,2H), 2.75( s,3H).
Examples 142-162 were prepared in a similar manner to Example 141. Step A was carried out with appropriate aldehyde and amine reagents, and the desired sulfonamides were formed in Step B. The esters were hydrolyzed in Step C.
Example 142
(3-{[(5-Ethyl-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: (3-{[(5-B-Thien-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-ethyl acetate.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.15-7.29(m,4H), 6.70(d,1H), 6.59(d,1H), 4.11-4.15(m,2H), 3.90(s,2H), 3.80(s,2H), 3.58( s, 2H), 2.76-2.82 (m, 2H), 1.84 (bs, 1H), 1.20-1.29 (m, 6H); MS 318 (M<sup>+</sup>+1). Step B: (3-{[(5-Ethyl-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-ethyl acetate.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.23-7.35(m,4H), 6.77(d,1H), 6.63-664(m,1H), 4.40(s,2H), 4.38(s,2H), 4.15(q,2H), 3.62 (s,2H), 2.82(q,2H), 2.77(s,3H), 1.23-1.31(m,6H); MS 413(M<sup>+</sup>+18). Step C: (3-{[(5-Ethyl-thiophen-2-ylmethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.23-7.33(m,4H), 6.74(s,1H), 6.61(s,1H), 4.38(s,2H), 4.36(s,2H), 3.66(s,2H), 2.80(q ,2H), 2.75(s,3H), 1.25-1.30(m,3H); MS 366(M<sup>+</sup>-1)。
Example 143
(3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(5-phenyl-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: (3-{[(5-benzene -Furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino)-methyl)phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.62(d,2H), 7.34(t,2H), 7.14-7.29(m,5H), 6.55(d,1H), 6.24(d,1H), 3.81(d,4H), 3.66(s ,3H), 3.59(s,2H), 1.73(bs,1H). Step B: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(5-phenyl-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.62(d,2H), 7.38-7.42(m,2H), 7.23-7.38(m,5H), 6.60-6.61(m,1H), 6.34(d,1H), 4.37(d,4H) , 3.69(s,3H), 3.63(s,2H), 2.89(s,3H); MS436(M++23). Step C: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(5-phenyl-furan-2-ylmethyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.60(d,2H), 7.37(t,2H), 7.22-7.33(m,5H), 6.57(d,1H), 6.31(d,1H), 4.36(s,2H), 4.33(s ,2H), 3.64(s,2H), 2.87(S,3H). 398MS(M<sup>+</sup>-1)。
Example 144
(3-{[(3-hydroxy-4-propoxy-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl)-phenyl}-acetic acid Step A: {3-[(3-hydroxy- 4-Propoxy-benzylamino)-methyl]-phenyl}-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.24-7.30(m,3H), 7.16(d,1H), 6.91(s,1H), 6.79(s,2H), 3.98(t,2H), 3.77(s,2H), 3.70(s ,2H), 3.68(s,3H), 3.61(s,2H), 1.82(q,2H), 1.03(t,3H); MS365(M<sup>+</sup>+22). Step B: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(3-methanesulfonyloxy-4-propoxy-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.31-7.17(m,6H), 6.93(d,1H), 4.28(s,2H), 4.23(s, 2H), 3.97(t, 2H), 3.68(s, 3H), 3.61(s , 2H), 3.16(s, 3H), 2.78(s, 3H), 1.82(m, 2H), 1.03(t, 3H). Step C: (3-{[(3-hydroxy-4-propoxy-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.34-7.20(m, 4H), 6.84-6.78(m, 3H), 4.31(s, 2H), 4.20(s, 2H), 3.98(t, 2H), 3.65(s, 2H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 1.83(m, 2H), 1.04(t, 3H).
Example 145
[3-({[2-(4-Chloro-phenylsulfanyl)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid MS 414 (M+).
Example 146
(3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-phenethylsulfanyl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: (3-{[(4-phenylethyl Sulfanyl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.16-7.33(m, 13H), 3.78(d, 4H), 3.68(s, 3H), 3.61(s, 2H), 3.12-3.16(m, 2H), 2.89-2.93(m, 2H); MS 406 (M+1). Step B: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-phenethylsulfanyl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.18-7.31(m, 13H), 4.30(d, 4H), 3.69(s, 3H), 3.61(s, 2H), 3.13-3.19(m, 2H), 2.84-2.94(m, 2H) , 2.78 (s, 3H); MS 505 (M+22). Step C: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-phenethylsulfanyl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.13-7.29(m, 13H), 4.27(d, 4H), 3.61(s, 2H), 3.12-3.16(m, 2H), 2.88-2.92(m, 2H), 2.76(s, 3H); MS 468 (M-1).
Example 147
[3-({[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-benzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid Step A: [3- ({[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-benzyl]-amino}-methyl}-phenyl]-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.21-7.33(m, 4H), 7.15(d, 2H), 7.03-7.04(m, 2H), 6.88-6.90(m, 1H), 6.84(s, 2H), 3.78(d, 4H), 3.66(s, 3H), 3.59(s, 2H), 1.82(bs, 1H). Step B: [3-({[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-benzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl}-phenyl]-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 6.81-7.17(m, 11H), 4.31(d, 4H), 3.65(s, 3H), 3.58(s, 2H), 2.80(s, 3H). Step C: [3-({[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-benzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl}-phenyl]-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.07-7.35(m,8H), 6.92-6.93(m,2H), 6.82(s,1H), 4.32(d,4H), 3.62(s,2H), 2.81(s,3H).
Example 148
(3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: (3-{[(4-pyrimidine-2- Benzyl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ8.77(d,2H), 8.37(d,2H), 7.44(d,2H), 7.23-7.29(m,3H), 7.14-7.16(m,2H), 3.86(s,2H), 3.79 (s, 2H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 3.60 (s, 2H); MS 348 (M+1). Step B: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ8.83(s,2H), 8.43(s,2H), 7.44-7.49(m,2H), 7.23-7.33(m,5H), 4.37-4.41(m,4H), 3.71(s,3H) , 3.61-3.68 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H); MS 426 (M+1). Step C: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ8.82(d,2H) 8.15(d,2H), 7.30(d,2H), 7.24-7.27(m,3H), 7.15-7.17(m,1H), 7.03(s,1H), 4.42( s, 2H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 2.90 (s, 3H).
Example 149
(3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: (3-{[(4-thiazole-2 -Yl-benzyl)-amino)-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.82-7.91(m,3H), 7.38-7.40(m,2H), 7.22-7.29(m,4H), 7.14-7.16(m,1H), 3.82(s,2H), 3.78(s, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.59 (s, 2H); MS 353 (M+1). Step B: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.92(d,2H), 7.84(d,1H), 7.17-7.37(m,7H), 4.33(d,4H), 3.67(s,3H), 3.59(s,2H), 2.80(s ,3H); MS 431(M+1). Step C: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-thiazol-2-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 6.98-7.85 (m, 10H), 4.30-4.40 (d, 4H), 3.45 (s, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H); MS 415 (M-1).
Example 150
(3-{[(4-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid. Step A: (3-{[(4-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.24-7.43(m, 11H), 7.16(d, 1H), 6.93(d, 2H), 3.78(s, 2H), 3.74(s, 2H), 3.68(s, 3H), 3.61(s, 2H); MS 376(M+1). Step B: (3-{[(4-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetate methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.20-7.43(m, 12H), 6.94(d, 2H), 4.30(s, 2H), 4.26(s, 2H), 3.69(s, 3H), 3.62(s, 2H), 2.75(s , 3H); MS475(M+22). Step C: (3-{[(4-Benzyl-3-hydroxy-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 Hz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.20-7.43(m, 12H), 6.93(d, 2H), 4.29(s, 2H), 4.25(s, 2H), 3.64(s, 2H), 2.74(s, 3H); MS 438(M -1).
Example 151
(3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0154.tif" />-2-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: (3-{[(4-pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0155.tif" />-2-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 9.00(s, 1H), 8.60(s, 1H), 7.96-7.98(m, 2H), 7.46-7.48(m, 2H), 7.11-7.30(m, 4H), 3.77-3.88(m, 4H) ), 3.58-3.69 (m, 5H); MS 348 (M+1). Step B: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0156.tif" />-2-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ9.03(s,1H), 8.63-8.64(m,1H), 8.52(d,1H), 8.00(d,2H), 7.46(d,2H), 7.21-7.34(m,4H), 4.41 (s, 2H), 4.36 (s, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 2.83 (s, 3H); MS 426 (M+1). Step C: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0157.tif" />-2-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ8.96(s,1H), 8.61-8.62(m,1H), 8.56-8.57(m, 1H), 7.78(d, 2H), 7.34(d,2H), 7.16-7.30(m,3H) , 7.05 (s, 1H), 4.42 (s, 2H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 3.52 (s, 2H), 2.91 (s, 3H); MS410 (M-1).
Example 152
(3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-phenoxy-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: (3-{[(4-phenoxy-benzyl Yl)-amino]-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.20-7.34(m,7H), 7.17-7.19(m,2H), 7.06-7.11(m,2H), 6.96-7.00(m,4H), 3.79(d,4H), 3.69(s, 3H), 3.63 (s, 2H); MS 362 (M+1). Step B: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-phenoxy-benzyl)-amino]-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.20-7.37(m,9H), 7.12(t,1H), 6.95-7.01(m,3H), 4.32(d,4H), 3.69(s,3H), 3.62(s,2H), 2.79 (s, 3H); 457 (M+18). Step C: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-phenoxy-benzyl)-amino]-methyl)-phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.22-7.36(m,9H), 7.12(t,1H), 6.94-7.01(m,3H), 4.32(d,4H), 3.65(s,2H), 2.79(s,3H); MS 424(M-1).
Example 153
[3-({Methanesulfonyl-[4-(4-methyl-[1,2,3]triazol-1-yl)-benzyl]-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]- Acetic acid step A: [3-({[4-(4-methyl-[1,2,3]triazol-1-yl)-benzyl]-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid Methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.55(d,2H), 7.33(d,2H), 7.16-7.30(m,4H), 3.84(t,2H), 3.77(s,4H), 3.68(s,3H), 3.61(s , 2H), 2.59 (t, 2H), 2.31 (bs, 1H), 2.14 (t, 2H); MS 353 (MH+). Step B: [3-({Methanesulfonyl-[4-(4-methyl-[1,2,3]triazol-1-yl)-benzyl]-amino}-methyl)-benzenebase]-Methyl acetate.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.61(d,2H), 7.20-7.33(m,6H), 4.30(s,4H), 3.86(t,2H), 3.69(s,3H), 3.62(s,2H), 2.77(s ,3H), 2.61(t,2H), 2.17(t,2H). Step C: [3-({Methanesulfonyl-[4-(4-methyl-[1,2,3]triazol-1-yl)-benzyl]-amino}-methyl)-benzenebase]-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.43(d,2H), 7.14-7.31(m,SH), 7.05(s,1H), 4.28(d,4H), 3.82(t,2H), 3.50(s,2H), 2.82(s ,3H), 2.60(t,2H), 2.13(t,2H).
Example 154
[3-({Methanesulfonyl-[4-(2-keto-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-benzyl]-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid Step A: [3-( {-[4-(2-Keto-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-benzyl]-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.63-7.68(m,1H), 7.52-7.58(m,2H), 7.41-7.47(m,2H), 7.17-7.36(m,4H), 3.90(s,2H), 3.83(s, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.63 (s, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H); MS 351 (MH+). Step B: [3-({Methanesulfonyl-[4-(2-keto-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-benzyl]-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.57(s,1H), 7.41-7.48(m,4H), 7.25-7.30(m,1H), 7.17-7.20(m,3H), 4.36(s,2H), 4.14(s,2H) , 3.68(s,3H), 3.61(s,2H), 2.86(s,3H), 2.33(s,3H). Step C: [3-({Methanesulfonyl-[4-(2-keto-pyrrolidin-1-yl)-benzyl]-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.58(s,1H), 7.13-7.39(m,8H), 4.40(s,2H), 4.37(s,2H), 3.56(s,2H), 2.91(s,3H), 2.29(s ,3H).
Example 155
5-{3-[(2,3-Dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxin-6-ylmethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A : 5-{3-[(2,3-Dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxin-6-ylmethyl)-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. The triethylamine in step A is replaced by N,N-diisopropylethylamine. MS348(M+1). Step B: 5-{3-[(2,3-Dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxin-6-ylmethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxy Methyl acid. MS443(M+18). Step C: 5-{3-[(2,3-Dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxin-6-ylmethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxy acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.70(d,1H,J=3.8), 6.50-6.80(m,4H), 4.40(s,2H), 3.23(m,2H), 2.80(m,2H), 1.70(m,2H, ); MS400 (M+1), 398 (M-1).
Example 156
(3-{[(4-Ethoxy-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.16-7.31(m,6H), 6.83(d,2H), 4.27(s,2H), 4.22(S,2H), 3.99(q,2H), 3.62(s, 2H), 2.71(s , 3H), 1.38(t, 3H); 376(M-1).
Example 157
(3-{[(4-Dimethylaminobenzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.14-7.37(m, 6H), 6.66(d, 2H), 4.27(s, 2H), 4.19(s, 2H), 3.61(s, 2H), 2.91(s, 6H), 2.69(s, 3H); 375(M-1).
Example 158
(3-{[(4-Cyclohexyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.32-7.16(m, 8H), 4.31(s, 2H), 4.28(s, 2H), 3.64(s, 2H), 2.75(s, 3H), 2.48(m, 1H), 1.83(m, 5H), 1.38(m, 5H).
Example 159
5-{3-[(4-Dimethylamino-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-[3-(4-Di Methylamino-benzylamino)-propyl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. The title compound of Step A was prepared according to the method of Example 141, Step A, however, the triethylamine was prepared from N,N-diisopropylethylamine. Step B: 5-{3-[(4-Dimethylamino-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. MS 411 (M+1). Step C: 5-{3-[(4-Dimethylamino-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.70(d,1H), 7.15(d,2H), 6.72(m,3H), 4.43(s,2H), 3.22(m,2H), 2.95(s,6H), 2.85(m,2H) ), 2.80 (s, 3H), 1,82 (m, 2H); MS 395 (M-1).
Example 160
(3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-pentyl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: {3-[(4-pentyl-benzylamino) -Methyl]-phenyl}-methyl acetate.<sup>1</sup>H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.29-7.12(m,8H), 3.78(s,2H), 3.76(s,2H), 3.68(S,3H), 3.61(s,2H), 2.57(t,2H), 1.59(t , 2H), 1.59 (t, 2H), 1.31 (m, 4H), 0.88 (t, 3H); MS 340 (M+1). Step B: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-pentyl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.32-7.14(m,8H), 4.31(s,2H), 4.29(s;2H), 3.69(s,3H), 3.62(s,2H), 2.75(s,3H), 2.59(t ,2H), 1.59(m,2H), 1.31(m,4H), 0.88(t,3H). Step C;: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-pentyl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.34-7.13(m,8H), 4.31(s,2H), 4.28(s,2H), 3.66(s,2H), 2.75(s,3H), 2.58(t, 2H), 1.59(m , 4H), 1.31(m, 4H), 0.88(t, 3H); MS 402(M-1).
Example 161
(3-{[(4-isopropoxy-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: {3-[(4-isopropoxy- Benzylamino)-methyl]-phenyl}-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.29-7.15(m, 6H), 6.84(d, 2H), 4.52(m, 1H), 3.78(s, 2H), 3.72(s, 2H), 3.68(s, 3H), 3.61(s, 2H), 1.32(d, 6H). Step B: (3-{[(4-isopropoxy-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.32-7.19(m, 6H), 6.84(d, 2H), 4.53(m, 1H), 4.30(s, 2H), 4.25(s, 2H), 3.69(s, 3H), 3.66(s , 2H), 3.62(s, 2H), 2.75(s, 3H), 1.32(d, 6H). Step C: (3-{[(4-isopropoxy-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.33-7.17(m, 6H), 6.83(d, 2H), 4.52(m, 1H), 4.29(s, 2H), 4.24(s, 2H), 3.65(s, 2H), 2.74(s, 3H), 1.32(d, 6H); MS 390(M-1).
Example 162
(3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-pyrimidin-5-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: {3-[(4-pyrimidine-5- -Benzylamino)-methyl]-phenyl}-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 9.19(s, 1H), 8.95(s, 2H), 7.52(m, 4H), 7.32-7.15(m, 4H), 3.88(s, 2H), 3.82(s, 2H), 3.69(s, 3H), 3.63(s, 2H). Step B: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-pyrimidin-5-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester. MS 425 (M+). Step C: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-pyrimidin-5-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 9.20(s, 1H), 8.95(s, 2H), 7.52(d, 2H), 7.43(d, 2H), 7.34-7.15(m, 4H), 4.41(s, 2H), 4.37(s, 2H), 3.65(s, 2H), 2.86(s, 3H); MS 410(M-1).
Example 163
(3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-methyl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: Reductive amination reaction (3-{[(4-methyl Benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-ethyl acetate. The 4-methylbenzylamine (0.097ml, 0.76mmol) and (3-methanyl-phenyl)-ethyl acetate (138mg, 0.72mmol)/MeOH (2ml) solution was stirred at room temperature for 3h. After the reaction was cooled to 0°C, NaBH4 (43mg, 1.15mmol) was added. After stirring for 10 minutes at room temperature, the NaHCO<sub>3</sub>: H<sub>2</sub>A saturated aqueous mixture of O=1:1 was added. Products in CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(3x) Extraction, the organic solution is treated with MgSO<sub>4</sub>After dehydration, filtration and concentration, the title compound (231 mg) was obtained.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.13-7.30(m,8H), 4.14(q,2H), 3.83(d,4H), 3.78(s,2H), 2.34(s,3H), 1.25(t,3H); MS 298( M+1). Step B: Formation of sulfonamide (3-{[methanesulfonyl-(4-methyl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-ethyl acetate. Add (3-{[(4-methyl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-ethyl acetate (119mg, 0.401mmol) and triethylamine (0.61ml, 0.726 mmol)/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(2ml) The solution was added to methanesulfonyl chloride (0.031ml, 0.405mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2.5h and 1N HCl was added. Products in CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(3x) Extraction. Organic solution with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter, and concentrate by vacuum. The product was purified by moderate pressure chromatography (3:1=hexane:EtOAc) to obtain the title compound (101.4 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.13-7.36(m,8H), 4.27-4.30(m,4H), 4.14(q,2H), 3.60(s,2H), 2.74(s,3H), 2.33(s,3H); MS 376 (M+1). Step C: Hydrolysis of esters Step C: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-methyl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid. In (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-methyl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-ethyl acetate (101.4rng, 0.27mmol)/MeOH (3ml) solution Aqueous NaOH (2N, 0.4ml) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 h, and diluted with a 1:1 mixture of 1 N HCl and water. Product CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(3x) To extract, the organic solution is treated with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dry, filter, and concentrate to give the title compound (87 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.13-7.34 (m, 8H), 4.28 (d, 4H), 3.65 (s, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 2H); MS 346 (M 1).
Examples 164-170
Examples 164-170 were prepared by a method similar to that of Example 163. Step A was carried out with appropriate aldehyde and amine reagents, and the desired sulfonamides were formed in Step B. The esters were hydrolyzed in Step C.
Example 164
(3-{[(4-Tri-butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: (3-{[(4-Tri-butyl -Benzylamino)-methyl]-phenyl}-ethyl acetate.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.32-7.34(m,2H), 7.24-7.27(m,5H), 7.15-7.16(m,1H), 4.13(q,2H), 3.77(d,4H), 3.59(s,2H), 1.30 (s, 9H), 1.21-1.26 (m, 3H); MS 340 (M~+1). Step B: (3-{[(4-Tri-butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-ethyl acetate.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.20-7.37(m,8H), 4.30(d,4H), 4.14(q,2H), 3.60(s,2H), 2.76(s,3H), 1.31(s,9H), 1.25(t, 3H). Step C: (3-{[(4-Tri-butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.20-7.36(m,8H), 4.31(s,2H), 4.28(s,2H), 3.64(s,2H), 2.75(s,3H), 1.30(s,9H); MS 388( M+-1).
Example 165
(3-{[(4-Tri-butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid Step A: {3-[(4-Tri-butyl -Benzylamino)-methyl]-phenoxy}-acetic acid methyl ester. Step B: (3-{[(4-Tri-butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid methyl ester. Step C: (3-{[(4-Tri-butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.20-7.36(m,5H), 6.84-6.95(m,3H), 4.66(s,2H), 4.30(s,4H), 2.77(s,3H), 1.30(s,9H); MS 404 (M-1).
Example 166
(3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-trifluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid. Step A: (3-{[(4-Trifluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.34-7.36(m,2H), 7.14-7.16(m,3H), 7.21-7.32(m,3H), 4.10-4.16(m,2H), 3.77(d,4H), 3.60(s , 2H), 1.21-1.25 (m, 3H); MS368 (M+1). Step B: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-trifluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetate methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.15-7.33(m,8H), 4.31(d,4H), 4.14(q,2H), 3.58(s,2H), 2.81(s,3H), 1.25(t,3H); MS446(M +1). Step C: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-trifluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.10-7.32 (m, 8H), 4.30 (s, 4H), 3.62 (s, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H); MS416 (M-1).
Example 167
[3-({[3-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid Step A. [3-({[3 -(4-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-ethyl acetate Step B: [3-({[3-(4-chloro-phenyl) -Propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-ethyl acetate.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.18-7.31(m,6H), 6.95(d,2H), 4.34(s,2H), 4.11(q, 2H), 3.59(s, 2H), 3.13-3.19(m, 2H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 2.49(t, 2H), 1.74-1.82(m, 2H), 1.23(t, 3H); MS 424(M+1). Step C: [3-({[3-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid. MS 393.9 (M-1).
Example 168
(3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(3-trifluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: (3-{[(3-Trifluoro Methoxy-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-ethyl acetate Step B: (3-{[methanesulfonyl-(3-trifluoromethoxy-benzyl) -Amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-ethyl acetate.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.13-7.40(m, 8H), 4.33(d, 4H), 4.14(g, 2H), 3.59(s, 2H), 2.82(s, 3H), 1.25(t, 3H); MS 446( MH+). Step C: (3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(3-trifluoromethoxy-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid. MS 417 (M-1).
Example 169
3-({[2-(3-Chloro-phenylsulfanyl)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 6.98-7.37 (m, 8H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 3.60 (s, 2H), 3.28 (m, 2H), 2.81-2.93 (m, 5H); 412 (M-1).
Example 170
[3-({[4-(2-Benzo[1,3]dione-5-yl-vinyl)-benzyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-phenyl]- Acetic acid MS 478 (M-1).
Example 171
(3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-thiazolyl-2-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid Step A: Reductive amination reaction {3-[ (4-thiazolyl-2-yl-benzylamino)-methyl]-phenoxy}-tri-butyl acetate. Combine (3-aminomethyl-phenoxy)-tri-butyl acetate (0.14g, 0.59 mmol) and 4-thiazolyl-2-yl-benzaldehyde (0.105g, 0.55 mmol)/MeOH (2ml) The solution was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hours. After cooling to 0°C, add NaBH<sub>4</sub>(0.033g, 0.88mmol), the reaction was stirred for another 10 minutes. Mixture with saturated NaHCO<sub>3</sub>: H<sub>2</sub>The O(1:1) aqueous solution was quenched, and the methanol was removed by vacuum.
Products in CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>Extraction, the organic solution is treated with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dry, filter, and concentrate under vacuum to obtain a brown oily product. The product was purified by flash chromatography with silica gel (6/4 = EtOAc/hexane) to form the title compound of Step A (0.140 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.91(d,2H), 7.82(s,1H), 7.40(d,2H), 7.23-7.38(m,2H), 6.94(m,2H), 6.78(d,1H), 4.49(s , 2H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 3.76 (s, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H); MS 411 (M+1). Step B: Formation of sulfonamides (3-{[Methanesulfonamide-(4-thiazolyl-2-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid tri-butyl ester. Combine {3-[(4-thiazolyl-2-yl-benzylamino)-methyl]-phenoxy}-acetic acid tri-butyl ester (0.045g, 0.109mmol), diethylamine (16.8ml , 0.120mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (8.6ml, 0.11mmol)/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(2ml) Stir at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched with water. This aqueous solution is then CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>Rinse, organic solution with Na<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>Dry, filter, and thicken. The product was purified by flash chromatography with silica gel (1/1=EtOAc/hexane) to obtain the title compound of Step B as a clear oil.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.97(d,2H), 7.85(s,1H), 7.35(m,3H), 7.32(m,1H), 6.80-6.90(m,3H), 4.48(s,2H), 4.36(s , 2H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 1.47 (s, 9H); MS 489 (M+1). Step C: Hydrolysis of esters (3-{[Methanesulfonamide-(4-thiazolyl-2-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid. The solution (3-{[methanesulfonamide-(4-thiazolyl-2-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid tri-butyl ester (0.074g)/CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(2ml) Cool to 0°C and add 2ml of trifluoroacetic acid. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. CH for solvent<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>It was removed by azeotropic evaporation to obtain the title compound (40 mg).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ9.94(bs,1H), 8.14(s,1H), 7.81(d,2H), 7.55(s,1H), 7.37(d,2H), 7.18(m,1H), 6.90(d,1H) ), 6.80(d,1H), 6.63(s,1H), 4.58(s,2H), 4.35(s,2H), 4.29(s,2H), 2.93(s,3H); MS 431(M-1 ).
Examples 172-178
Examples 172-178 were prepared in a similar manner to Example 141. Step A was carried out with appropriate aldehyde and amine reagents, and the desired sulfonamides were formed in Step B. The esters were hydrolyzed in Step C.
Example 172
(3-{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-pyridin-2-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid hydrogen chloride salt Add the TFA salt separated in step C to 2 The equivalent of 1N HCl is converted into HCl salt, and the water is removed and dried in a vacuum. MS 427 (M+1), 425 (M-1).
Example 173
5-{3-[(2-Benzylsulfanyl-ethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-{3-[(2- Benzylsulfanyl-ethyl)-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tri-butyl ester:<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.52(d,1H), 7.19-7.29(m, 5H), 6.73(d, 1H), 3.68(s, 2H), 2.83(t, 2H), 2.71(t, 2H), 2.53-2.59 (m, 4H), 1.81(t, 2H), 1.54(s, 9H); MS 392(M+1). Step B: 5-{3-[(2-Benzylsulfanyl-ethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid tri-butyl ester:<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.52(d,1 H), 7.22-7.30(m, 5H), 6.74(d, 1H), 3.71(s, 2H), 3.23(t, 2H), 3.06-3.15(m, 2H), 2.77 -2.82(m, 5H), 2.58(t, 2H), 1.54(s, 9H); MS 470(M+1). Step C: 5-{3-[(2-Benzylsulfanyl-ethyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. MS 412 (M-1).
Example 174
5-(3-{[2-(Diphenyl-2-oxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-(3 -{[2-(Diphenyl-2-oxy)-ethyl]-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester:<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.49-7.52(m, 3H), 7.24-7.39(m, 5H), 6.90-7.20(m, 2H), 6.69(d,1 H), 4.08(t, 2H), 2.89(t, 2H) , 2.74(t, 2H), 2.57(t, 2H), 2.22(bs, 1H), 1.71-1.79(m, 2H), 1.55(s, 9H); MS 438(M+1). Step B: 5-(3-{[2-(Diphenyl-2-oxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester : MS 460(M-56), Step C: 5-(3-{[2-(Diphenyl-2-oxy)-ethyl-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene- 2-carboxylic acid. MS458 (M-1).
Example 175
5-(3-{[3-(1H-Indol-3-yl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-(3 -{[3-(1H-Indol-3-yl)-propyl]-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester:<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ8.11(s,1H), 7.49-7.57(m,2H), 7.32(d,1H), 7.07-7.18(m,2H), 6.96(s,1H), 6.71(d,1H), 2.68 -2.81 (m, 8H), 1.91-2.06 (m, 4H), 1.54 (s, 9H); MS 399 (M+1). Step B: 5-(3{[3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester:<sup>1</sup>H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ8.07(bs,1H), 7.50-7.55(m,2H), 7.34-7.36(m,1H), 7.08-7.20(m,2H), 6.98-6.99(m,1H), 6.70(d, 1H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 3.15-3.25 (m, 4H), 3.05-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.73-2.85 (m, 6H), 1.88-2.04 (m, 4H), 1.55 (s, 9H); MS 475(M-1). Step C: 5-(3-{[3-(1H-Indol-3-yl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene 2-carboxylic acid: MS 419(M -1).
Example 176
5-{3-[(4-t-butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-{3-[(4-t -Butyl-benzyl)-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester:<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.51(d, 1H), 7.33(d, 2H), 7.23-7.25(m, 2H), 6.72(d, 1H), 3.74(s, 2H), 2.87(t, 2H), 2.69(t, 2H), 1.90(t, 2H), 1.54(s, 9H), 1.29(s, 9H); MS 388(M+1). Step B: 5-{3-[(4-t-butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester:<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.47-7.49(m, 1H), 7.34-7.36(m, 2H), 7.23-7.25(m, 2H), 6.59(d, 1H), 4.33(s, 2H), 3.21(t, 2H) , 2.81(s, 3H), 2.73(t, 2H), 1.83(t, 2H), 1.54(s, 9H), 1.30(s, 9H); MS 483(M+18). Step C: 5-{3-[(4-t-butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid:<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.64(d, 1H), 7.36(d, 1H), 7.25-7.26(m, 2H), 6.66(d, 1H), 4.34(s, 2H), 3.23(t, 2H), 2.82(s, 3H), 2.77(t, 2H), 1.79-1.87(m, 2H), 1.30(s, 9H); MS 408(M-1).
Example 177
5-(3-{[2-(3-Chloro-phenylsulfanyl)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5- (3-{[2-(3-Chloro-phenylsulfanyl)-ethyl]-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester:<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.48-7.53(m,1H), 7.12-7.31(m,4H), 6.74(d,1H), 3.06(t,2H), 2.85(q,4H), 2.65(t,2H), 1.80 -1.87 (m, 2H), 1.55 (s, 9H); MS 412 (MH+). Step B: 5-(3-{[2-(3-Chloro-phenylsulfanyl)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester :<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.52(d,1H), 7.14-7.31(m,4H), 6.75(d,1H), 3.31-3.35(m,2H), 3.21(t,2H), 3.11-3.15(m,2H) , 2.82-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 1.94 (t, 2H), 1.54 (s, 9H); MS 508 (M+18). Step C: 5-(3-{[2-(3-Chloro-phenylsulfanyl)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid:<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.72(d,1H), 7.31(s,1H), 7.15-7.25(m,3H), 6.97(d,1H), 3.34-3.42(m,2H), 3.24(t,2H), 3.14 (t, 2H), 2.91 (t, 2H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 1.93-2.10 (m, 2H); MS 434 (M+1).
Example 178
(3{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-pyridin-3-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid Step A: {3-[(4-pyridine-3- -Benzylamino)-methyl]-phenoxy}-acetic acid t-butyl ester:<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ8.81(bs,2H), 7.59(d,2H), 7.47(m,2H), 7.41(m,2H), 7.22(t,1H), 6.94(m,2H), 6.78(m,1H) ), 4.50(s,2H), 3.82(s,2H), 3.78(s,2H), 1.45(s,9H); MS405(M+1), Step B: (3{[Methanesulfonyl-( 4-Pyridin-3-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid t-butyl ester:<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ8.83(bs,1H), 8.59(m,1H), 7.85(m,1H), 7.55(m,2H), 7.40(d,2H), 7.36(m,1H), 7.24(m,1H) ), 6.91(d,1H), 6.86(m,1H), 6.82(dd,1H), 4.49(s,2H), 4.39(s,2H), 4.32(s,2H), 2.81(s,3H) ,1.48(s,9H); MS483(M+1). Step C: (3{[Methanesulfonyl-(4-pyridin-3-yl-benzyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenoxy)-acetic acid. MS425(M-1).
Example 179
5-(3-{[3-(3-Bromo-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2 carboxylic acid Step A: Reductive amination reaction 5- (3-{[3-(3-Bromo-phenyl}propyl]-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester: The title compound is the method of step A of Example 141 Prepared from 5-(3-amino-propyl)-thiophene-2 carboxylic acid t-butyl hydrochloride and 3-(3-bromo-phenyl)-propanal.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.50(d, 1H), 7.28-7.30(m, 2H), 7.06-7.14(m, 2H), 6.75(d, 1H), 2.85(t, 2H), 2.65-2.78(m, 4H), 2.60(t, 2H), 1.92-2.04(m, 4H), 1.52-1.54(m, 9H); MS 438(M+). Step B: Formation of sulfonamide 5-(3-{[3-(3-bromo-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid-t -Butyl ester: The title compound was obtained from 5-(3-{[3-(3-bromo-phenyl)-propyl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid-t-butyl using the method of Example 141, step B Ester preparation.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.52(d, 1H), 7.3G7.32(m, 2H), 7.07-7.16(m, 2H), 6.74(d, 1H), 3.15-3.20(m, 4H), 2.84(t, 2H) , 2.80(s, 3H), 2.59(t, 2H), 1.85-1.98(m, 4H), 1.54(s, 9H); MS 533(M+17). Step C: Esters hydrolyze 5-(3-{[3-(3-bromo-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2 carboxylic acid. The title compound was prepared from 5-(3-{[3-(3-bromo-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl using the method of step C of Example 171 -Thiophene-2 carboxylic acid t-butyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.71(d, 1H), 7.31-7.33(m, 2H), 7.08-7.17(m, 2H), 6.84(d, 1H), 3.11-3.22(m, 4H), 2.90(t, 2H), 2.81(s, 3H), 2.60(t, 2H), 1.82-1.99(m, 4H); MS 458(M-1).
Example 180
Example 180 uses appropriate aldehydes and amine reagents in a similar manner to Example 179 to carry out amination reaction in step A, step B to form sulfonamides, and step C to carry out ester hydrolysis.
Example 180
5-(3-{(But-1-sulfonyl)-[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-amino}-propyl-thiophene-2 carboxylic acid Step A: 5- (3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester: The title compound is described in the examples 179 Preparation of Step A (except for using diisopropylethylamine instead of triethylamine). Step B: 5-(3-{(But-1-sulfonyl)-[3-(3-chloro- Phenyl)-propyl]-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester: MS 531(M+18). Step C: 5-(3-{(But-1-sulfon (Phenyl)-[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid:<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.72(d, 1H, J=4.0), 7.00-7.40(m, 4H), 6.70(d, 1H, J=4.0), 3.25(m, 4H), 2.82(m, 2H), 2.60(m , 2H), 1.60-2.25(m, 6H), 1.07(t, 3H, J=7.0); MS 457(M-1).
Example 181
5-{3-[Cyclopropanecarbonyl-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl-methyl)-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid step A: Reductive amination reaction 5-{3-[(2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1.41 Dioxin-6-yl-methyl)-amino]-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. Step A is prepared by a method similar to that of Step A in Example 163. Step B: Formation of amide 5-{3-[cyclopropanecarbonyl-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl-methyl)-amino]-propyl)- Thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester: the 5-{3-[(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1.4]dioxin-6-yl-methyl)-amino]-propyl)-thiophene-2 -10ml CH of methyl carboxylate (0.435g, 0.125mmol), DCC (0.0284g0.137mmol) and cyclopropanoic acid (0.0119g, 0.137mmol)<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>The solution was stirred at room temperature for 16h. The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in 15 ml EtOAc and filtered. Wash the organic solution with water and concentrated brine in order, and use MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter, and concentrate in vacuo to obtain the title compound of step B (53 mg) as an oil. MS 416 (M+). Step C: Hydrolysis of esters of 5-{3-[cyclopropanecarbonyl-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl-methyl)-amino]-propyl}-thiophene -2-carboxylic acid. Step C is prepared by a method similar to Step C of Example 141.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.70 (bs, 1H), 6.50-7.00 (m, 4H), 4.50 (s, 2H), 4.20 (bs, 4H), 3.32 (m, 2H), 2.70 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.00-0.70 (m, 4H); MS 402 (M+1), 400 (M-1).
Examples 182-184
In Examples 182-184, using appropriate aldehyde and amine reagents similar to Example 181, step A was used for amination reaction, step B to form sulfonamide, and step C for ester hydrolysis.
Example 182
5-[3-(benzofuran-2-ylmethyl-cyclopropylcarbonyl-amino)-propyl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.70(bs,1H), 7.00-7.60(m,4H), 6.60-6.95(m,2H), 4.60(s,2H), 3.20(m,2H), 2.70(m,2H), 1.80( m, 2H), 1.00-0.70 (m, 4H); MS 384 (M+1), 382 (M-1).
Example 183
5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-propionic acid-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.74(d,1H), 7.30-7.00(m,4H), 6.73(d,1H), 3.20(m,4H), 2.92(m,2H), 2.71(m,2H), 2.20(m, 2H), 1.89-1.70 (m, 4H), 1.20 (t, 3H); MS 392 (M-1).
Example 184
5-(3-{Acetyl-[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-(3-{ [3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. MS 352 (M+1). Step B: 5-(3-{Acetyl-[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. MS 394 (M+1). Step C: 5-(3-{Acetyl-[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.70(d,1H,J=4.0), 7.00-7.60(m,4H), 6.80(d,1 H,J=4.0), 3.25(m,4H), 2.82(m,2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 1.60-2.00 (m, 2H); MS 378 (M-1), 380 (M+1).
Example 185
5-{3-[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-(Propan-1-sulfonyl)-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-{3-[( 4-Butyl-benzyl)-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. Combine 4-butylbenzaldehyde (250mg, 1.541mmol), 5-(3-amino-propyl)-thiophene)-2 carboxylic acid methyl ester hydrogen chloride (403mg, 1.695mmol), and Na<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>(2.189g, 15.41mmo1) MeOH (10ml) mixture is heated to reflux for 4.5h, then Na is added<sub>2</sub>SO<sub>4</sub>(2.19g). The reaction was heated to reflux for 1 hour and then cooled to room temperature. The solid was filtered off with MeOH, and the volatile material was removed by vacuum. The residue is mixed with THF (10ml) and CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(10ml) was dissolved, and the solution was cooled to 0°C. Acetic acid (185mg, 3.082mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (653mg, 3.082mmol) were added sequentially, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc, and the organic solution was sequentially used with NaHCO<sub>3</sub>Rinse with aqueous solution and saline. MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dry, filter, and thicken. Purified by flash chromatography (99:1=CHCl<sub>3</sub>: MeOH to 97.5: 2.5=CHCl<sub>3</sub>: MeOH) to obtain the title compound (309 mg). MS346(MH+). Step B: Formation of sulfonamide 5-{3-[(4-butyl-benzyl)-(propane-1-sulfonyl)-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. The title compound was prepared using the method in Example 141, step 8 except that N-methylmorpholine was replaced with triethylamine. Step C: Esters hydrolyze 5-{3-[(4-butyl-benzyl)-(propane-1-sulfonyl)-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. The title compound was prepared using the method of step C in Example 141.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.72(d,1H,J=4.0), 7.00-7.40(m,4H), 6.70(d,1H), J=4.0), 3.22(t,2H,J=6.8), 2.65(t, 2H, J=6.8), 1.60-2.25 (m, 6H), 1.02-1.10 (m, 6H); MS436 (M-1), 438 (P+1).
Example 186
(3-{[(Benzo[1,2,5]<img file="TWI242560B_D0158.tif" />Diazole-4-sulfonyl t(4-butyl-benzyl tamino]-methyl}-phenylacetic acid Step A: Formation of sulfonamide (3-{[(benzo[1,2,5]<img file="TWI242560B_D0159.tif" />Diazole-4-sulfonyl t(4-butyl-benzyl tamino]-methyl}-phenylacetate methyl ester. Benzofurazan-4-sulfonyl chloride (109mg, 0.50mmol) was added {3-[(4-Butyl-benzylamino t-methyl]-phenylacetate methyl (163mg, 0.50mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (65mg, 0.50mmol) 1 , 2 dichloroethane solution. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20h. The reaction was washed with EtOAc and organic solution, washed with water and brine in order. The organic solution was washed with MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dry, filter, and concentrate to obtain (3-{[(benzo[1,2,5]<img file="TWI242560B_D0160.tif" />Diazole-4-sulfonyl t(4-butyl-benzyl tamino]-methyl}-phenylacetate methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.95(d,1H), 7.88(d,1H), 7.37-7.41(m,1H), 7.06-7.10(m,2H), 6.9-6.97(m,6H), 4.56(s,2H) , 4.51 (s, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.45 (s, 2H), 2.48 (t, 2H), 1.45-1.53 (m, 2H), 1.23-1.32 (m, 2H), 0.89 (t ,3H); MS508(M+18). Step B: Hydrolysis of esters (3-{[(benzo[1,2,5]<img file="TWI242560B_D0161.tif" />Diazole-4-sulfonyl t(4-butyl-benzyl tamino]-methyl}-phenylacetic acid. Hydrolyzed (3-{[(benzo[1, 2,5]<img file="TWI242560B_D0162.tif" />Diazole-4-sulfonyl t(4-butyl-benzyl tamino]-methyl}-phenylacetate gave the title compound.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.93(d,1H), 7.87(d,1H), 7.34-7.38(m,1H), 7.07-7.09(m,2H), 6.90-4.96(m,6H), 4.54(s,2H) , 4.49(s,2H), 3.47(s,2H), 2.46(t,2H), 1.44-1.51(m,2H), 1.21-1.31(m,2H), 0.88(t,3H); MS 492( M-1).
Examples 187-188 were prepared by a method similar to that of Example 186. The sulfonamides were used in step A to form appropriate amines, and then in step B, esters were hydrolyzed.
Example 187
(3-{[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-(propane-1-sulfonyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: (3-{[(4-butyl Benzyl-benzyl)-(propane-1-sulfonyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ4.30(d,4H), 3.69(s,3H), 3.61(s,2H), 2.82-2.86(m,2H), 2.59(t,2H), 1.78-1.84(m,2H), 1.58 (t, 2H). Step B: (3-{[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-(propane-1-sulfonyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.12-7.32(m,8H), 4.30(d,4H), 3.64(s,2H), 2.81-2.90(m,2H), 2.59(t,2H), 1.74-1.83(m,2H) , 1.54-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.31-1.40 (m, 2H), 0.87-0.97 (m, 6H); MS 416 (M+-1).
Example 188
(3-{[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-(thiophen-2-sulfonyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid Step A: (3-{[(4-butyl Benzyl-benzyl)-(thiophen-2-sulfonyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.51-7.57(m,2H), 7.12-7.20(m,2H), 6.95-7.08(m,7H), 4.30(d,4H), 3.68(s,3H), 3.52(s,2H) , 2.55 (t, 2H), 1.51-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.27-1.36 (m, 2H), 0.91 (t, 3H); MS472 (M+1). Step B: (3-{[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-(thiophen-2-sulfonyl)-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.50-7.54(m,2H), 7.10-7.18(m,2H), 6.89-7.05(m,7H), 4.27(d,4H), 3.52(s,2H), 2.52(t,2H) , 1.48-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.21-1.34 (m, 2H), 0.89 (t, 3H); MS 456 (M-1).
Example 189
3-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-benzoic acid Step A: Formation of sulfonamide 3-(3 -{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester. Combine 3-(3-{[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-amino}-propyl)-benzoic acid and (50.3 mg, 0.145mmol) triethylamine (32.4mg, 0.32 mmol) of CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(10ml) solution, add methanesulfonyl chloride (18.3mg, 0.16mmol) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24h and used CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>dilution. The organic solution is HCl (5.5%, 1x) solution, H<sub>2</sub>O(1x), NaHCO<sub>3</sub>(1x) and brine (1x) cleaning. MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dry, filter, and concentrate to obtain the title product (71 mg) of step A as an oil. MS 424 (M+1). Step B: Hydrolysis of esters of 3-(3-{[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-benzoic acid. Hydrolyze 3-(3-{[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester according to the process of step C in Example 141 The title compound is then obtained.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.00-8.00(m, 8H), 3.19(m, 4H), 3.00(s, 3H), 2.70(m, 2H), 2.60(m, 2H), 1.79-2.03(m, 4H); MS 408 (M-1), 41-0(M+1).
Examples 190-197
Examples 190-197 were prepared in a similar manner to Example 189. Step A was carried out from sulfonamides to form appropriate amines, and then the esters were hydrolyzed in Step B.
Example 190
5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-(3- {[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. MS 414 (M+1). Step B: 5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.75-7.50(m, 5H), 6.20(d, 1H, J=4), 2.95(s, 3H), 2.80(m, 2H), 2.65(m, 2H), 1.80-2.00(m, 4H); MS 398 (M-1), 400 (M+1).
Example 191
5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino)-propyl}-tetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5- (3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-tetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. MS 418 (M+1). Step B: 5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino)-propyl}-tetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.00-7.30(m, 14H), 3.20(t, 2H, J=6.8), 2.85(s, 3H), 2.65(t, 2H, J=6.7), 1.90(m, 2H); MS 402( M-1), 404 (M+1).
Example 192
5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-ethanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-(3 -{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-ethanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. MS 428 (M+1). Step B: 5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-ethanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.80-7.70(m, SH), 6.21(d, 1H, J=4), 3.22(m, 4H), 2.81(m, 2H), 2.62(m, 2H), 1.80-2.20(m, 6H), 1.05(t, 3H, J=7); MS 412(M-1), 414(M+1).
Example 193
5{3-[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-ethanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5{3-[(4-butyl-benzyl Yl)-ethanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. MS 457 (M+18). Step B: 5{3-[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-ethanesulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.70(d, 1H, J=3.9), 7.00-7.40(m, 4H), 6.72(d, 1H, J=3.8), 3.22(t, 2H, J=6.9), 2.60(t, 2H, J=7.0), 1.72-2.30 (m, 6H), 1.03-1.09 (m, 6H); MS 422 (M-1).
Example 194
5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-ethanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-(3 -{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-ethanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. MS 461 (M+18). Step B: 5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-ethanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.62-7.71(m,6H), 3.26(m,4H), 2.83(m,2H), 2.63(m,2H), 1.60-2.25(m,6H), 1.06(t,3H,J= 7.0); MS 428 (M-1), 429 (M+1).
Example 195
3-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-ethanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-benzoic acid Step A: 3-(3-{[3 -(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-ethanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester. MS 438(M+1). Step B: 3-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-ethanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-benzoic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.00-8.00(m,58H), 3.21(m,4H), 2.78(m,2H), 2.50(m,2H), 1.82-2.20(m,6H), 1.05(t,3H,J= 7.0); MS 422 (M-1), 424 (M+1).
Example 196
5-{3-[[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-(propane-1-sulfonyl-amino]-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5 -{3-[[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-(propane-1-sulfonyl-amino)-propyl]-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. MS 476 (M+18). Step B: 5-{3-[[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-(propane-1-sulfonyl-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.70(d,1H,J=4.0),7.00-7.30(m,4H), 6.80(d,1H,J=4.0), 3.20(m,4H), 2.70(m,4H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 6H), 1.00 (t, 3H, J=7.0); MS 444 (M+1), 442 (M-1).
Example 197
5-{3-[[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-(3-chloro-propane-1-sulfonyl)-amino]-propyl}-thiophene-2- Carboxylic acid step A: Formation of sulfonamide 5-{3-[[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-(3-chloro-propane-1-sulfonyl)-amino ]-Propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester. The title compound was prepared using appropriate starting reactants, similar to the method described in Example 189, Step A. Step B: Hydrolysis of esters 5-{3-[[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-(3-chloro-propane-1-sulfonyl)-amino]-propyl }-Thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. Similar to the step C of Example 171, hydrolyze 5-{3-[[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-(3-chloro-propane-1-sulfonyl)-amino group ]-Propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester gave the title compound.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.60-7.72(m,6H), 3.19(m,4H), 2.79(m,2H), 2.60(m,2H), 1.60-2.20(m,6H); MS 477(M-1).
Example 198
5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-hydroxyacetinyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: Formation of amines 5 -(3-{[3-(3-Chlorophenyl)-propyl]-hydroxyacetinyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. The 5-(3{[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]}propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (80.7mg, 0.23mmol), acetoxyacetic acid (30mg , 0.25mmol) and DCC (52mg, 025mmol) of CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(10ml) The solution was stirred at room temperature for 24h. After the reaction mixture was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (15ml) and filtered. The filtrate was sequentially used HCl (5.5%, 1x), H<sub>2</sub>O(1x), NaHCO<sub>3</sub>(1x), concentrated brine (1x) cleaning. Organic solution through MgS0<sub>4</sub>Dry, filter, and concentrate to obtain an oily product (90 mg). MS452(M+1). Step B: Esters hydrolyze 5-(3-{[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-hydroxyacetoxy-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. Using step C similar to Example 141, hydrolyze 5-(3-{[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-hydroxyacetyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2- Methyl carboxylate gives the title compound.<sup>1</sup>HNMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.70-7.80(m,6H), 3.24(m,4H), 2.81(m,2H), 2.60(m,2H), 1.20-2.02(m,4H); MS394(M-1), 396 (M+1).
Examples 199-205 were prepared by a method similar to that of Example 198. Step A was carried out from amide to form appropriate amines, and then the esters were hydrolyzed in Step B.
Example 199
5-(3{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-(3-{[ 3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. Step B: 5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 6.60-7.80 (m, 6H), 3.25 (m, 4H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 1.80-2.00 (m, 4H), 0.70-1.00 (m, 4H); MS 404 (M-1), 406 (M+1).
Example 200
5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-cyclobutanecarbonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-(3- {[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-cyclobutanecarbonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. Step B: 5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-cyclobutanecarbonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 6.60-7.70 (m, 6H), 3.22 (m, 4H), 2.86 (m, 2H), 2.66 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.99 (m, 10H); MS418 (M-1), 420 ( M+1).
Example 201
5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methoxyacetyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2 carboxylic acid Step A: 5-(3 -{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methoxyacetyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid. Step B: 5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methoxyacetyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2 carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.60-7.82(m,6H), 3.25(m,4H), 3.20(s,3H), 2.80(t,2H,J=7.0), 2.60(t,2H,J=7.0), 1.60- 2.00 (m, 4H); MS408 (M-1), 410 (M+1).
Example 202
5-(3-{Propionyl-[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-(3-{ Propionyl-[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. MS422(M+1). Step B: 5-(3-{Propionyl-[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.66-7.70(m,6H), 3.20(m,4H), 2.81(m,2H), 2.62(m,2H), 1.70-2.20(m,6H), 1.04(t,3H,J= 6.7); MS408(M+1), 406(M-1).
Example 203
5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-propionic acid-amino}-propyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-(3-{ [3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-propionic acid-amino}-propyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. MS 392 (M+1). Step B: 5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-propionic acid-amino}-propyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.80-7.70(m,5H), 6.21(d,1H,J=3.9), 3.20(m,4H), 2.83(m,2H), 2.60(m,2H), 1.80-2.20(m, 6H), 1.04 (t, 3H, J=6.8); MS 376 (M1), 378 (M+1).
Example 204
5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino}-propyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-(3-{ [3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino}-propyl)-furan-2carboxylic acid methyl ester. MS 404 (M+1). Step B: 5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-cyclopropanecarbonyl-amino}-propyl)-furan-2 carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.80-7.40(m,5H), 6.19(d,1H,J=4.0), 3.25(m,4H), 2.81(m,2H), 2.60(m,2H), 1.60-2.00(m, 4H); MS 388(M-1), 390(M+1).
Example 205
5-(3-{Acetyl-[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-amino}-propyl}-furan-2-carboxylic acid Step A: 5-(3-{ Acetyl-[3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-amino)-propyl}-furan-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. MS 378(M+1). Step B: 5 -(3-{Acetyl-[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-amino)-propyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.82-7.70(m,5H), 6.20(d,1H,J=A4), 3.20(m,4H), 2.80(m,2H), 2.60(m,2H), 2.10(s,3H) , 1.60-2.04 (m, 4H); MS 362 (M-1), 364 (M+1).
Example 206
5-(3-{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid sodium salt will be 5-(3 -{[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (7.378g, 17.74mmol) in MeOH (325ml) Add NaHCO to the solution and water (25ml)<sub>3</sub>(1.490g, 17.74mmol), the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3h. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo, and the residue was sequentially mixed with MeOH (2 x 50ml) and CHCl<sub>3</sub>(2 x 50ml) azeotroped to obtain white solid sodium salt (7.661g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.35(d,1H), 7.28(m,2H), 7.14(m,2H), 6.73(d,1H), 3.23(m, 4H), 2.83(s, 3H), 2.82(m, 2H) ), 2.62(t, 2H), 1.94(m, 2H), 1.88(m, 2H).
Examples 207-216
The preparation of Example 206 was used to produce sodium salts. The sodium salt (Examples 207-216) was prepared using various annotation methods.
Example 207
(3-{[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acetic acid sodium salt The preparation of Example 206 was used to produce sodium salt. The sodium salt was stirred at 45° C., 3% EtOH in EtOAc for 20 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered to produce a white solid. mp 158°C;<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.26-7.11(m, 8H), 4.28(s, 4H), 3.45(s, 2H), 3.29(s, 2H), 2.80(s, 3H), 2.58(t, 2H), 1.57(m , 2H), 1.33(m, 2H), 0.92(t, 3H).
Example 208
[3-({[3-(3,5-Dichloro-phenyl)-allyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}methyl)-phenoxy]-acetic acid sodium salt<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CD3OD)δ7.29-7.21(m, 4H), 6.94(m, 2H), 6.84(d, 1H), 6.44(d, 1H), 6.24(m, 1H), 4.37(s, 2H), 4.35(s, 2H), 3.94(d, 2H), 2.94(s, 3H).
Example 209
[3-({[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-methyl)-phenoxy]-acetic acid sodium salt<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CD3OD)δ 7.21(m, 1H), 6.96(m, 3H), 6.83(m, 3H), 4.44(s, 2H), 4.35(s, 2H), 4.01(t, 2H) , 3.56(t, 2H), 2.97(s, 3H).
Example 210
2-(3-{[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}propyl)-thiazolyl-4-carboxylic acid sodium salt<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CD3OD)δ 7.82(bs, 1H), 6.99(m, 1H), 6.92(m, 2H), 4.15(t, 2H), 3.62(m, 2H), 3.36(m, 2H) , 3.03(m, 2H), 2.94(s, 3H), 2.14(m, 2H).
Example 211
N-[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-N-[6-(1 H-tetrazoly-5-yl)-hexyl]-methanesulfonamide sodium salt<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.00(s, 1H), 6.93(s, 2H), 4.14(t, 2H), 3.58(t, 2H), 3.23(t, 2H), 2.91(s, 3H), 2.80(t, 2H) , 1.73(m, 2H), 1.62(m, 2H), 1.36(m, 4H).
Example 212
7-{[2-(3,5-Dichloro-phenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}heptanoate sodium salt The preparation of Example 206 was used to produce sodium salts. The sodium salt was stirred at 65° C., 2% water in EtOAc for 20 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered to produce a white solid. mp 166°C;<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.00(s,1H), 6.94(s,2H), 4.14(t,2H), 3.59(t,2H), 3.29(t,2H), 2.92(s,3H), 2.14(t,2H) ), 1.60(m,4H), 1.35(m,4H).
Example 213
7-[(4-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-heptanoate sodium salt The preparation of Example 206 was used to produce the sodium salt. The sodium salt was stirred at 65° C., 10% EtOH in EtOAc for 20 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered to produce a white solid. mp 137°C;<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.27(d,2H), 7.15(d,2H), 4.32(s,2H), 3.12(t,2H), 2.85(s,3H); 2.60(t,2H), 2.09(t,2H) ), 1.60-1.20 (m, 12H), 0.92 (t, 3H).
Example 214
(3-{[(4-Cyclohexyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}phenyl)-acetic acid sodium salt:<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.33-7.15(m,8H), 4.31(s,2H), 4.28(s,2H), 3.64(s,2H), 2.74(s,3H), 2.48(m,1H), 1.84(m ,4H), 1.74(m,1H), 1.38(m,4H), 1.24(m,1H).
Example 215
(3-{[(4-t-Butyl-benzyl)-methanesulfonyl-amino]-methyl}phenoxy)-acetic acid sodium salt The sodium salt was produced using the preparation in Example 206. The sodium salt was stirred at 65° C., 2% water in EtOAc for 20 h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered to produce a white solid. mp184-186°C;<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, D<sub>2</sub>O)δ7.19(d,2H), 7.04(m,3H), 6.71(d,1H), 6.63(d,1H), 6.49(s,1H), 4.20(s,2H), 4.18(s, 2H), 4.17 (s, 2H), 2.88 (s, 3H), 1.08 (s, 9H).
Example 216
5-(3-{[2-(3,5-Dichlorophenoxy)-ethyl]-methanesulfonyl-amino}-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid sodium salt<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.34(d,1H), 6.99(t,1H), 6.90(d,2H), 6.72(d,1H), 4.12(t,2H), 3.60(t,2H), 3.31(t,2H) ), 2.92 (s, 3H), 2.83 (t, 2H), 2.00 (m, 2H).
Preparation C
4
-C
6
Preparation C<sub>4</sub>-C<sub>6</sub>Is to use appropriate starting reactants, similar to preparation C<sub>1</sub>Methods.
Preparation C
4
N-[3-(5-Methyl-thiophen-2-yl)-propyl]-methanesulfonamide<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.57-6.53(m,2H), 4.35(m,1H), 3.17(m,2H), 2.93(s,3H), 2.83(t,2H), 2.42(s,3H), 1.90(m , 2H).
Preparation C
5
[3-(3-Methanesulfonamido-propyl)-phenyl]-acetate methyl ester<sup>1</sup>H NMR(250 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.3-7.06(m, 4H), 4.34(m, 1H), 3.70(s, 3H), 3.61(s, 2H), 3.27(m, 2H), 2.94(s, 3H), 2.72(t, 2H), 1.93(m, 2H).
Preparation C
6
[2-(3-Methanesulfonamido-propyl)-phenyl]-acetate methyl ester<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.24-7.16(m, 4H), 4.58(m, 1H), 3.69(s, 3H), 3.66(s, 2H), 3.17(q, 2H), 2.94(s, 3H), 2.72(t, 2H), 1.88 (m12H).
Prepare D3-D4
The preparation of D3-D4 uses appropriate starting reactants, similar to the method of preparing D1.
Prepare D3
1-bromomethyl-4-propyl-benzene<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.30-7.25(m, 2H), 7.14(m, 2H), 4.48(s, 2H), 2.56(t, 2H), 1.62(m, 2H), 0.93(t, 3H).
Preparation D4
1-bromomethyl-4-ethyl-benzene<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.28(m, 2H), 7.16(d, 2H), 4.48(s, 2H), 2.63(q, 2H), 1.22(t, 3H).
Prepare F3-F4
The preparation of F3-F4 uses appropriate starting reactants, similar to the method of preparing F1.
Prepare F3
2-bromomethyl-benzofuran
Prepare F4
6-chloro-2-bromomethylquinoline
Preparation method L4-L17
The preparation of L4-L17 is to use appropriate starting reactants, similar to the method of preparing L1.
Preparation of L4
1-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-3-ethyl-benzene
Preparation of L5
1-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-3-isopropyl-benzene
Preparation of L6
1-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-3-trifluoromethyl-benzene
Preparation of L7
1-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-3.5-difluoro-benzene<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.42(m,3H), 4.24(t,2H), 3.62(t,2H).
Preparation of L8
1-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-3.5-dichloro-benzene
Preparation of L9
1-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-3-fluoro-benzene
Preparation of L10
1-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-3-chloro-5-methoxy-benzene
Preparation of L11
1-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-3-ethoxy-benzene
Preparation of L12
1-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-3-chloro-benzene
Preparation of L13
5-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-benzo[1.3]difuran<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.69(d,1H), 6.50(s,1H), 6.33(dd,1H), 5.91(s,2H), 4.20(t,2H), 3.59(t,2H).
Preparation of L14
1-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-3,5-di-trifluoromethyl-benzene
Preparation of L15
1-(3-Bromo-propoxy)-3-chloro-5-methoxy-benzene
Preparation of L16
1-(3-Bromo-propoxy)-3,5-dichloro-benzene
Preparation of L17
1-(2-Bromo-ethoxy)-3-methoxy-benzene
Prepare W2
5-(3-keto-propyl)-thienyl-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester
Step A: Formation of esters
5-Bromo-thienyl-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester. Will mix anhydrous MgSO<sub>4</sub>(11.60g, 96.4 mmol) of 100 ml CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>Add concentrated H2SO to the mixture<sub>4</sub>(1.45 ml, 24.1 mmol), the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes and then 5-bromo-thienyl-2-carboxylic acid (5.0 g, 24.1 mmol) was added. After stirring for 1 minute, t-butanol (11.6 g, 20 mmol) was added, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. Add saturated NaHCO<sub>3</sub>Stop the reaction. After stratification, the water layer uses CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>Extract, combine the organics and use MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrated. The organic solution was concentrated to obtain a clear oil, which was purified by medium pressure chromatography (3% EtOAc in hexane) to obtain the title compound (4.97 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.45(d, 1H), 7.02(d, 1H), 1.54(s, 9H).
Step B: Formation of aldehydes
5-(3-keto-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester: add 5-bromo-thienyl)-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester (0.50g, 1.89mmol) in 5ml DMF Add allyl alcohol (0.51ml, 7.57mmol) to the solution, then add NaHCO<sub>3</sub>(0.397g, 4.72mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride (0.525g, 1.89mmol), and palladium acetate (0.021g, 0.094mmol). The reaction was heated to 65°C in an oil bath and then carried out at 90°C for 2h. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc and 25 ml of water, and filtered through Celite (Celite's salt) to remove the solids. After separation of the organic layer, the organic solution was washed with water (4x), in MgSO<sub>4</sub>After drying and concentration, a dark yellow oil was produced, which was purified by medium pressure chromatography (7:1=hexane:EtOAc) to obtain the title compound (0.190g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 9.80(s, 1H), 7.51(d, 1H), 6.78(d, 1H), 3.14(t, 2H), 2.86(t, 2H), 1.54(s, 9H).
Preparation X1
3-(2-Methanesulfonamido-ethyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester
Step A
3-cyanoethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester: mix 3-bromomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester (3.00g, 13.10mmol), potassium cyanide (1.02g, 15.71mmol) in DMF (25ml) mixture in 40- Heat at 45°C for 45 minutes and stir at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction was heated at 40°C for 24h, cooled to room temperature, and then potassium cyanide (1.02g, 15.71mmol) was added. The reaction was carried out at 40°C for 18 hours and then cooled to room temperature. After adding water (25ml), the product was extracted with EtOAc (3x25ml). After combining the organic layers, wash with 1N LiCl, concentrated brine, and MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydration, filtration, and concentration. Purification by flash chromatography (9:1 hexane: EtOAc to 4:1 hexane: EtOAc extraction) gave 3-cyanomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester (1.36 g). MS193 (M+18).
Step B
3-(2-Amino-ethyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester: EtOH (25ml) solution of 3-cyanomethyl-benzoic acid methyl ester (1.36g) was saturated with HC1(g) and added PtO2(200mg ). The reaction was hydrogenated under a Pap (Bell) shaker at 50 psi for 2.5 hours. Filter with diatomaceous earth (Yin's salt) to remove the catalyst, and remove the solvent under vacuum. The solid formed in Et<sub>2</sub>After stirring at 0, the mixture was filtered to obtain the title compound (1.18 g) as a white solid. MS180(M+1).
Step C
3-(2-Methanesulfonamido-ethyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester: Add 3-(2-amino-ethyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (500mg) to CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(35ml) Add methanesulfonyl chloride (292mg, 2.55mmol) and triethylamine (1.6ml, 11.5mmol) to the solution at 0°C. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18h, followed by 5.5% HCl, water, saturated NaHCO<sub>3</sub>, Wash with concentrated salt water. MgSO for organic solution<sub>4</sub>After dehydration, filtration, and concentration, the title compound (522 mg) was obtained as a white solid. MS 275 (M+18).
Preparation Y1
(3-methanyl-phenyl)-ethyl acetate
Step A
Method A (3-cyano-phenyl)-ethyl acetate: Combine (3-bromo-phenyl)-ethyl acetate (15.3g, 62.9mmol) and 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinedione (125ml Add copper(I) cyanide (8.46g, 94.4mmol) to the mixture of ). The reaction mixture was carried out in an oil bath at 190°C for 1 h. After the reaction is cooled to room temperature, use EtOAc and 2:1H<sub>2</sub>0/NH<sub>4</sub>OH dilution. The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and filtered with Celite (Chen's salt). The aqueous layer was washed with EtOAc (2x). 2:1H for organic solution<sub>2</sub>0/NH<sub>4</sub>OH wash until the extracted water layer is not blue. MgSO for organic solution<sub>4</sub>After dehydration, filtration, and concentration, (3-cyano-phenyl)-ethyl acetate (11.95 g) was obtained.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.51-7.58(m,3H), 7.43(t,1H), 4.16(q,2H), 3.63(s,2H), 1.25(t,3H).
Method B
(3-cyano-phenyl)-ethyl acetate: The (3-bromo-phenyl)-ethyl acetate (12.38g, 54.05mmol), zinc cyanide (4.33g, 36.9mmol), and DMF (150ml ) Mixture was deoxidized with nitrogen and then Pd(PPh<sub>3</sub>)<sub>4</sub>(3.10g, 2.68mmol). The mixture was heated in an oil bath at 90°C for 2.5 h and cooled to room temperature. Join NH<sub>4</sub>OH(5%), Et for product<sub>2</sub>O (3x) extraction. After combining the organic extracts, use 5% NH sequentially<sub>4</sub>OH and concentrated salt water cleaning. MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydration, filtration and concentration. Flash chromatography (9:1 hexane:EtOAc) gave (3-cyano-phenyl)-ethyl acetate (9.08g) as a pale yellow liquid, the spectrum of which was the same as the product of the above method.
Step B
(3-methanyl-phenyl)-ethyl acetate: add nickel aluminum alloy (4.6g ) This mixture was heated under reflux (100°C) for 2.25h. After the reaction mixture was cooled, it was filtered with diatomaceous earth (Yin's salt) under boiling alcohol. The filtrate was diluted with water, and the product was CHCl<sub>3</sub>Dilute (3x). This organic solution uses saturated NaHCO<sub>3</sub>The solution was stirred until pH8. MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydration, filtration and concentration. The product was purified by flash chromatography (5:1 hexane: EtoAc) to obtain the title compound (3.33 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.76-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.57 (m, 2H), 4.15 (q, 2H), 3.69 (s, 2H), 1.25 (t, 3H); MS 193 (M+1).
Prepare Z1
(3-methanyl-phenyl)-acetate methyl ester
Step A
(3-cyano-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester: (3-bromo-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (22.85g, 99.78mmol), Zn(CN)<sub>2</sub>The mixture of (7.25g, 61.75mmol) and DMF (100ml) was perfused with nitrogen for 5 minutes, and then triphenylphosphine(0)palladium (4.60g, 3.98mmol) was added. The mixture was heated at 80°C for 3h and then cooled to room temperature. Join 2N NH<sub>4</sub>OH, the product was extracted with EtOAc (3x). Use 2N NH in order for organic solution<sub>4</sub>0H (2x), concentrated brine (2x) cleaning. MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydration, filtration and vacuum concentration. The product was purified by flash chromatography (6:1 hexane: EtOAc) to obtain the title compound (15.19 g) as an oil.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.57-7.41(m,4H), 3.706(s,3H), 3.703(s,2H),
Step B
(3-methanyl-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester: Combine (3-cyano-phenyl)-acetic acid methyl ester (1.56g, 8.91mmol), aluminum-nickel alloy (1.63g) and 75% formic acid ( The mixture of 25ml) was heated under reflux for 1.75h. After the mixture was cooled to room temperature, the solid was removed by filtration through diatomaceous earth (Yin's salt) under boiling alcohol. After adding water, use CH for the aqueous solution<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(3x) Cleaning. Carefully add saturated NaHCO<sub>3</sub>Aqueous to organic solution until the pH is about 8-9. Organic solution is washed with concentrated salt water, MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydration, filtration and concentration. The product was purified by flash chromatography (5:1 hexane: EtOAc) to obtain the title compound (870 mg) as a clear and colorless oil.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ9.98(s, 1H), 7.77(m, 2H), 7.55-7.46(m, 2H), 3.68(s, 5H).
Prepare AA1
2-(3-Methanesulfonamido-propyl)-thiazolyl-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
Step A
4-Methanesulfonamide-butyric acid ethyl ester: Add methanesulfonyl chloride (4.10g, 35.8 mmol) to ethyl 4-aminobutyric acid hydrogen chloride (6.00g, 35.8 mmol), Et3N (10.8 ml, 77.4 mmol) ) In THF (230 ml) suspension. The suspension was stirred at room temperature for 43 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. Purification by flash chromatography (1:1 EtOAc:hexane to EtOAc) gave the title compound (7.08 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 4.51(s, 1H), 4.12(q, 2H), 3.18(q, 2H), 2.94(s, 3H), 2.40(t, 2H), 1.85-1.92(m, 2H), 1.24(t, 3H); MS 210(M<sup>+</sup>+1)。
Step B
4-Methanesulfonamide-butyramide: Mix 4-methanesulfonamide-propionic acid ethyl ester (7.08g, 33.8 mmol) in concentrated NH<sub>4</sub>Stir in OH (200 ml) solution at room temperature for 66 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated to obtain the title compound (6.16 g) as a white solid. This product does not require further purification and is used directly in the next step.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 3.30(s, 3H), 3.05-3.09(m, 2H), 2.91(s, 3H), 2.24-2.30(m, 2H), 1.8-1.85(m, 2H); MS'181(M<sup>+</sup>+1)。
Step C
4-Methanesulfonamide-thiobutyramide: Combine 4-methanesulfonamide-butyramide (0.50 g, 2.8 mmol) and Lawesson's reagent (0.56g, 1.4 mmol) in THF (50 ml) The suspension was stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes. Dissolve all solids during this time. The solution was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (79:1=EtOAc:MeOH) to obtain the title compound (0.41g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 3.29(s, 3H), 3.07-3.11(m, 2H), 2.91(s, 3H), 2.62-2.66(m, 2H), 1.93-1.99(m, 2H); MS 197(M<sup>+</sup>+1)。
Step D
2-(3-Methanesulfonamido-propyl)-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid ethyl ester: Combine 4-methanesulfonamido-thiobutyramide (0.35g, 1.8 mmol) and ethyl bromoacetone A solution of the acid ester (0.37 g, 1.9 mmol) in EtOH (50 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 17 h. Then ethyl bromopyruvate (0.05 g, 0.26 mmol) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5.5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (79:1 to 19:1 EtOAc:MeOH) to obtain the title compound (0.47g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 8.05(s, 1H), 4.40(q, 2H), 3.24(t, 2H), 3.17(t, 2H), 2.96(s, 3H), 2.10(t, 2H), 1.39(t, 3H) ;MS 293(M<sup>+</sup>+1)。
Prepare BB1
N-(4-Butoxy-benzyl)-methanesulfonamide
Step A: Reduction of Nitriles
4-Butoxybenzylamine: The Et of 4-butoxybenzonitrile (4.6g, 26.25mmol)<sub>2</sub>O (50ml) solution was added dropwise with lithium aluminum hydride (1.0M THF, 26.2ml, 26.2mmol). The reaction was heated under reflux for 1 h and cooled to room temperature. Pour this reactant carefully into water (50ml) and use Et<sub>2</sub>O dilution. Use diatomaceous earth (Yin's salt) in Et<sub>2</sub>Filter to remove solids at 0°C. This organic solution is washed sequentially with water and concentrated brine, MgSO<sub>4</sub>After dehydration, filtration and vacuum concentration, the product 4-butoxybenzylamine (2.68g) was obtained.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.16(m,2H), 6.82(m,2H), 3.91(m,2H), 3.75(s,2H), 1.73(m,2H), 1.46(m,2H), 1.39(m,2H) ), 0.95 (t, 3H).
Step B: Formation of Sulfonamide
N-(4-Butoxy-benzyl)-methanesulfonamide: The title compound was prepared as described in the general preparation of step 2 of preparation A1.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.24(d,2H), 6.86(d,2H), 4.76(bs,1H), 4.23(m,2H), 3.94(m,2H), 2.83(s,3H), 1.75(m,2H) ), 1.47 (m, 2H), 0.96 (t, 3H).
Prepare CC1
3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propionaldehyde: Combine 1-chloro-3-iodobenzene (9.63g, 40.38mmol), allyl alcohol (5.86g, 100.96mmol), sodium bicarbonate (8.48 g, 100.96mmol), tetrabutylammonium chloride (11.22g, 40.38mmol), and Pd(OAc)2 (317mg, 1.413mmol) in 25ml DMF solution was stirred at 50°C for 18h. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with water, and the aqueous solution was washed with EtOAc. This organic solution was washed with water and concentrated brine in order, MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydration, filtration and vacuum concentration. The product was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (9:1 hexane: EtOAc) to obtain the title compound (5.04 g) as an oil.
Prepare CC2
The preparation of 3-(3-bromo-phenyl)-propanal title compound is as described in preparation CC<sub>1</sub>For the step, the reaction is carried out at 90°C for 1 h.
Prepare DD1
5-(3-Amino-propyl)-thienyl-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester
Step A
5-(3-t-Butoxycarbonylamino-prop-1-yne)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester: Prop-2-yne-aminocarboxylate t-butyl ester (1.67g, 0.011 mmol), 5-bromo-thienyl-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (2.50g, 0.011 mmol), triphenylphosphine (0) palladium (0.622 g, 0.0538 mmol), Cul (0.102g, 0.538 mmol) and three A mixture of ethylamine (1.57 ml, 0.011 mmol) in 50 ml propionitrile was perfused with nitrogen and heated to reflux for 16 h. After the reaction was cooled to room temperature, it was diluted with 75 ml EtOAc, washed with 5.5% HCl, water and concentrated brine, and MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and concentrate in vacuo to obtain an oily product. This product was purified by flash chromatography (9:1 to 4:1 hexane:EtOAc) to obtain the title compound (2.06g) as an oil. MS 313 (M+18).
Step B
5-(3-t-butoxycarbonyl-amino-propyl)-thienyl-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester: add 5-(3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-prop-1-yne) -Thienyl-2-methyl carboxylate (2.06g) and 50ml MeOH mixture of 10% palladium/carbon (1.03g) in a Pasteur (Bell) shaker, 50psi H<sub>2</sub>The hydrogenation reaction was carried out for 16 h. The reaction was filtered through diatomaceous earth (Yin's salt) in the presence of MeOH, and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to obtain the title compound as a solid (1.93 g). MS317 (M+18).
Step C
5-(3-Amino-propyl)-thienyl-2-carboxylic acid methyl methyl ester: add 5-(3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-propyl)-thienyl-2-carboxylic acid A solution of methyl ester (0.118 g, 0.5 mmol) in 50 ml MeOH was cooled to 0°C and saturated with HCl (g). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 90 minutes. The solution was concentrated to a solid and then used EtOAc and saturated NaHCO<sub>3</sub>Separation of distribution. The organic layer is washed with concentrated brine, MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydrate, filter and concentrate in vacuo to give the title compound (399mg) as an oil. MS200(M+1).
Prepare DD2
The title compound of 5-(3-amino-propyl)furan-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester hydrogen chloride salt is prepared by using appropriate starting materials to be similar to the procedure of preparing DD1, and the hydrogenation reaction is carried out for 5.5h in step B. In step C, the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours, and concentrated in vacuo to obtain the hydrogen chloride salt of the title compound.
Preparation of EE1
5-(3-Amino-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester
Step A
But-2-yn-carbamic acid benzyl ester Add propynylamine (6.4g, 71.2 mmol) in pyridine solution (100 ml), add benzyl chloroformate (13.37g, 78.2 mmol) within 0.5 h Of 100 mlCH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>. The reaction was stirred for 16 h and the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc, and the organic solution was washed with water (2x). This organic solution is first washed with dilute HCl and then with saturated NaHCO<sub>3</sub>Clean. Organic solution in MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dry, filter, and concentrate under vacuum to give the title compound (4.43 g).
Step B
5-(3-Phenoxycarbonylamino-prop-1-yne)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester: The title compound was prepared from the appropriate starting reactants in a similar manner to Step A for the preparation of DD1.
Step C
5-(3-Amino-propyl)-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl ester hydrogen chloride salt: 5-(3-benzylphenoxycarbonylamino-prop-1-yne)-thienyl- Add Pd(OH) to a solution of t-butyl 2-carboxylate (1.0g, 2.69 mmol) in 15 ml MeOH and 2.69 ml 1N HCl(aq)<sub>2</sub>(1g). The mixture is in a Pasteur (Bell) shaker, 45psi H<sub>2</sub>The hydrogenation was carried out under shaking for 16h. Filter with diatomaceous earth (Yin's salt) to remove the catalyst, and add Pd(OH) separately<sub>2</sub>(1g). The reaction was hydrogenated under a Pap (Bell) shaker at 45 psi for 16 hours. Filter with diatomaceous earth (Yin's salt) to remove the catalyst. The solution was concentrated in vacuo. Residue and CCl<sub>4</sub>After azeotroping with Et<sub>2</sub>O was triturated together to obtain the title amine compound (360 mg).
Prepare FF1
5-{3-[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propylamino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester: add 5-(3-amino-propyl)- Thienyl-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (0.118g, 0.5mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.071g, 0.55mmol) in 10ml MeOH solution were stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and added 3-(3-chloro -Phenyl)-propionaldehyde (0.093 g, 0.55 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 90 minutes, the reaction was cooled to 0°C, and NaBH was added<sub>4</sub>(0.83ml, 5.98mmol), the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Join 1:1N aHCO<sub>3</sub>: H<sub>2</sub>O to stop the reaction and use CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>Clean. This CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>The extraction solution is washed with concentrated brine, MgSO<sub>4</sub>After dehydration, filtration and vacuum concentration, the title compound (171 mg) was obtained as an oil. MS352(M+1).
Preparation method FF2-FF4
The preparation of FF2-FF4 was prepared from appropriate starting reactants in a similar manner to the preparation of FF1.
Prepare FF2
5-{3-[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propylamino]-propyl}-thiophene-2-carboxylic acid t-butyl esters<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)s 7.51(d, 1H), 7.25-7.05(m, 4H), 6.74(d, 1H), 2.83(t, 2H), 2.72-2.59(m, 6H), 1.97-1.82(m, 4H), 1.53(s, 9H); MS 394(M+1).
Prepare FF3
5-{3-[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propylamino]-propyl}-furan-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. MS 336 (M+1).
Prepare FF4
5-{3-[3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propylamino]-propyl}-tetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester. MS 340 (M+1).
Preparation of GG1
3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propylamine
Step A
3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propenamide: A solution of 3-(3-chlorophenyl)-acrylic acid (15.0 g, 82.15 mmol) in 50 ml of sulfinic acid chloride was heated to reflux for 30 minutes. Excess sulfite chloride is removed by distillation under atmospheric pressure. The residue was azeotroped with benzene under vacuum to obtain 17.288 g of orange oil. Dissolve this oil in 25ml of CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>, This solution was slowly added to liquefied NH at -78°C<sub>3</sub>(20 ml, 80.07mmol) of CHCl<sub>3</sub>(50ml). The resulting suspension was warmed to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo to obtain the title compound (19.38 g) as a gray solid.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>) δ 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.36 (m, 1H), 6.64 (d, 1H); MS 182 (M+1), 180 (M-1).
Step B
3-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-propylamine: add 1.0M LiAlH<sub>4</sub>The THF (6.0ml, 6.0mmol) solution was added dropwise to the suspension of 3-(3-chloro-phenyl)-acrylamide (1.0g, 5.51mmol) in 30ml THF at 0°C. The reaction was warmed to room temperature and then stirred for 5 hours. Add 4ml of 1M LiAlH separately<sub>4</sub>, The reaction continued to stir for 18h. Then add 2ml of 1M LiAlH<sub>4</sub>, The reaction continued to stir for 24h. Water was added dropwise to the reaction mixture to terminate the reaction. The mixture was diluted with water after removing THF in vacuo. The aqueous solution was extracted with EtOAc. This organic solution is washed with water, MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydration, filtration and vacuum concentration. The residue is dissolved in CHCl<sub>3</sub>, This organic solution was washed with 1M HCl. The pH of the aqueous solution was adjusted to 11 with 1M NaOH, and the product was CHCl<sub>3</sub>extraction. MgSO for this organic solution<sub>4</sub>After dehydration, filtration and vacuum concentration, the title compound (0.134 g) was obtained as a yellow oil.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ7.20-7.22(m,3H), 7.16(m,1H), 2.74(t,2H), 2.61(t,2H), 1.74(m,2H); MS 170(M-1).
Prepare HH1
4-pyrimidin-2-yl-benzaldehyde: a solution of 2-bromopyrimidine (1.00g, 6.3mmol) and triphenylphosphine(0)palladium (0.218g, 0.189mmol) in glycol ether (30ml) Stir at room temperature for 10 minutes. A 15 ml aqueous solution of 4-methanylphenylboronic acid (1.14g, 7.61mmol) and sodium bicarbonate (1.58g, 18.9 mmo:) was added, and the reaction was heated to reflux for 18 h. This mixture water and CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>dilution. After stratification, the aqueous solution uses CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>Clean. Use MgSO after merging the organic layers<sub>4</sub>Dehydration, filtration and vacuum concentration. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (10% to 30% hexane in EtOAc) to obtain the title compound (0.979 g).<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 10.11(s, 1H), 8.83(s, 2H), 8.82(s, 1H), 7.98(s, 2H), 7.23(s, 2H).
Preparation of HH2-HH7
Prepare HH2-HH7 from appropriate starting reactants in a similar manner to HH1.
Prepare HH2
4-pyridin-2-yl-benzaldehyde<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 10.09(s, 1H), 8.72(s, 1H), 8.16(s, 2H), 7.95(s, 2H), 7.79(s, 2H), 7.29(m, 1H); MS 184(M+1 ).
Prepare HH3
4-pyridin-3-yl-benzaldehyde 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 10.04(s, 1H), 8.88(s, 1H), 8.64(s, 1H), 7.97(s, 2H), 7.91(m, 1H), 7.75(m, 2H), 7.39(m, 1H) ; MS 184(M+1).
Prepare HH4
4-pyridin-4-yl-benzaldehyde<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ10.03 (s, 1H), 8.70 (s, 2H), 7.99 (s, 2H), 7.79 (s, 2H), 7.52 (s, 2H); MS 184 (M+1).
Prepare HH5
4-thiazolyl-2-yl-benzaldehyde MS 189 (M+).
Prepare HH6
4-pyrimidin-5-yl-benzaldehyde<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ10.03 (s, 1H), 9.26 (s, 1H), 9.00 (s, 2H), 8.03 (m, 2H), 7.76 (m, 2H).
Prepare HH7
4-pyridine<img file="TWI242560B_D0163.tif" />2-yl-benzaldehyde<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ10.03(s,1H), 9.10(s,1H), 8.69(s,1H), 8.59(s,1H), 8.21(d,2H), 8.03(d,2H).
Preparation II1
5-(3-keto-propyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
Step A
5-(t-propyl-dimethyl-silanoxy)-pentan-2-one. The DMF of the solution 3-acetyl-1-propanol (3.000g, 29.37mmol), t-propyldimethylsilyl chloride (4.522g, 30.00mmol), and imidazole (5.004g, 73.5mmol) (40ml) was heated at 40°C for 5h and stirred at room temperature for 66h. After adding water (60ml) the product was extracted with EtOAc (4x50ml). Combine the organic extracts and wash with water, MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydration, filtration and vacuum concentration. After purification by flash chromatography (hexane:EtOAc=9:1), the title compound (3.722g) was obtained.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ3.59(t,2H), 2.49(t,2H), 2.13(s,3H), 1.76(m,2H), 0.86(s,9H), 0.02(s,6H); MS217(M+1 ).
Step B
7-(t-butyl-dimethyl-silanyloxy)-2.4-diketo-heptanoic acid ethyl ester: add diethyl oxalate ion (4.048g, 37.7mmol) to the solid at 0°C Sodium ethoxide (0.472g, 69.3mmol), then slowly add 5-(t-butyl-dimethyl-silanoxy)-pentan-2-one (1.500g, 69.3mmol). After an orange solution was produced, it was stirred at 0°C for 10 minutes and at room temperature for 3 hours. Purification by flash chromatography (19:1 = hexane: EtOAc to 9:1 = EtOAc: MeOH) gave the title compound (1.982 g); MS317 (M+1).
Step C
5-[3-(t-Butyl-dimethyl-silanoxy)-propyl]-tH-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester. The EtOH solution of 7-(t-butyl-dimethyl-silanoxy)-2,4-diketo-heptanoic acid (1.627g, 51.4mmol) and hydrazine (17ml, 55mmol) in EtOH Heat under reflux for 6h. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo. After purification by flash chromatography (6:4=hexane:EtOAc), the title compound (333mg) was obtained.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.64(s,fH), 4.37(q,2H), 3.67(t,2H), 2.85(t,2H), 1.88(m,2H), 1.38(t,3H), 0.88(s,9H) ), 0.05 (s, 6H); MS 313 (M+1).
Step D
5-(3-Hydroxy-propyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid. Combine 5-[3-(t-butyl-dimethyl-silanoxy)-propyl]-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (327 mg, 1.05 mmol) and tetrabutylammonium fluoride ( A solution of 288 mg, 1.10 mmol) in THF (50 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum. After purification by flash chromatography (EtOAc to EtOAc: MeOH 19:1), the title alcohol compound (165 mg) was obtained.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.58(s,1H), 4.35(q,2H), 3.71(t,2H), 2.84(t,2H), 1.91(m,2H), 1.36(t,3H); MS199(M+1 ).
Step E
5-(3-keto-propyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester. Add dimethyl sulfoxide (0.14ml, 1.9mmol) solution slowly at -78°C to ethylene dichloride (0.137mg, 1.08mmol) in CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(1ml) and THF (1ml) solution. After stirring for 5 minutes, this solution was added dropwise at -78°C to a solution of ethyl 5-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-1H-pyrazole-3carboxylate (178mg, 0.898mmol) in THF (10ml). After stirring the reaction for 0.5h, triethylamine (0.64ml) was added. The suspension was stirred for 40 minutes and then warmed to room temperature. Reactant with CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>: Dilute with hexane (1:4, 40ml), and wash the mixture with 10% sodium bisulfite (15ml) solution and water (2 x 10ml) in sequence. MgSO for this organic solution<sub>4</sub>After dehydration, filtration and vacuum concentration, the title aldehyde compound is obtained.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ9.82(s, 1H), 6.59(s,1H), 4.35(q, 2H), 3.06(m,2H), 2.84(t,2H), 1.91(m,2H), 1.34(t,3H) ); MS 197(M+1).
Preparation of JJ1
[5-(Methanesulfonamido-methyl)-thiophen-2-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester<img file="TWI242560B_D0164.tif" />In the alkane (10ml) solution, concentrated HCl (0.4ml, 4.8mmol) was added dropwise over 10 minutes. After adding zinc chloride (78mg, 0.57mmol), the reaction was stirred for 15 minutes in a preheated water bath at 45°C. Pour HCl (g) into the solution for 2-3 minutes. The temperature of the reaction rose to approximately 60°C. After cooling, 37% formaldehyde (1.24ml, 16mmol) solution was added dropwise, and the temperature rose to about 70°C. After the reaction was cooled to room temperature, a portion of methanesulfonamide (1.25 g, 12.8 mmol) was added.
The reaction was stirred for 3h and then poured into EtOAc (60ml). The organic solution was washed with water and the aqueous solution was washed with EtOAc (60 ml). Combine the organic solution and wash with concentrated salt water, MgSO<sub>4</sub>Dehydration, filtration and vacuum concentration. Rapid chromatography (CHCl<sub>3</sub>) After purification, the title compound (69%) was obtained as a golden oil.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.85(d,1H), 6.70(d,1H), 5.20(m,1H), 4.40(s,2H), 3.80(s,2H), 3.70(s,3H), 2.80(s,3H) ).
Preparation of KK1
5-(3-Bromo-propyl)-benzo[1.3]difuran
Step A
3-Benzo[1.3]difuran-5-yl-propan-1-ol: Add lithium aluminum hydride (1M THF, 30ml, 30mmol) slowly to 3-benzo[1,3] at 0°C A solution of diketo-5-yl-propionic acid (5.83 g, 30 mmol) in THF (60 ml). The reaction was warmed to room temperature and then stirred for 2 hours. A mixture of ice (200g) and concentrated HCl (2ml) was added to the solution. The product was extracted with EtOAc. MgSO for this organic solution<sub>4</sub>Dehydration, filtration and vacuum concentration. After purification by flash chromatography (hexane:EtOAc=6:4), the title alcohol compound (4.51g) was obtained.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.73-6.62(m,3H), 5.91(s,2H), 3.66(t,2H), 2.63(t,2H), 1.84(m,2H).
Step B
5-(3-Bromo-propyl)-benzo[1.3]difuran: As in the preparation of O1 step B, the 3-benzo[1,3]dione-5-yl-propan-1-ol is converted into The title of the bromide ion.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ6.74-6.63(m,3H), 5.92(s,2H), 3.37(t,2H), 2.69(t,2H), 2.11(m,2H).
Preparation of LL1
2-(3-Iodo-propyl)-furan Add a solution of 3-furan-2-yl-propan-1-ol (6.3 g, 50 mmol) in pyridine (40 ml) at -15°C to p -Toluenesulfonyl chloride (11.4 g, 60 mmol), and the reaction was stirred for 3 h. Water (10 x 0.5 ml) was added, and a mixture of concentrated HCl (65 ml) and ice (200 gm) was poured into the mixture. Et for product<sub>2</sub>O extraction, this organic solution uses MgSO<sub>4</sub>After dehydration, filtration and vacuum concentration, a yellow oily product is obtained. A mixture of Nal (9g, 60 mmol) and acetone (70 ml) was added to this oily product, and the reaction was stirred for 15 h. The insoluble material was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. After purification by flash chromatography (hexane), the title compound (7.2 g) was obtained.<sup>1</sup>H NMR(400 MHz, CDCl<sub>3</sub>)δ 7.30(m, 1H), 6.28(m, 1H), 6.04(m, 1H), 3.19(t, 2H), 2.75(t, 2H), 2.14(m, 2H).
Prepare MM1
3-(3-Amino-propyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester hydrogen chloride salt
Step A
3-(3-t-Butoxycarbonyl-amino-prop-1-yne)-benzoic acid methyl ester. The following step A describes the preparation of C<sub>1</sub>For general preparation, after coupling prop-2-yn-carbamic acid t-butyl ester to 3-bromomethyl formate, the title compound is obtained. MS 307 (M+18).
Step B
3-(3-t-Butoxycarbonyl-amino-propyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester. The following step B describes the preparation of C<sub>1</sub>For general preparation, after hydrogenation of 3-(3-tbutoxycarbonylamino-prop-1-yne)-benzoic acid methyl ester, the title compound is obtained. MS 311 (M+18).
Step C
3-(3-Amino-propyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester hydrogen chloride salt. A solution of 3-(3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-propyl)-benzoic acid methyl ester (565 mg) in MeOH (25 ml) was cooled to 0°C and this solution was saturated with HCl (g). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h, and concentrated under vacuum to obtain the title amine compound (399 mg). MS 194 (M+1).
Prepare NN1
[3-(2-Methanesulfanylamino-ethyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid t-butyl ester
Step A
3-Bromo-phenylacetic acid t-butyl ester. The CH of 3-bromo-phenylacetic acid (5.00g, 23.24mmol), t-butanol (1.89g, 25.57mmol), DMAP (3.12g, 25.57mmol), and DCC (5.27g, 25.57mmol)<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(150 ml) The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24h. The reaction was filtered and concentrated under vacuum. After the residue was dissolved in EtOAc, the mixture was filtered. This machine solution uses 5.5% HCl, water, saturated NaHCO in sequence<sub>3</sub>, And washing with concentrated salt water. This organic solution is MgSO<sub>4</sub>After dehydration, filtration, and concentration, the title compound (5.64 g) was obtained.
Step B
{2-[2-(1.3-Diketo-1.3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-acetic acid t-butyl ester: the 3-bromo-phenylacetic acid t -Butyl ester (5.64g, 20.80mmol), N-vinylphthalimide (3.60g, 20.80mmol), diisopropylethylamine (3.63g, 28.08mmol), palladium acetate (107mg, 0.478) mmol), and propionitrile (10ml) mixture of tri-O-tolylphosphine (475mg, 1.56mmol) was stirred at 90°C for 20h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and ice water (50ml) was added. EtOAc (50ml) was added for extraction, and the organic solution was washed sequentially with 5.5% HCl and concentrated brine. MgSO for this organic solution<sub>4</sub>Dehydration, filtration and vacuum concentration. After purification by flash chromatography (hexane:EtOAc 9:1 to 4:1), the title compound (1.95g) was obtained. MS 381 (M+18).
Step C
{2-[2-(1.3-Diketo-1.3-dihydro-isoindol-2-yl)-ethyl]-phenyl)-acetic acid t-butyl ester: Put {2-[2-(1 ,3-Diketo-1,3-dihydro-iisoindol-2-yl)-vinyl)-phenyl)acetic acid t-butyl ester (1.95g) in THF (50ml) solution was added 10% Pd/carbon (1.00g), the reaction was hydrogenated under a Pap (Bell) shaker at 50psi for 24h. The catalyst was removed by filtration with diatomaceous earth (Yin's salt) under THF. After removing the volatiles in vacuo, the title compound (1.97 g) was obtained. MS 383 (M+18).
Step D
[2-(2-Amino-ethyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid t-butyl ester: {2-[2-(1,3-diketo-1,3dihydro-isoindole-2 A solution of -yl)-vinyl]-phenyl}-t-butyl acetate (1.97g) and hydrazine hydrate (1.97ml) in EtOH (75ml) was heated under reflux for 90 minutes. The solid was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (50 ml), and this solution was sequentially used with saturated NaHCO<sub>3</sub>And concentrated salt water cleaning. MgSO for this organic solution<sub>4</sub>Dehydration, filtration and vacuum concentration. Rapid chromatography (CHCl<sub>3</sub>: MeOH 97.5:2.5 to 95:5 to 9:1) After purification, the titled amine compound (853mg) was obtained. MS236(M+1).
Step E
[3-(2-Methanesulfonylamino-ethyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid t-butyl ester: [2-(2-amino-ethyl)-phenyl]-acetic acid t-butyl ester (422.5mg, 1.795mmol), triethylamine (908mg, 8.97mmol), and methanesulfonyl chloride (226.2mg, 1.975mmol) in CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(20ml) The mixture was stirred at 0°C for 18h. Use dilute HCl, water, saturated NaHCO in order for organic solution<sub>3</sub>, And concentrated salt water cleaning. MgSO for this organic solution<sub>4</sub>After dehydration, filtration and vacuum concentration, the title sulfonamide (535 mg) was obtained. MS 331 (M+18).
Prepare OO1
5-(3-Methanesulfonamido-propyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester: The 5-(3-amino-propyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester hydrogen chloride salt (see Preparation DD2) (150mg, 0.683mmol), and triethylamine (0.313ml, 2.25mmol) CH<sub>2</sub>Cl<sub>2</sub>(15ml) Methanesulfonyl chloride (86mg, 0.75mmol) was added to the solution at 0°C. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18h. Use dilute HCl, water, saturated NaHCO in order for organic solution<sub>3</sub>, And concentrated salt water cleaning. MgSO for this organic solution<sub>4</sub>After dehydration, filtration and vacuum concentration, the title sulfonamide (156 mg) was obtained. MS 262 (M+1).
Prepare PP1
5-(3-Amino-propyl)-tetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester hydrogen chloride salt step A 5-(3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-prop-1-yne)-furan- Methyl 2-carboxylate. The title compound was prepared according to Step A to prepare DD1.
Step B
5-(3-t-Butoxycarbonylamino-propyl)-tetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester and 5-(3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-propyl)-furan-2-carboxy Methyl acid: Add 10% palladium to 5-(3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-prop-1-yne)-furan-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (1.69 g) in MeOH (50 ml) /Carbon (850 mg), the mixture was hydrogenated in a Pasteur (Bell) shaker at 50 psi for 18 h. The catalyst is removed by filtration through diatomaceous earth (Yin's salt), and the volatiles are concentrated after being vacuumed. Purification by flash chromatography (hexane:EtOAc=4:1) gave 5-(3-t-butoxycarbonylaminopropyl)-furan-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (422 mg, MS 284 M+) And 5-(3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-propyl-tetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (903 mg).
Step C
5-(3-Amino-propyl)-tetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester hydrogen chloride salt. The title compound was prepared using 5-(3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-propyl)-tetrahydrofuran-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester, as described in Step C for the preparation of DD2.
Preparation of QQ1
The 3-(1H-indol-3-yl)-propanamide title reagent was prepared using the method described by Jackson in J. Am. Chem. Soc., 52, 5029-5033, 1930.
Prepare RR1
The 2-(diphenyl-2-yloxy)-ethylamine title reagent was prepared using the method described in GB521575.
Prepare SS1
2-(3-Chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-ethylamine title reagent was prepared using the method described in Fed. Rep. Ger. Sd. Pharrn., 56, 4, 229-234, 1988.
Prepare TT1
The 2-(4-chloro-phenylsulfonyl)-ethylamine title reagent was prepared using the method described in Can. J. Chem., 37, 325-329, 1959.
Prepare UU1
The 3-(4-chloro-phenylsulfo)-propylamine title reagent was prepared using the method described in J. Med. Chem., 39, 25, 4942-4951, 1996.
Prepare VV1
The 4-phenylethylsulfonyl-benzaldehyde title reagent was prepared using the method described in EP 332331.
Preparation method WW1
The 4-(2-keto-pyrrolidin-1-yl-benzaldehyde title compound was prepared using the method described by Kukalenko in Chem. Hebrocyd. Compd. (Engl. Transl.), 8, 43, 1972.
Preparation XX1
The 4-cyclohexyl-benzylamine title compound was prepared using the method described by Meglio and colleagues in Famna Co Ed. Sci.; IT; 35, 3, 191-202, 1980.
Preparation YY1
The 3-hydroxy-4-propoxy-benzaldehyde title compound was prepared using the method described by Beke in Acta Chim. Acad. Sd. Hung., 14, 325-8, 1958.
Prepare ZZ1
The 5-phenyl-furan-2-carboxaldehyde title compound was prepared using the method described by D'Auria and colleagues in Heterocycles, 24, 6, 1575-1578, 1986.
52 sheets
Sheet 1 Sheet 2 Sheet 3 Sheet 4 Sheet 5 Sheet 6 Sheet 7 Sheet 8 Sheet 9 Sheet 10 Sheet 11 Sheet 12 Sheet 13 Sheet 14 Sheet 15 Sheet 16 Sheet 17 Sheet 18 Sheet 19 Sheet 20 Sheet 21 Sheet 22 Sheet 23 Sheet 24 Sheet 25 Sheet 26 Sheet 27 Sheet 28 Sheet 29 Sheet 30 Sheet 31 Sheet 32 Sheet 33 Sheet 34 Sheet 35 Sheet 36 Sheet 37 Sheet 38 Sheet 39 Sheet 40 Sheet 41 Sheet 42 Sheet 43 Sheet 44 Sheet 45 Sheet 46 Sheet 47 Sheet 48 Sheet 49 Sheet 50 Sheet 51 Sheet 52
74 members in 44 offices
Priority claims5
| Document | Office | Kind | Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| 3345196 | United States of America | P | |
| 3345196 | United States of America | P | |
| 60033451 | United States of America | – | |
| 19960033451P | – | – | – |
| US19960033451P | – | – | – |
Members74
| Document | Office | Kind | |
|---|---|---|---|
| MA24425A1 | Morocco | A1 | |
| CA2275479A1 | Canada | A1 | |
| WO9828264A1 | World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) | A1 | |
| AU4720097A | Australia | A | |
| HN1997000161A | Honduras | A | |
| HRP970696A2 | Croatia | A2 | |
| PE47499A1 | Peru | A1 | |
| IS5055A | Iceland | A | |
| NO992996D0 | Norway | D0 | |
| ZA9711437B | South Africa | B | |
| GT199700141A | Guatemala | A | |
| NO992996L | Norway | L | |
| TR199901366T2 | Türkiye | T2 | |
| EP0946501A1 | European Patent Office (EPO) | A1 | |
| EA199900474A1 | Eurasian Patent Organization (EAPO) | A1 | |
| PL334343A1 | Poland | A1 | |
| BG103593A | Bulgaria | A | |
| CO4910163A1 | Colombia | A1 | |
| BR9714155A | Brazil | A | |
| PA8443001A1 | Panama | A1 | |
| IL130306D0 | Israel | D0 | |
| AU721260B2 | Australia | B2 | |
| AR010843A1 | Argentina | A1 | |
| CZ223399A3 | Czechia | A3 | |
| KR20000057684A | Republic of Korea | A | |
| HU0000739A2 | Hungary | A2 | |
| UY24816A1 | Uruguay | A1 | |
| SK78299A3 | Slovakia | A3 | |
| JP2000514827A | Japan | A | |
| NZ335736A | New Zealand | A | |
| HU0000739A3 | Hungary | A3 | |
| US6288120B1 | United States of America | B1 | |
| KR100311566B1 | Republic of Korea | B1 | |
| AP1041A | African Regional Intellectual Property Organization (ARIPO) | A | |
| US2002016368A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| YU32799A | Yugoslavia, later Serbia and Montenegro (until 2006) | A | |
| NO313668B1 | Norway | B1 | |
| OA11065A | African Intellectual Property Organization (OAPI) | A | |
| US6492412B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| DZ2375A1 | Algeria | A1 | |
| EA200200806A1 | Eurasian Patent Organization (EAPO) | A1 | |
| US2003105092A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| EA003529B1 | Eurasian Patent Organization (EAPO) | B1 | |
| TW541310B | Taiwan Province of China | B | |
| UA59384C2 | Ukraine | C2 | |
| US6649657B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| US2004176461A1 | United States of America | A1 | |
| EA005161B1 | Eurasian Patent Organization (EAPO) | B1 | |
| TNSN97208A1 | Tunisia | A1 | |
| JP2005068154A | Japan | A | |
| JP3679418B2 | Japan | B2 | |
| TWI242560BThis record | Taiwan Province of China | B | |
| SA97180721A | Saudi Arabia | A | |
| US6998423B2 | United States of America | B2 | |
| SA705B1 | Saudi Arabia | B1 | |
| EP0946501B1 | European Patent Office (EPO) | B1 | |
| AT327976T | Austria | T | |
| DE69736007D1 | Germany | D1 | |
| BG64893B1 | Bulgaria | B1 | |
| DK0946501T3 | Denmark | T3 | |
| PT946501E | Portugal | E | |
| SI0946501T1 | Slovenia | T1 | |
| PL192670B1 | Poland | B1 | |
| DE69736007T2 | Germany | T2 | |
| ES2267133T3 | Spain | T3 | |
| CA2275479C | Canada | C | |
| HRP970696B1 | Croatia | B1 | |
| JP4067105B2 | Japan | B2 | |
| SA2017B1 | Saudi Arabia | B1 | |
| SA2048B1 | Saudi Arabia | B1 | |
| IS2389B | Iceland | B | |
| IL130306A | Israel | A | |
| CZ300107B6 | Czechia | B6 | |
| MY141384A | Malaysia | A |
1 legal event, as the office reported them to INPADOC
Events
| Event | Code | |
|---|---|---|
| Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of feesLapsedMM4A | MM4A |
Numbers
- Publication
- I242560
- Publication, DOCDB
- I242560
- Publication, EPODOC
- TWI242560B
- Application
- 91124115
- Application, DOCDB
- 91124115
- Application, EPODOC
- TW200291124115
Titles5
- Chinese
- 用於治療骨質病症之前列腺素促動劑及含彼之醫藥組成物
- English
- Prostaglandin agonists useful for the treatment of bone disorders and pharmaceutical compositions containing then
- English
- Prostaglandin agonist for treating bone disorders and medical composition containing it
- Unlabeled
- 用於治療骨質病症之前列腺素促動劑及含彼之醫藥組成物
- Unlabeled
- Prostaglandin agonist for treating bone disorders and medical composition containing it
Classification
- CPC, 35
- C07C311/06
- C07D207/263
- A61K45/06
- C07C235/34
- C07C311/04
- C07C323/49
- C07D209/14
- C07D213/42
- C07D215/18
- C07D239/26
- C07D241/12
- C07D249/06
- C07D257/04
- C07D271/12
- C07D277/28
- C07D277/56
- C07D307/24
- C07D307/52
- C07D307/68
- C07D307/81
- C07D317/58
- C07D319/18
- C07D333/20
- C07D333/24
- C07D333/34
- C07D333/38
- C07D409/12
- C07C2601/14
- C07C2602/08
- A61P1/02
- A61P13/12
- A61P19/00
- A61P19/08
- A61P19/10
- A61P43/00
- IPC, 72
- A61K31 16
- A61K31 18
- C07D249 08
- A61K31 192
- A61K31 195
- A61K31 197
- A61K31 341
- A61K31 343
- A61K31 357
- A61K31 36
- A61K31 381
- A61K31 4015
- A61K31 41
- A61K31 4192
- A61K31 4245
- A61K31 426
- A61K31 4402
- A61K31 4406
- A61K31 4535
- A61K31 47
- A61K31 4709
- A61K31 4965
- A61K31 505
- A61K31 557
- A61K33 16
- A61K38 04
- A61K38 22
- A61K38 27
- A61K45 00
- A61K45 06
- A61P1 02
- A61P13 12
- A61P19 08
- A61P19 10
- A61P43 00
- C07C233 47
- C07C235 34
- C07C311 04
- C07C311 06
- C07C317 44
- C07C323 25
- C07C323 49
- C07C323 59
- C07D207 26
- C07D207 263
- C07D207 27
- C07D209 14
- C07D213 34
- C07D213 42
- C07D215 18
- C07D239 26
- C07D241 12
- C07D249 06
- C07D257 04
- C07D271 12
- C07D277 20
- C07D277 28
- C07D277 56
- C07D307 24
- C07D307 52
- C07D307 68
- C07D307 81
- C07D317 58
- C07D319 18
- C07D333 18
- C07D333 20
- C07D333 24
- C07D333 34
- C07D333 38
- C07D333 40
- C07D333 58
- C07D409 12